aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/Documentation
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
-rw-r--r--Documentation/00-INDEX151
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm185
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe45
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu605013
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D013
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D114
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D214
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws121
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-thingm23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm52
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop83
-rw-r--r--Documentation/CodingStyle10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl78
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml180
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml59
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10alaw8.xml34
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-uv8.xml62
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml926
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-expbuf.xml28
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ctrl.xml8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml57
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl58
-rw-r--r--Documentation/EDID/HOWTO.txt27
-rw-r--r--Documentation/IPMI.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/SubmittingPatches3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/acpi/scan_handlers.txt77
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm64/memory.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/block/cfq-iosched.txt58
-rw-r--r--Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt38
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt37
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cgroups/cgroup_event_listener.c110
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/coccinelle.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt77
-rw-r--r--Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt243
-rw-r--r--Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt44
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/interrupts.txt24
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armadeus.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/kirkwood.txt27
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.txt55
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ste-nomadik.txt27
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt32
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt84
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx31-clock.txt91
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx5-clock.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra20-car.txt205
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra30-car.txt262
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/prima2-clock.txt73
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/arm-pl330.txt21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt81
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps-dma.txt50
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/g2d.txt22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/panel.txt59
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/slave.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/tfp410.txt21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/tilcdc.txt21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,bcm2835-i2c.txt20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-s3c2410.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ina209.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/max6697.txt64
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/imx-keypad.txt53
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/lpc32xx-key.txt9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/omap-keypad.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tca8418_keypad.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-ns2.txt (renamed from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/leds-ns2.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-pwm.txt48
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/tca6507.txt33
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/gpio-ir-receiver.txt16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/metag/meta-intc.txt82
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max8925.txt64
-rwxr-xr-xDocumentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps6507x.txt91
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/dma-engine.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cpu_irq.txt47
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,bcm2835-sdhci.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt34
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/orion-sdio.txt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsis-dw-mshc.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/elm.txt16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-nand.txt80
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-onenand.txt43
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt60
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra114-pinmux.txt120
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ste,nomadik.txt140
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/max8925_batter.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/qnap-poweroff.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/restart-poweroff.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/guts.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/pamu.txt140
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/srio.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-tcb-pwm.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/vt8500-pwm.txt9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt152
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps51632-regulator.txt27
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps62360-regulator.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65090.txt122
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/lantiq_asc.txt16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra20-hsuart.txt24
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4642.txt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712.txt51
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-ac97.txt22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,fsi.txt26
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,smdk-wm8994.txt14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.txt63
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8962.txt16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/dove-thermal.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/kirkwood-thermal.txt15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt29
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/marvell,armada-370-xp-timer.txt (renamed from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-timer.txt)11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/arc-uart.txt26
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy.txt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt34
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/samsung-usbphy.txt55
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-phy.txt35
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb3503.txt20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/max8925-backlight.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/display-timing.txt109
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/fsl-imx-owire.txt19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-at91rm9200-wdt.txt9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-wdt.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/marvel.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/pnx4008-wdt.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qca-ar7130-wdt.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt7
-rwxr-xr-xDocumentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/Locking2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/porting4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt24
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/adm12752
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/adt741011
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/coretemp9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/ina20993
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/it8716
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/jc425
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/lineage-pem2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/lm250662
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/lm7390
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/ltc29786
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/ltc42612
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/max160642
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/max160652
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/max3444018
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/max669758
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/max86882
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/pmbus2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/smm6652
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/ucd90002
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/ucd92002
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/zl610028
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i8012
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ismt36
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis6309
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/smbus-protocol4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/writing-clients4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/alps.txt67
-rw-r--r--Documentation/intel_txt.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt49
-rw-r--r--Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/leds/00-INDEX2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/leds/leds-lp5521.txt63
-rw-r--r--Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.txt27
-rw-r--r--Documentation/leds/leds-lp55xx.txt118
-rw-r--r--Documentation/lockstat.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/magic-number.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/media-framework.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/metag/00-INDEX4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/metag/kernel-ABI.txt256
-rw-r--r--Documentation/namespaces/resource-control.txt14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/00-INDEX6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt203
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlcnic2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt79
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/depca.txt92
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/ewrk3.txt46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/filter.txt11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/multicast.txt63
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/nf_conntrack-sysctl.txt176
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/operstates.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/phy.txt11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/tuntap.txt77
-rw-r--r--Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt129
-rw-r--r--Documentation/nfc/nfc-pn544.txt84
-rw-r--r--Documentation/pinctrl.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/opp.txt25
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt175
-rw-r--r--Documentation/printk-formats.txt16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/serial/driver44
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt126
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal_emulation53
-rw-r--r--Documentation/thermal/intel_powerclamp.txt307
-rw-r--r--Documentation/thermal/nouveau_thermal81
-rw-r--r--Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/trace/events-power.txt27
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.au08282
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx238852
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa71341
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/et61x251.txt315
-rwxr-xr-x[-rw-r--r--]Documentation/video4linux/extract_xc3028.pl0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/fimc.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/ibmcam.txt323
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/m5602.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/ov511.txt288
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/se401.txt54
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/si470x.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/soc-camera.txt146
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/stv680.txt53
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/w9968cf.txt458
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/zc0301.txt270
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt245
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/vm/ksm.txt15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/x86/boot.txt38
-rw-r--r--Documentation/x86/early-microcode.txt43
-rw-r--r--Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/zh_CN/CodingStyle7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt2
299 files changed, 8624 insertions, 3735 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX
index 8afe64fb2009..45b3df936d2f 100644
--- a/Documentation/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
This is a brief list of all the files in ./linux/Documentation and what
they contain. If you add a documentation file, please list it here in
alphabetical order as well, or risk being hunted down like a rabid dog.
-Please try and keep the descriptions small enough to fit on one line.
+Please keep the descriptions small enough to fit on one line.
Thanks -- Paul G.
Following translations are available on the WWW:
@@ -20,24 +20,33 @@ BUG-HUNTING
Changes
- list of changes that break older software packages.
CodingStyle
- - how the boss likes the C code in the kernel to look.
-development-process/
- - An extended tutorial on how to work with the kernel development
- process.
+ - how the maintainers expect the C code in the kernel to look.
DMA-API.txt
- DMA API, pci_ API & extensions for non-consistent memory machines.
+DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
+ - Dynamic DMA mapping Guide
DMA-ISA-LPC.txt
- How to do DMA with ISA (and LPC) devices.
+DMA-attributes.txt
+ - listing of the various possible attributes a DMA region can have
DocBook/
- directory with DocBook templates etc. for kernel documentation.
+EDID/
+ - directory with info on customizing EDID for broken gfx/displays.
HOWTO
- the process and procedures of how to do Linux kernel development.
IPMI.txt
- info on Linux Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) Driver.
IRQ-affinity.txt
- how to select which CPU(s) handle which interrupt events on SMP.
+IRQ-domain.txt
+ - info on inerrupt numbering and setting up IRQ domains.
IRQ.txt
- description of what an IRQ is.
+Intel-IOMMU.txt
+ - basic info on the Intel IOMMU virtualization support.
+Makefile
+ - some files in Documentation dir are actually sample code to build
ManagementStyle
- how to (attempt to) manage kernel hackers.
RCU/
@@ -66,10 +75,16 @@ applying-patches.txt
- description of various trees and how to apply their patches.
arm/
- directory with info about Linux on the ARM architecture.
+arm64/
+ - directory with info about Linux on the 64 bit ARM architecture.
atomic_ops.txt
- semantics and behavior of atomic and bitmask operations.
auxdisplay/
- misc. LCD driver documentation (cfag12864b, ks0108).
+backlight/
+ - directory with info on controlling backlights in flat panel displays
+bad_memory.txt
+ - how to use kernel parameters to exclude bad RAM regions.
basic_profiling.txt
- basic instructions for those who wants to profile Linux kernel.
binfmt_misc.txt
@@ -80,8 +95,14 @@ block/
- info on the Block I/O (BIO) layer.
blockdev/
- info on block devices & drivers
+braille-console.txt
+ - info on how to use serial devices for Braille support.
+bt8xxgpio.txt
+ - info on how to modify a bt8xx video card for GPIO usage.
btmrvl.txt
- info on Marvell Bluetooth driver usage.
+bus-devices/
+ - directory with info on TI GPMC (General Purpose Memory Controller)
bus-virt-phys-mapping.txt
- how to access I/O mapped memory from within device drivers.
cachetlb.txt
@@ -90,6 +111,12 @@ cdrom/
- directory with information on the CD-ROM drivers that Linux has.
cgroups/
- cgroups features, including cpusets and memory controller.
+circular-buffers.txt
+ - how to make use of the existing circular buffer infrastructure
+clk.txt
+ - info on the common clock framework
+coccinelle.txt
+ - info on how to get and use the Coccinelle code checking tool.
connector/
- docs on the netlink based userspace<->kernel space communication mod.
console/
@@ -114,24 +141,42 @@ dcdbas.txt
- information on the Dell Systems Management Base Driver.
debugging-modules.txt
- some notes on debugging modules after Linux 2.6.3.
+debugging-via-ohci1394.txt
+ - how to use firewire like a hardware debugger memory reader.
dell_rbu.txt
- document demonstrating the use of the Dell Remote BIOS Update driver.
+development-process/
+ - how to work with the mainline kernel development process.
device-mapper/
- directory with info on Device Mapper.
devices.txt
- plain ASCII listing of all the nodes in /dev/ with major minor #'s.
+devicetree/
+ - directory with info on device tree files used by OF/PowerPC/ARM
+digsig.txt
+ -info on the Digital Signature Verification API
+dma-buf-sharing.txt
+ - the DMA Buffer Sharing API Guide
+dmaengine.txt
+ -the DMA Engine API Guide
dontdiff
- file containing a list of files that should never be diff'ed.
driver-model/
- directory with info about Linux driver model.
dvb/
- info on Linux Digital Video Broadcast (DVB) subsystem.
+dynamic-debug-howto.txt
+ - how to use the dynamic debug (dyndbg) feature.
early-userspace/
- info about initramfs, klibc, and userspace early during boot.
edac.txt
- information on EDAC - Error Detection And Correction
eisa.txt
- info on EISA bus support.
+email-clients.txt
+ - info on how to use e-mail to send un-mangled (git) patches.
+extcon/
+ - directory with porting guide for Android kernel switch driver.
fault-injection/
- dir with docs about the fault injection capabilities infrastructure.
fb/
@@ -140,12 +185,22 @@ filesystems/
- info on the vfs and the various filesystems that Linux supports.
firmware_class/
- request_firmware() hotplug interface info.
+flexible-arrays.txt
+ - how to make use of flexible sized arrays in linux
frv/
- Fujitsu FR-V Linux documentation.
+futex-requeue-pi.txt
+ - info on requeueing of tasks from a non-PI futex to a PI futex
+gcov.txt
+ - use of GCC's coverage testing tool "gcov" with the Linux kernel
gpio.txt
- overview of GPIO (General Purpose Input/Output) access conventions.
+hid/
+ - directory with information on human interface devices
highuid.txt
- notes on the change from 16 bit to 32 bit user/group IDs.
+hwspinlock.txt
+ - hardware spinlock provides hardware assistance for synchronization
timers/
- info on the timer related topics
hw_random.txt
@@ -162,10 +217,14 @@ ia64/
- directory with info about Linux on Intel 64 bit architecture.
infiniband/
- directory with documents concerning Linux InfiniBand support.
+init.txt
+ - what to do when the kernel can't find the 1st process to run.
initrd.txt
- how to use the RAM disk as an initial/temporary root filesystem.
input/
- info on Linux input device support.
+intel_txt.txt
+ - info on intel Trusted Execution Technology (intel TXT).
io-mapping.txt
- description of io_mapping functions in linux/io-mapping.h
io_ordering.txt
@@ -182,6 +241,8 @@ isdn/
- directory with info on the Linux ISDN support, and supported cards.
java.txt
- info on the in-kernel binary support for Java(tm).
+ja_JP/
+ - directory with Japanese translations of various documents
kbuild/
- directory with info about the kernel build process.
kdump/
@@ -192,6 +253,12 @@ kernel-docs.txt
- listing of various WWW + books that document kernel internals.
kernel-parameters.txt
- summary listing of command line / boot prompt args for the kernel.
+kmemcheck.txt
+ - info on dynamic checker that detects uses of uninitialized memory.
+kmemleak.txt
+ - info on how to make use of the kernel memory leak detection system
+ko_KR/
+ - directory with Korean translations of various documents
kobject.txt
- info of the kobject infrastructure of the Linux kernel.
kprobes.txt
@@ -208,6 +275,8 @@ local_ops.txt
- semantics and behavior of local atomic operations.
lockdep-design.txt
- documentation on the runtime locking correctness validator.
+lockstat.txt
+ - info on collecting statistics on locks (and contention).
lockup-watchdogs.txt
- info on soft and hard lockup detectors (aka nmi_watchdog).
logo.gif
@@ -220,16 +289,28 @@ magic-number.txt
- list of magic numbers used to mark/protect kernel data structures.
md.txt
- info on boot arguments for the multiple devices driver.
+media-framework.txt
+ - info on media framework, its data structures, functions and usage.
memory-barriers.txt
- info on Linux kernel memory barriers.
+memory-devices/
+ - directory with info on parts like the Texas Instruments EMIF driver
memory-hotplug.txt
- Hotpluggable memory support, how to use and current status.
memory.txt
- info on typical Linux memory problems.
+metag/
+ - directory with info about Linux on Meta architecture.
mips/
- directory with info about Linux on MIPS architecture.
+misc-devices/
+ - directory with info about devices using the misc dev subsystem
mmc/
- directory with info about the MMC subsystem
+mn10300/
+ - directory with info about the mn10300 architecture port
+mtd/
+ - directory with info about memory technology devices (flash)
mono.txt
- how to execute Mono-based .NET binaries with the help of BINFMT_MISC.
mutex-design.txt
@@ -240,6 +321,8 @@ netlabel/
- directory with information on the NetLabel subsystem.
networking/
- directory with info on various aspects of networking with Linux.
+nfc/
+ - directory relating info about Near Field Communications support.
nommu-mmap.txt
- documentation about no-mmu memory mapping support.
numastat.txt
@@ -256,26 +339,46 @@ parport-lowlevel.txt
- description and usage of the low level parallel port functions.
pcmcia/
- info on the Linux PCMCIA driver.
+percpu-rw-semaphore.txt
+ - RCU based read-write semaphore optimized for locking for reading
pi-futex.txt
- - documentation on lightweight PI-futexes.
+ - documentation on lightweight priority inheritance futexes.
+pinctrl.txt
+ - info on pinctrl subsystem and the PINMUX/PINCONF and drivers
pnp.txt
- Linux Plug and Play documentation.
power/
- directory with info on Linux PCI power management.
powerpc/
- directory with info on using Linux with the PowerPC.
+prctl/
+ - directory with info on the priveledge control subsystem
preempt-locking.txt
- info on locking under a preemptive kernel.
printk-formats.txt
- how to get printk format specifiers right
+pps/
+ - directory with information on the pulse-per-second support
+ptp/
+ - directory with info on support for IEEE 1588 PTP clocks in Linux.
+pwm.txt
+ - info on the pulse width modulation driver subsystem
ramoops.txt
- documentation of the ramoops oops/panic logging module.
+rapidio/
+ - directory with info on RapidIO packet-based fabric interconnect
rbtree.txt
- info on what red-black trees are and what they are for.
+remoteproc.txt
+ - info on how to handle remote processor (e.g. AMP) offloads/usage.
+rfkill.txt
+ - info on the radio frequency kill switch subsystem/support.
robust-futex-ABI.txt
- documentation of the robust futex ABI.
robust-futexes.txt
- a description of what robust futexes are.
+rpmsg.txt
+ - info on the Remote Processor Messaging (rpmsg) Framework
rt-mutex-design.txt
- description of the RealTime mutex implementation design.
rt-mutex.txt
@@ -300,10 +403,10 @@ sgi-visws.txt
- short blurb on the SGI Visual Workstations.
sh/
- directory with info on porting Linux to a new architecture.
+smsc_ece1099.txt
+ -info on the smsc Keyboard Scan Expansion/GPIO Expansion device.
sound/
- directory with info on sound card support.
-sparc/
- - directory with info on using Linux on Sparc architecture.
sparse.txt
- info on how to obtain and use the sparse tool for typechecking.
spi/
@@ -314,6 +417,8 @@ stable_api_nonsense.txt
- info on why the kernel does not have a stable in-kernel api or abi.
stable_kernel_rules.txt
- rules and procedures for the -stable kernel releases.
+static-keys.txt
+ - info on how static keys allow debug code in hotpaths via patching
svga.txt
- short guide on selecting video modes at boot via VGA BIOS.
sysfs-rules.txt
@@ -322,27 +427,53 @@ sysctl/
- directory with info on the /proc/sys/* files.
sysrq.txt
- info on the magic SysRq key.
-telephony/
- - directory with info on telephony (e.g. voice over IP) support.
+target/
+ - directory with info on generating TCM v4 fabric .ko modules
+thermal/
+ - directory with information on managing thermal issues (CPU/temp)
+trace/
+ - directory with info on tracing technologies within linux
+unaligned-memory-access.txt
+ - info on how to avoid arch breaking unaligned memory access in code.
unicode.txt
- info on the Unicode character/font mapping used in Linux.
unshare.txt
- description of the Linux unshare system call.
usb/
- directory with info regarding the Universal Serial Bus.
+vDSO/
+ - directory with info regarding virtual dynamic shared objects
+vfio.txt
+ - info on Virtual Function I/O used in guest/hypervisor instances.
+vgaarbiter.txt
+ - info on enable/disable the legacy decoding on different VGA devices
video-output.txt
- sysfs class driver interface to enable/disable a video output device.
video4linux/
- directory with info regarding video/TV/radio cards and linux.
+virtual/
+ - directory with information on the various linux virtualizations.
vm/
- directory with info on the Linux vm code.
+vme_api.txt
+ - file relating info on the VME bus API in linux
volatile-considered-harmful.txt
- Why the "volatile" type class should not be used
w1/
- directory with documents regarding the 1-wire (w1) subsystem.
watchdog/
- how to auto-reboot Linux if it has "fallen and can't get up". ;-)
+wimax/
+ - directory with info about Intel Wireless Wimax Connections
+workqueue.txt
+ - information on the Concurrency Managed Workqueue implementation
x86/x86_64/
- directory with info on Linux support for AMD x86-64 (Hammer) machines.
+xtensa/
+ - directory with documents relating to arch/xtensa port/implementation
+xz.txt
+ - how to make use of the XZ data compression within linux kernel
+zh_CN/
+ - directory with Chinese translations of various documents
zorro.txt
- info on writing drivers for Zorro bus devices found on Amigas.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a60b45e2493b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description: The device/ directory under a specific TPM instance exposes
+ the properties of that TPM chip
+
+
+What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/active
+Date: April 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description: The "active" property prints a '1' if the TPM chip is accepting
+ commands. An inactive TPM chip still contains all the state of
+ an active chip (Storage Root Key, NVRAM, etc), and can be
+ visible to the OS, but will only accept a restricted set of
+ commands. See the TPM Main Specification part 2, Structures,
+ section 17 for more information on which commands are
+ available.
+
+What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/cancel
+Date: June 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.13
+Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description: The "cancel" property allows you to cancel the currently
+ pending TPM command. Writing any value to cancel will call the
+ TPM vendor specific cancel operation.
+
+What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/caps
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description: The "caps" property contains TPM manufacturer and version info.
+
+ Example output:
+
+ Manufacturer: 0x53544d20
+ TCG version: 1.2
+ Firmware version: 8.16
+
+ Manufacturer is a hex dump of the 4 byte manufacturer info
+ space in a TPM. TCG version shows the TCG TPM spec level that
+ the chip supports. Firmware version is that of the chip and
+ is manufacturer specific.
+
+What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/durations
+Date: March 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description: The "durations" property shows the 3 vendor-specific values
+ used to wait for a short, medium and long TPM command. All
+ TPM commands are categorized as short, medium or long in
+ execution time, so that the driver doesn't have to wait
+ any longer than necessary before starting to poll for a
+ result.
+
+ Example output:
+
+ 3015000 4508000 180995000 [original]
+
+ Here the short, medium and long durations are displayed in
+ usecs. "[original]" indicates that the values are displayed
+ unmodified from when they were queried from the chip.
+ Durations can be modified in the case where a buggy chip
+ reports them in msec instead of usec and they need to be
+ scaled to be displayed in usecs. In this case "[adjusted]"
+ will be displayed in place of "[original]".
+
+What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/enabled
+Date: April 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description: The "enabled" property prints a '1' if the TPM chip is enabled,
+ meaning that it should be visible to the OS. This property
+ may be visible but produce a '0' after some operation that
+ disables the TPM.
+
+What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/owned
+Date: April 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description: The "owned" property produces a '1' if the TPM_TakeOwnership
+ ordinal has been executed successfully in the chip. A '0'
+ indicates that ownership hasn't been taken.
+
+What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/pcrs
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description: The "pcrs" property will dump the current value of all Platform
+ Configuration Registers in the TPM. Note that since these
+ values may be constantly changing, the output is only valid
+ for a snapshot in time.
+
+ Example output:
+
+ PCR-00: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+ PCR-01: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+ PCR-02: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+ PCR-03: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+ PCR-04: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+ ...
+
+ The number of PCRs and hex bytes needed to represent a PCR
+ value will vary depending on TPM chip version. For TPM 1.1 and
+ 1.2 chips, PCRs represent SHA-1 hashes, which are 20 bytes
+ long. Use the "caps" property to determine TPM version.
+
+What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/pubek
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description: The "pubek" property will return the TPM's public endorsement
+ key if possible. If the TPM has had ownership established and
+ is version 1.2, the pubek will not be available without the
+ owner's authorization. Since the TPM driver doesn't store any
+ secrets, it can't authorize its own request for the pubek,
+ making it unaccessible. The public endorsement key is gener-
+ ated at TPM menufacture time and exists for the life of the
+ chip.
+
+ Example output:
+
+ Algorithm: 00 00 00 01
+ Encscheme: 00 03
+ Sigscheme: 00 01
+ Parameters: 00 00 08 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 00
+ Modulus length: 256
+ Modulus:
+ B4 76 41 82 C9 20 2C 10 18 40 BC 8B E5 44 4C 6C
+ 3A B2 92 0C A4 9B 2A 83 EB 5C 12 85 04 48 A0 B6
+ 1E E4 81 84 CE B2 F2 45 1C F0 85 99 61 02 4D EB
+ 86 C4 F7 F3 29 60 52 93 6B B2 E5 AB 8B A9 09 E3
+ D7 0E 7D CA 41 BF 43 07 65 86 3C 8C 13 7A D0 8B
+ 82 5E 96 0B F8 1F 5F 34 06 DA A2 52 C1 A9 D5 26
+ 0F F4 04 4B D9 3F 2D F2 AC 2F 74 64 1F 8B CD 3E
+ 1E 30 38 6C 70 63 69 AB E2 50 DF 49 05 2E E1 8D
+ 6F 78 44 DA 57 43 69 EE 76 6C 38 8A E9 8E A3 F0
+ A7 1F 3C A8 D0 12 15 3E CA 0E BD FA 24 CD 33 C6
+ 47 AE A4 18 83 8E 22 39 75 93 86 E6 FD 66 48 B6
+ 10 AD 94 14 65 F9 6A 17 78 BD 16 53 84 30 BF 70
+ E0 DC 65 FD 3C C6 B0 1E BF B9 C1 B5 6C EF B1 3A
+ F8 28 05 83 62 26 11 DC B4 6B 5A 97 FF 32 26 B6
+ F7 02 71 CF 15 AE 16 DD D1 C1 8E A8 CF 9B 50 7B
+ C3 91 FF 44 1E CF 7C 39 FE 17 77 21 20 BD CE 9B
+
+ Possible values:
+
+ Algorithm: TPM_ALG_RSA (1)
+ Encscheme: TPM_ES_RSAESPKCSv15 (2)
+ TPM_ES_RSAESOAEP_SHA1_MGF1 (3)
+ Sigscheme: TPM_SS_NONE (1)
+ Parameters, a byte string of 3 u32 values:
+ Key Length (bits): 00 00 08 00 (2048)
+ Num primes: 00 00 00 02 (2)
+ Exponent Size: 00 00 00 00 (0 means the
+ default exp)
+ Modulus Length: 256 (bytes)
+ Modulus: The 256 byte Endorsement Key modulus
+
+What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/temp_deactivated
+Date: April 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description: The "temp_deactivated" property returns a '1' if the chip has
+ been temporarily dectivated, usually until the next power
+ cycle. Whether a warm boot (reboot) will clear a TPM chip
+ from a temp_deactivated state is platform specific.
+
+What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/timeouts
+Date: March 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description: The "timeouts" property shows the 4 vendor-specific values
+ for the TPM's interface spec timeouts. The use of these
+ timeouts is defined by the TPM interface spec that the chip
+ conforms to.
+
+ Example output:
+
+ 750000 750000 750000 750000 [original]
+
+ The four timeout values are shown in usecs, with a trailing
+ "[original]" or "[adjusted]" depending on whether the values
+ were scaled by the driver to be reported in usec from msecs.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
index ec0a38ef3145..f1c5cc9d17a8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
@@ -18,17 +18,21 @@ Description:
rule format: action [condition ...]
action: measure | dont_measure | appraise | dont_appraise | audit
- condition:= base | lsm
- base: [[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [uid=] [fowner]]
+ condition:= base | lsm [option]
+ base: [[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [fsuuid=] [uid=]
+ [fowner]]
lsm: [[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=]
[obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]]
+ option: [[appraise_type=]]
- base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][FILE_MMAP][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK]
+ base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK]
mask:= [MAY_READ] [MAY_WRITE] [MAY_APPEND] [MAY_EXEC]
fsmagic:= hex value
+ fsuuid:= file system UUID (e.g 8bcbe394-4f13-4144-be8e-5aa9ea2ce2f6)
uid:= decimal value
fowner:=decimal value
lsm: are LSM specific
+ option: appraise_type:= [imasig]
default policy:
# PROC_SUPER_MAGIC
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
index ff1df4e3b059..5fca9f5e10a3 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-Where: /dev/pstore/...
+Where: /sys/fs/pstore/... (or /dev/pstore/...)
Date: March 2011
Kernel Version: 2.6.39
Contact: tony.luck@intel.com
@@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ Description: Generic interface to platform dependent persistent storage.
of the console log is captured, but other interesting
data can also be saved.
- # mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /dev/pstore
+ # mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /sys/fs/pstore
- $ ls -l /dev/pstore
+ $ ls -l /sys/fs/pstore/
total 0
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 7896 Nov 30 15:38 dmesg-erst-1
@@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ Description: Generic interface to platform dependent persistent storage.
the file will signal to the underlying persistent storage
device that it can reclaim the space for later re-use.
- $ rm /dev/pstore/dmesg-erst-1
+ $ rm /sys/fs/pstore/dmesg-erst-1
- The expectation is that all files in /dev/pstore
+ The expectation is that all files in /sys/fs/pstore/
will be saved elsewhere and erased from persistent store
soon after boot to free up space ready for the next
catastrophe.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
index 50e2a80ea28f..21640eaad371 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
@@ -1,14 +1,53 @@
-What: /sys/bus/fcoe/ctlr_X
+What: /sys/bus/fcoe/
+Date: August 2012
+KernelVersion: TBD
+Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org
+Description: The FCoE bus. Attributes in this directory are control interfaces.
+Attributes:
+
+ ctlr_create: 'FCoE Controller' instance creation interface. Writing an
+ <ifname> to this file will allocate and populate sysfs with a
+ fcoe_ctlr_device (ctlr_X). The user can then configure any
+ per-port settings and finally write to the fcoe_ctlr_device's
+ 'start' attribute to begin the kernel's discovery and login
+ process.
+
+ ctlr_destroy: 'FCoE Controller' instance removal interface. Writing a
+ fcoe_ctlr_device's sysfs name to this file will log the
+ fcoe_ctlr_device out of the fabric or otherwise connected
+ FCoE devices. It will also free all kernel memory allocated
+ for this fcoe_ctlr_device and any structures associated
+ with it, this includes the scsi_host.
+
+What: /sys/bus/fcoe/devices/ctlr_X
Date: March 2012
KernelVersion: TBD
Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org
-Description: 'FCoE Controller' instances on the fcoe bus
+Description: 'FCoE Controller' instances on the fcoe bus.
+ The FCoE Controller now has a three stage creation process.
+ 1) Write interface name to ctlr_create 2) Configure the FCoE
+ Controller (ctlr_X) 3) Enable the FCoE Controller to begin
+ discovery and login. The FCoE Controller is destroyed by
+ writing it's name, i.e. ctlr_X to the ctlr_delete file.
+
Attributes:
fcf_dev_loss_tmo: Device loss timeout peroid (see below). Changing
this value will change the dev_loss_tmo for all
FCFs discovered by this controller.
+ mode: Display or change the FCoE Controller's mode. Possible
+ modes are 'Fabric' and 'VN2VN'. If a FCoE Controller
+ is started in 'Fabric' mode then FIP FCF discovery is
+ initiated and ultimately a fabric login is attempted.
+ If a FCoE Controller is started in 'VN2VN' mode then
+ FIP VN2VN discovery and login is performed. A FCoE
+ Controller only supports one mode at a time.
+
+ enabled: Whether an FCoE controller is enabled or disabled.
+ 0 if disabled, 1 if enabled. Writing either 0 or 1
+ to this file will enable or disable the FCoE controller.
+
lesb/link_fail: Link Error Status Block (LESB) link failure count.
lesb/vlink_fail: Link Error Status Block (LESB) virtual link
@@ -26,7 +65,7 @@ Attributes:
Notes: ctlr_X (global increment starting at 0)
-What: /sys/bus/fcoe/fcf_X
+What: /sys/bus/fcoe/devices/fcf_X
Date: March 2012
KernelVersion: TBD
Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..cb53737aacbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gyro_matrix
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_matrix
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_matrix
+KernelVersion: 3.4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This is mounting matrix for motion sensors. Mounting matrix
+ is a 3x3 unitary matrix. A typical mounting matrix would look like
+ [0, 1, 0; 1, 0, 0; 0, 0, -1]. Using this information, it would be
+ easy to tell the relative positions among sensors as well as their
+ positions relative to the board that holds these sensors. Identity matrix
+ [1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1] means sensor chip and device are perfectly
+ aligned with each other. All axes are exactly the same.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
index b6fbe514a869..c8baaf53594a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -227,3 +227,12 @@ Contact: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
Description:
The /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX
is usb port device's sysfs directory.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/connect_type
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
+Description:
+ Some platforms provide usb port connect types through ACPI.
+ This attribute is to expose these information to user space.
+ The file will read "hotplug", "wired" and "not used" if the
+ information is available, and "unknown" otherwise.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
index 5f500977b42f..d773d5697cf5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
@@ -48,3 +48,8 @@ max_ratio (read-write)
most of the write-back cache. For example in case of an NFS
mount that is prone to get stuck, or a FUSE mount which cannot
be trusted to play fair.
+
+stable_pages_required (read-only)
+
+ If set, the backing device requires that all pages comprising a write
+ request must not be changed until writeout is complete.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..73b77a6be196
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D0/
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D0/ directory is only
+ present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+ use ACPI power resources for power management.
+
+ If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+ representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+ the given device node to be in ACPI power state D0. The names
+ of the links are the same as the names of the directories they
+ point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..30c20703fb8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D1/
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D1/ directory is only
+ present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+ use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI
+ power state D1.
+
+ If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+ representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+ the given device node to be in ACPI power state D1. The names
+ of the links are the same as the names of the directories they
+ point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..fd9d84b421e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D2/
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D2/ directory is only
+ present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+ use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI
+ power state D2.
+
+ If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+ representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+ the given device node to be in ACPI power state D2. The names
+ of the links are the same as the names of the directories they
+ point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3df32c20addf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D3hot/
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D3hot/ directory is only
+ present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+ use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI
+ power state D3hot.
+
+ If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+ representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+ the given device node to be in ACPI power state D3hot. The
+ names of the links are the same as the names of the directories
+ they point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7ad9546748f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../power_state
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power_state attribute is only present for
+ device objects representing ACPI device nodes that provide power
+ management methods.
+
+ If present, it contains a string representing the current ACPI
+ power state of the given device node. Its possible values,
+ "D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", and "D3cold", reflect the power state
+ names defined by the ACPI specification (ACPI 4 and above).
+
+ If the device node uses shared ACPI power resources, this state
+ determines a list of power resources required not to be turned
+ off. However, some power resources needed by the device node in
+ higher-power (lower-number) states may also be ON because of
+ some other devices using them at the moment.
+
+ This attribute is read-only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8b3527c82a7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../real_power_state
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../real_power_state attribute is only present
+ for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that provide
+ power management methods and use ACPI power resources for power
+ management.
+
+ If present, it contains a string representing the real ACPI
+ power state of the given device node as returned by the _PSC
+ control method or inferred from the configuration of power
+ resources. Its possible values, "D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", and
+ "D3cold", reflect the power state names defined by the ACPI
+ specification (ACPI 4 and above).
+
+ In some situations the value of this attribute may be different
+ from the value of the /sys/devices/.../power_state attribute for
+ the same device object. If that happens, some shared power
+ resources used by the device node are only ON because of some
+ other devices using them at the moment.
+
+ This attribute is read-only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b4a3bc5922a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../resource_in_use
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../resource_in_use attribute is only present
+ for device objects representing ACPI power resources.
+
+ If present, it contains a number (0 or 1) representing the
+ current status of the given power resource (0 means that the
+ resource is not in use and therefore it has been turned off).
+
+ This attribute is read-only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
index 6943133afcb8..9c978dcae07d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
@@ -67,20 +67,6 @@ Description: Discover NUMA node a CPU belongs to
/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/node2 -> ../../node/node2
-What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/node
-Date: October 2009
-Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
-Description: Discover NUMA node a CPU belongs to
-
- When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that points
- to the corresponding NUMA node directory.
-
- For example, the following symlink is created for cpu42
- in NUMA node 2:
-
- /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/node2 -> ../../node/node2
-
-
What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_id
/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_siblings
/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_siblings_list
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d0eba70c7d40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM1
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM2
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM3
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM4
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM5
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM6
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM7
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM8
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM9
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM10
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM11
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM12
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM13
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM14
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM15
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPMALL
+Date: Jan 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.9
+Contact: Simon Wood <simon@mungewell.org>
+Description: Provides a control for turning on/off the LEDs which form
+ an RPM meter on the front of the controller
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-thingm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-thingm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..abcffeedd20a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-thingm
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/blink1::<serial>/rgb
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description: The ThingM blink1 is an USB RGB LED. The color notation is
+ 3-byte hexadecimal. Read this attribute to get the last set
+ color. Write the 24-bit hexadecimal color to change the current
+ LED color. The default color is full white (0xFFFFFF).
+ For instance, set the color to green with: echo 00FF00 > rgb
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/blink1::<serial>/fade
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description: This attribute allows to set a fade time in milliseconds for
+ the next color change. Read the attribute to know the current
+ fade time. The default value is set to 0 (no fade time). For
+ instance, set a fade time of 2 seconds with: echo 2000 > fade
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/blink1::<serial>/play
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description: This attribute is used to play/pause the light patterns. Write 1
+ to start playing, 0 to stop. Reading this attribute returns the
+ current playing status.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..73e653ee2481
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm
+Date: September 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.32
+Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description: Interface for Kernel Samepage Merging (KSM)
+
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/full_scans
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_shared
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_sharing
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_to_scan
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_unshared
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_volatile
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/run
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/sleep_millisecs
+Date: September 2009
+Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description: Kernel Samepage Merging daemon sysfs interface
+
+ full_scans: how many times all mergeable areas have been
+ scanned.
+
+ pages_shared: how many shared pages are being used.
+
+ pages_sharing: how many more sites are sharing them i.e. how
+ much saved.
+
+ pages_to_scan: how many present pages to scan before ksmd goes
+ to sleep.
+
+ pages_unshared: how many pages unique but repeatedly checked
+ for merging.
+
+ pages_volatile: how many pages changing too fast to be placed
+ in a tree.
+
+ run: write 0 to disable ksm, read 0 while ksm is disabled.
+ write 1 to run ksm, read 1 while ksm is running.
+ write 2 to disable ksm and unmerge all its pages.
+
+ sleep_millisecs: how many milliseconds ksm should sleep between
+ scans.
+
+ See Documentation/vm/ksm.txt for more information.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/merge_across_nodes
+Date: January 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.9
+Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description: Control merging pages across different NUMA nodes.
+
+ When it is set to 0 only pages from the same node are merged,
+ otherwise pages from all nodes can be merged together (default).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..307a247ba1ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/lcd_level
+Date: Oct 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.19
+Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>"
+Description:
+ Screen brightness: contains a single integer in the range 0..8.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/auto_brightness
+Date: Oct 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.19
+Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>"
+Description:
+ Enable automatic brightness control: contains either 0 or 1. If
+ set to 1 the hardware adjusts the screen brightness
+ automatically when the power cord is plugged/unplugged.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/wlan
+Date: Oct 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.19
+Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>"
+Description:
+ WLAN subsystem enabled: contains either 0 or 1.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/bluetooth
+Date: Oct 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.19
+Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>"
+Description:
+ Bluetooth subsystem enabled: contains either 0 or 1. Please
+ note that this file is constantly 0 if no Bluetooth hardware is
+ available.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/touchpad
+Date: Nov 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>"
+Description:
+ Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if touchpad is turned on.
+ Touchpad state can only be toggled by pressing Fn+F3.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/turbo_mode
+Date: Nov 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>"
+Description:
+ Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if turbo mode is turned
+ on. In turbo mode power LED is orange and processor is
+ overclocked. Turbo mode is available only if charging. It is
+ only possible to toggle turbo mode state by pressing Fn+F10,
+ and there is a few seconds cooldown between subsequent toggles.
+ If user presses Fn+F10 too frequent, turbo mode state is not
+ changed.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/eco_mode
+Date: Nov 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>"
+Description:
+ Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if ECO mode is turned on.
+ In ECO mode power LED is green and userspace should do some
+ powersaving actions. ECO mode is available only on battery
+ power. ECO mode can only be toggled by pressing Fn+F10.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/turbo_cooldown
+Date: Nov 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>"
+Description:
+ Contains value in range 0..3:
+ * 0 -> Turbo mode is off
+ * 1 -> Turbo mode is on, cannot be turned off yet
+ * 2 -> Turbo mode is off, cannot be turned on yet
+ * 3 -> Turbo mode is on
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/auto_fan
+Date: Nov 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>"
+Description:
+ Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if fan speed is controlled
+ automatically (1) or fan runs at maximal speed (0). Can be
+ toggled in software.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/CodingStyle b/Documentation/CodingStyle
index 495e5ba1634c..e00b8f0dde52 100644
--- a/Documentation/CodingStyle
+++ b/Documentation/CodingStyle
@@ -546,15 +546,7 @@ config AUDIT
logging of avc messages output). Does not do system-call
auditing without CONFIG_AUDITSYSCALL.
-Features that might still be considered unstable should be defined as
-dependent on "EXPERIMENTAL":
-
-config SLUB
- depends on EXPERIMENTAL && !ARCH_USES_SLAB_PAGE_STRUCT
- bool "SLUB (Unqueued Allocator)"
- ...
-
-while seriously dangerous features (such as write support for certain
+Seriously dangerous features (such as write support for certain
filesystems) should advertise this prominently in their prompt string:
config ADFS_FS_RW
diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
index 4a4fb295ceef..14129f149a75 100644
--- a/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
@@ -488,9 +488,10 @@ will invoke the generic mapping error check interface. Doing so will ensure
that the mapping code will work correctly on all dma implementations without
any dependency on the specifics of the underlying implementation. Using the
returned address without checking for errors could result in failures ranging
-from panics to silent data corruption. Couple of example of incorrect ways to
-check for errors that make assumptions about the underlying dma implementation
-are as follows and these are applicable to dma_map_page() as well.
+from panics to silent data corruption. A couple of examples of incorrect ways
+to check for errors that make assumptions about the underlying dma
+implementation are as follows and these are applicable to dma_map_page() as
+well.
Incorrect example 1:
dma_addr_t dma_handle;
@@ -751,7 +752,7 @@ Example 1:
dma_unmap_single(dma_handle1);
map_error_handling1:
-Example 2: (if buffers are allocated a loop, unmap all mapped buffers when
+Example 2: (if buffers are allocated in a loop, unmap all mapped buffers when
mapping error is detected in the middle)
dma_addr_t dma_addr;
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl
index 42e7f030cb16..284ced7a228f 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl
@@ -107,8 +107,8 @@
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h key_params
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h survey_info_flags
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h survey_info
-!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h beacon_parameters
-!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h plink_actions
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_beacon_data
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ap_settings
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h station_parameters
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h station_info_flags
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h rate_info_flags
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
index 4ee2304f82f9..f9df3b872c16 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
@@ -743,6 +743,10 @@ char *date;</synopsis>
These two operations are mandatory for GEM drivers that support DRM
PRIME.
</para>
+ <sect4>
+ <title>DRM PRIME Helper Functions Reference</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_prime.c PRIME Helpers
+ </sect4>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="drm-gem-objects-mapping">
<title>GEM Objects Mapping</title>
@@ -978,10 +982,25 @@ int max_width, max_height;</synopsis>
If the parameters are deemed valid, drivers then create, initialize and
return an instance of struct <structname>drm_framebuffer</structname>.
If desired the instance can be embedded in a larger driver-specific
- structure. The new instance is initialized with a call to
- <function>drm_framebuffer_init</function> which takes a pointer to DRM
- frame buffer operations (struct
- <structname>drm_framebuffer_funcs</structname>). Frame buffer operations are
+ structure. Drivers must fill its <structfield>width</structfield>,
+ <structfield>height</structfield>, <structfield>pitches</structfield>,
+ <structfield>offsets</structfield>, <structfield>depth</structfield>,
+ <structfield>bits_per_pixel</structfield> and
+ <structfield>pixel_format</structfield> fields from the values passed
+ through the <parameter>drm_mode_fb_cmd2</parameter> argument. They
+ should call the <function>drm_helper_mode_fill_fb_struct</function>
+ helper function to do so.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The initailization of the new framebuffer instance is finalized with a
+ call to <function>drm_framebuffer_init</function> which takes a pointer
+ to DRM frame buffer operations (struct
+ <structname>drm_framebuffer_funcs</structname>). Note that this function
+ publishes the framebuffer and so from this point on it can be accessed
+ concurrently from other threads. Hence it must be the last step in the
+ driver's framebuffer initialization sequence. Frame buffer operations
+ are
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<synopsis>int (*create_handle)(struct drm_framebuffer *fb,
@@ -1022,16 +1041,16 @@ int max_width, max_height;</synopsis>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para>
- After initializing the <structname>drm_framebuffer</structname>
- instance drivers must fill its <structfield>width</structfield>,
- <structfield>height</structfield>, <structfield>pitches</structfield>,
- <structfield>offsets</structfield>, <structfield>depth</structfield>,
- <structfield>bits_per_pixel</structfield> and
- <structfield>pixel_format</structfield> fields from the values passed
- through the <parameter>drm_mode_fb_cmd2</parameter> argument. They
- should call the <function>drm_helper_mode_fill_fb_struct</function>
- helper function to do so.
- </para>
+ The lifetime of a drm framebuffer is controlled with a reference count,
+ drivers can grab additional references with
+ <function>drm_framebuffer_reference</function> </para> and drop them
+ again with <function>drm_framebuffer_unreference</function>. For
+ driver-private framebuffers for which the last reference is never
+ dropped (e.g. for the fbdev framebuffer when the struct
+ <structname>drm_framebuffer</structname> is embedded into the fbdev
+ helper struct) drivers can manually clean up a framebuffer at module
+ unload time with
+ <function>drm_framebuffer_unregister_private</function>.
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>Output Polling</title>
@@ -1043,6 +1062,22 @@ int max_width, max_height;</synopsis>
operation.
</para>
</sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Locking</title>
+ <para>
+ Beside some lookup structures with their own locking (which is hidden
+ behind the interface functions) most of the modeset state is protected
+ by the <code>dev-&lt;mode_config.lock</code> mutex and additionally
+ per-crtc locks to allow cursor updates, pageflips and similar operations
+ to occur concurrently with background tasks like output detection.
+ Operations which cross domains like a full modeset always grab all
+ locks. Drivers there need to protect resources shared between crtcs with
+ additional locking. They also need to be careful to always grab the
+ relevant crtc locks if a modset functions touches crtc state, e.g. for
+ load detection (which does only grab the <code>mode_config.lock</code>
+ to allow concurrent screen updates on live crtcs).
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
</sect1>
<!-- Internals: kms initialization and cleanup -->
@@ -1126,6 +1161,12 @@ int max_width, max_height;</synopsis>
any new rendering to the frame buffer until the page flip completes.
</para>
<para>
+ If a page flip can be successfully scheduled the driver must set the
+ <code>drm_crtc-&lt;fb</code> field to the new framebuffer pointed to
+ by <code>fb</code>. This is important so that the reference counting
+ on framebuffers stays balanced.
+ </para>
+ <para>
If a page flip is already pending, the
<methodname>page_flip</methodname> operation must return
-<errorname>EBUSY</errorname>.
@@ -1609,6 +1650,10 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
make its properties available to applications.
</para>
</sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>KMS API Functions</title>
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc.c
+ </sect2>
</sect1>
<!-- Internals: kms helper functions -->
@@ -2104,6 +2149,7 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
<title>fbdev Helper Functions Reference</title>
!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_fb_helper.c fbdev helpers
!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_fb_helper.c
+!Iinclude/drm/drm_fb_helper.h
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>Display Port Helper Functions Reference</title>
@@ -2111,6 +2157,10 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
!Iinclude/drm/drm_dp_helper.h
!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_dp_helper.c
</sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>EDID Helper Functions Reference</title>
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_edid.c
+ </sect2>
</sect1>
<!-- Internals: vertical blanking -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl
index eee71426ecb8..d0758b241b23 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl
@@ -945,7 +945,7 @@ printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %pI4\n", &amp;ipaddress);
<sect1 id="sym-exportsymbols">
<title><function>EXPORT_SYMBOL()</function>
- <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/module.h</filename></title>
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/export.h</filename></title>
<para>
This is the classic method of exporting a symbol: dynamically
@@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %pI4\n", &amp;ipaddress);
<sect1 id="sym-exportsymbols-gpl">
<title><function>EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL()</function>
- <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/module.h</filename></title>
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/export.h</filename></title>
<para>
Similar to <function>EXPORT_SYMBOL()</function> except that the
@@ -1185,13 +1185,6 @@ static struct block_device_operations opt_fops = {
</para>
<para>
- You may well want to make your CONFIG option only visible if
- <symbol>CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL</symbol> is enabled: this serves as a
- warning to users. There many other fancy things you can do: see
- the various <filename>Kconfig</filename> files for ideas.
- </para>
-
- <para>
In your description of the option, make sure you address both the
expert user and the user who knows nothing about your feature. Mention
incompatibilities and issues here. <emphasis> Definitely
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl
index 4ee4ba3509fc..f77358f96930 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl
@@ -94,10 +94,8 @@
<sect1 id="CompileKGDB">
<title>Kernel config options for kgdb</title>
<para>
- To enable <symbol>CONFIG_KGDB</symbol> you should first turn on
- "Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers"
- (CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL) in "General setup", then under the
- "Kernel debugging" select "KGDB: kernel debugger".
+ To enable <symbol>CONFIG_KGDB</symbol> you should look under
+ "Kernel debugging" and select "KGDB: kernel debugger".
</para>
<para>
While it is not a hard requirement that you have symbols in your
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml
index 757488b24f4f..0197bcc7842d 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Added ISDB-T test originally written by Patrick Boettcher
<title>LINUX DVB API</title>
-<subtitle>Version 5.8</subtitle>
+<subtitle>Version 5.10</subtitle>
<!-- ADD THE CHAPTERS HERE -->
<chapter id="dvb_introdution">
&sub-intro;
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml
index 957e3acaae8e..4a5eaeed0b9e 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml
@@ -7,14 +7,41 @@ the capability ioctls weren't implemented yet via the new way.</para>
<para>The typical usage for the <constant>FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_SET_PROPERTY</constant>
API is to replace the ioctl's were the <link linkend="dvb-frontend-parameters">
struct <constant>dvb_frontend_parameters</constant></link> were used.</para>
+<section id="dtv-stats">
+<title>DTV stats type</title>
+<programlisting>
+struct dtv_stats {
+ __u8 scale; /* enum fecap_scale_params type */
+ union {
+ __u64 uvalue; /* for counters and relative scales */
+ __s64 svalue; /* for 1/1000 dB measures */
+ };
+} __packed;
+</programlisting>
+</section>
+<section id="dtv-fe-stats">
+<title>DTV stats type</title>
+<programlisting>
+#define MAX_DTV_STATS 4
+
+struct dtv_fe_stats {
+ __u8 len;
+ struct dtv_stats stat[MAX_DTV_STATS];
+} __packed;
+</programlisting>
+</section>
+
<section id="dtv-property">
<title>DTV property type</title>
<programlisting>
/* Reserved fields should be set to 0 */
+
struct dtv_property {
__u32 cmd;
+ __u32 reserved[3];
union {
__u32 data;
+ struct dtv_fe_stats st;
struct {
__u8 data[32];
__u32 len;
@@ -440,7 +467,7 @@ typedef enum fe_delivery_system {
<title><constant>DTV-ISDBT-LAYER*</constant> parameters</title>
<para>ISDB-T channels can be coded hierarchically. As opposed to DVB-T in
ISDB-T hierarchical layers can be decoded simultaneously. For that
- reason a ISDB-T demodulator has 3 viterbi and 3 reed-solomon-decoders.</para>
+ reason a ISDB-T demodulator has 3 Viterbi and 3 Reed-Solomon decoders.</para>
<para>ISDB-T has 3 hierarchical layers which each can use a part of the
available segments. The total number of segments over all layers has
to 13 in ISDB-T.</para>
@@ -850,6 +877,147 @@ enum fe_interleaving {
<para>use the special macro LNA_AUTO to set LNA auto</para>
</section>
</section>
+
+ <section id="frontend-stat-properties">
+ <title>Frontend statistics indicators</title>
+ <para>The values are returned via <constant>dtv_property.stat</constant>.
+ If the property is supported, <constant>dtv_property.stat.len</constant> is bigger than zero.</para>
+ <para>For most delivery systems, <constant>dtv_property.stat.len</constant>
+ will be 1 if the stats is supported, and the properties will
+ return a single value for each parameter.</para>
+ <para>It should be noticed, however, that new OFDM delivery systems
+ like ISDB can use different modulation types for each group of
+ carriers. On such standards, up to 3 groups of statistics can be
+ provided, and <constant>dtv_property.stat.len</constant> is updated
+ to reflect the "global" metrics, plus one metric per each carrier
+ group (called "layer" on ISDB).</para>
+ <para>So, in order to be consistent with other delivery systems, the first
+ value at <link linkend="dtv-stats"><constant>dtv_property.stat.dtv_stats</constant></link>
+ array refers to the global metric. The other elements of the array
+ represent each layer, starting from layer A(index 1),
+ layer B (index 2) and so on.</para>
+ <para>The number of filled elements are stored at <constant>dtv_property.stat.len</constant>.</para>
+ <para>Each element of the <constant>dtv_property.stat.dtv_stats</constant> array consists on two elements:</para>
+ <itemizedlist mark='opencircle'>
+ <listitem><para><constant>svalue</constant> or <constant>uvalue</constant>, where
+ <constant>svalue</constant> is for signed values of the measure (dB measures)
+ and <constant>uvalue</constant> is for unsigned values (counters, relative scale)</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><constant>scale</constant> - Scale for the value. It can be:</para>
+ <section id = "fecap-scale-params">
+ <itemizedlist mark='bullet'>
+ <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE</constant> - The parameter is supported by the frontend, but it was not possible to collect it (could be a transitory or permanent condition)</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_DECIBEL</constant> - parameter is a signed value, measured in 1/1000 dB</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_RELATIVE</constant> - parameter is a unsigned value, where 0 means 0% and 65535 means 100%.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_COUNTER</constant> - parameter is a unsigned value that counts the occurrence of an event, like bit error, block error, or lapsed time.</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <section id="DTV-STAT-SIGNAL-STRENGTH">
+ <title><constant>DTV_STAT_SIGNAL_STRENGTH</constant></title>
+ <para>Indicates the signal strength level at the analog part of the tuner or of the demod.</para>
+ <para>Possible scales for this metric are:</para>
+ <itemizedlist mark='bullet'>
+ <listitem><constant>FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE</constant> - it failed to measure it, or the measurement was not complete yet.</listitem>
+ <listitem><constant>FE_SCALE_DECIBEL</constant> - signal strength is in 0.0001 dBm units, power measured in miliwatts. This value is generally negative.</listitem>
+ <listitem><constant>FE_SCALE_RELATIVE</constant> - The frontend provides a 0% to 100% measurement for power (actually, 0 to 65535).</listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section id="DTV-STAT-CNR">
+ <title><constant>DTV_STAT_CNR</constant></title>
+ <para>Indicates the Signal to Noise ratio for the main carrier.</para>
+ <para>Possible scales for this metric are:</para>
+ <itemizedlist mark='bullet'>
+ <listitem><constant>FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE</constant> - it failed to measure it, or the measurement was not complete yet.</listitem>
+ <listitem><constant>FE_SCALE_DECIBEL</constant> - Signal/Noise ratio is in 0.0001 dB units.</listitem>
+ <listitem><constant>FE_SCALE_RELATIVE</constant> - The frontend provides a 0% to 100% measurement for Signal/Noise (actually, 0 to 65535).</listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section id="DTV-STAT-PRE-ERROR-BIT-COUNT">
+ <title><constant>DTV_STAT_PRE_ERROR_BIT_COUNT</constant></title>
+ <para>Measures the number of bit errors before the forward error correction (FEC) on the inner coding block (before Viterbi, LDPC or other inner code).</para>
+ <para>This measure is taken during the same interval as <constant>DTV_STAT_PRE_TOTAL_BIT_COUNT</constant>.</para>
+ <para>In order to get the BER (Bit Error Rate) measurement, it should be divided by
+ <link linkend="DTV-STAT-PRE-TOTAL-BIT-COUNT"><constant>DTV_STAT_PRE_TOTAL_BIT_COUNT</constant></link>.</para>
+ <para>This measurement is monotonically increased, as the frontend gets more bit count measurements.
+ The frontend may reset it when a channel/transponder is tuned.</para>
+ <para>Possible scales for this metric are:</para>
+ <itemizedlist mark='bullet'>
+ <listitem><constant>FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE</constant> - it failed to measure it, or the measurement was not complete yet.</listitem>
+ <listitem><constant>FE_SCALE_COUNTER</constant> - Number of error bits counted before the inner coding.</listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section id="DTV-STAT-PRE-TOTAL-BIT-COUNT">
+ <title><constant>DTV_STAT_PRE_TOTAL_BIT_COUNT</constant></title>
+ <para>Measures the amount of bits received before the inner code block, during the same period as
+ <link linkend="DTV-STAT-PRE-ERROR-BIT-COUNT"><constant>DTV_STAT_PRE_ERROR_BIT_COUNT</constant></link> measurement was taken.</para>
+ <para>It should be noticed that this measurement can be smaller than the total amount of bits on the transport stream,
+ as the frontend may need to manually restart the measurement, loosing some data between each measurement interval.</para>
+ <para>This measurement is monotonically increased, as the frontend gets more bit count measurements.
+ The frontend may reset it when a channel/transponder is tuned.</para>
+ <para>Possible scales for this metric are:</para>
+ <itemizedlist mark='bullet'>
+ <listitem><constant>FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE</constant> - it failed to measure it, or the measurement was not complete yet.</listitem>
+ <listitem><constant>FE_SCALE_COUNTER</constant> - Number of bits counted while measuring
+ <link linkend="DTV-STAT-PRE-ERROR-BIT-COUNT"><constant>DTV_STAT_PRE_ERROR_BIT_COUNT</constant></link>.</listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section id="DTV-STAT-POST-ERROR-BIT-COUNT">
+ <title><constant>DTV_STAT_POST_ERROR_BIT_COUNT</constant></title>
+ <para>Measures the number of bit errors after the forward error correction (FEC) done by inner code block (after Viterbi, LDPC or other inner code).</para>
+ <para>This measure is taken during the same interval as <constant>DTV_STAT_POST_TOTAL_BIT_COUNT</constant>.</para>
+ <para>In order to get the BER (Bit Error Rate) measurement, it should be divided by
+ <link linkend="DTV-STAT-POST-TOTAL-BIT-COUNT"><constant>DTV_STAT_POST_TOTAL_BIT_COUNT</constant></link>.</para>
+ <para>This measurement is monotonically increased, as the frontend gets more bit count measurements.
+ The frontend may reset it when a channel/transponder is tuned.</para>
+ <para>Possible scales for this metric are:</para>
+ <itemizedlist mark='bullet'>
+ <listitem><constant>FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE</constant> - it failed to measure it, or the measurement was not complete yet.</listitem>
+ <listitem><constant>FE_SCALE_COUNTER</constant> - Number of error bits counted after the inner coding.</listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section id="DTV-STAT-POST-TOTAL-BIT-COUNT">
+ <title><constant>DTV_STAT_POST_TOTAL_BIT_COUNT</constant></title>
+ <para>Measures the amount of bits received after the inner coding, during the same period as
+ <link linkend="DTV-STAT-POST-ERROR-BIT-COUNT"><constant>DTV_STAT_POST_ERROR_BIT_COUNT</constant></link> measurement was taken.</para>
+ <para>It should be noticed that this measurement can be smaller than the total amount of bits on the transport stream,
+ as the frontend may need to manually restart the measurement, loosing some data between each measurement interval.</para>
+ <para>This measurement is monotonically increased, as the frontend gets more bit count measurements.
+ The frontend may reset it when a channel/transponder is tuned.</para>
+ <para>Possible scales for this metric are:</para>
+ <itemizedlist mark='bullet'>
+ <listitem><constant>FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE</constant> - it failed to measure it, or the measurement was not complete yet.</listitem>
+ <listitem><constant>FE_SCALE_COUNTER</constant> - Number of bits counted while measuring
+ <link linkend="DTV-STAT-POST-ERROR-BIT-COUNT"><constant>DTV_STAT_POST_ERROR_BIT_COUNT</constant></link>.</listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section id="DTV-STAT-ERROR-BLOCK-COUNT">
+ <title><constant>DTV_STAT_ERROR_BLOCK_COUNT</constant></title>
+ <para>Measures the number of block errors after the outer forward error correction coding (after Reed-Solomon or other outer code).</para>
+ <para>This measurement is monotonically increased, as the frontend gets more bit count measurements.
+ The frontend may reset it when a channel/transponder is tuned.</para>
+ <para>Possible scales for this metric are:</para>
+ <itemizedlist mark='bullet'>
+ <listitem><constant>FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE</constant> - it failed to measure it, or the measurement was not complete yet.</listitem>
+ <listitem><constant>FE_SCALE_COUNTER</constant> - Number of error blocks counted after the outer coding.</listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section id="DTV-STAT-TOTAL-BLOCK-COUNT">
+ <title><constant>DTV-STAT_TOTAL_BLOCK_COUNT</constant></title>
+ <para>Measures the total number of blocks received during the same period as
+ <link linkend="DTV-STAT-ERROR-BLOCK-COUNT"><constant>DTV_STAT_ERROR_BLOCK_COUNT</constant></link> measurement was taken.</para>
+ <para>It can be used to calculate the PER indicator, by dividing
+ <link linkend="DTV-STAT-ERROR-BLOCK-COUNT"><constant>DTV_STAT_ERROR_BLOCK_COUNT</constant></link>
+ by <link linkend="DTV-STAT-TOTAL-BLOCK-COUNT"><constant>DTV-STAT-TOTAL-BLOCK-COUNT</constant></link>.</para>
+ <para>Possible scales for this metric are:</para>
+ <itemizedlist mark='bullet'>
+ <listitem><constant>FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE</constant> - it failed to measure it, or the measurement was not complete yet.</listitem>
+ <listitem><constant>FE_SCALE_COUNTER</constant> - Number of blocks counted while measuring
+ <link linkend="DTV-STAT-ERROR-BLOCK-COUNT"><constant>DTV_STAT_ERROR_BLOCK_COUNT</constant></link>.</listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
<section id="frontend-property-terrestrial-systems">
<title>Properties used on terrestrial delivery systems</title>
<section id="dvbt-params">
@@ -871,6 +1039,7 @@ enum fe_interleaving {
<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-HIERARCHY"><constant>DTV_HIERARCHY</constant></link></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-LNA"><constant>DTV_LNA</constant></link></para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
+ <para>In addition, the <link linkend="frontend-stat-properties">DTV QoS statistics</link> are also valid.</para>
</section>
<section id="dvbt2-params">
<title>DVB-T2 delivery system</title>
@@ -895,6 +1064,7 @@ enum fe_interleaving {
<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-STREAM-ID"><constant>DTV_STREAM_ID</constant></link></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-LNA"><constant>DTV_LNA</constant></link></para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
+ <para>In addition, the <link linkend="frontend-stat-properties">DTV QoS statistics</link> are also valid.</para>
</section>
<section id="isdbt">
<title>ISDB-T delivery system</title>
@@ -948,6 +1118,7 @@ enum fe_interleaving {
<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ISDBT-LAYER-SEGMENT-COUNT"><constant>DTV_ISDBT_LAYERC_SEGMENT_COUNT</constant></link></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ISDBT-LAYER-TIME-INTERLEAVING"><constant>DTV_ISDBT_LAYERC_TIME_INTERLEAVING</constant></link></para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
+ <para>In addition, the <link linkend="frontend-stat-properties">DTV QoS statistics</link> are also valid.</para>
</section>
<section id="atsc-params">
<title>ATSC delivery system</title>
@@ -961,6 +1132,7 @@ enum fe_interleaving {
<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-MODULATION"><constant>DTV_MODULATION</constant></link></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-BANDWIDTH-HZ"><constant>DTV_BANDWIDTH_HZ</constant></link></para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
+ <para>In addition, the <link linkend="frontend-stat-properties">DTV QoS statistics</link> are also valid.</para>
</section>
<section id="atscmh-params">
<title>ATSC-MH delivery system</title>
@@ -988,6 +1160,7 @@ enum fe_interleaving {
<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-C"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_C</constant></link></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-D"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_D</constant></link></para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
+ <para>In addition, the <link linkend="frontend-stat-properties">DTV QoS statistics</link> are also valid.</para>
</section>
<section id="dtmb-params">
<title>DTMB delivery system</title>
@@ -1007,6 +1180,7 @@ enum fe_interleaving {
<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-INTERLEAVING"><constant>DTV_INTERLEAVING</constant></link></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-LNA"><constant>DTV_LNA</constant></link></para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
+ <para>In addition, the <link linkend="frontend-stat-properties">DTV QoS statistics</link> are also valid.</para>
</section>
</section>
<section id="frontend-property-cable-systems">
@@ -1028,6 +1202,7 @@ enum fe_interleaving {
<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-INNER-FEC"><constant>DTV_INNER_FEC</constant></link></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-LNA"><constant>DTV_LNA</constant></link></para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
+ <para>In addition, the <link linkend="frontend-stat-properties">DTV QoS statistics</link> are also valid.</para>
</section>
<section id="dvbc-annex-b-params">
<title>DVB-C Annex B delivery system</title>
@@ -1043,6 +1218,7 @@ enum fe_interleaving {
<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-INVERSION"><constant>DTV_INVERSION</constant></link></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-LNA"><constant>DTV_LNA</constant></link></para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
+ <para>In addition, the <link linkend="frontend-stat-properties">DTV QoS statistics</link> are also valid.</para>
</section>
</section>
<section id="frontend-property-satellital-systems">
@@ -1062,6 +1238,7 @@ enum fe_interleaving {
<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-VOLTAGE"><constant>DTV_VOLTAGE</constant></link></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-TONE"><constant>DTV_TONE</constant></link></para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
+ <para>In addition, the <link linkend="frontend-stat-properties">DTV QoS statistics</link> are also valid.</para>
<para>Future implementations might add those two missing parameters:</para>
<itemizedlist mark='opencircle'>
<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-DISEQC-MASTER"><constant>DTV_DISEQC_MASTER</constant></link></para></listitem>
@@ -1077,6 +1254,7 @@ enum fe_interleaving {
<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ROLLOFF"><constant>DTV_ROLLOFF</constant></link></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-STREAM-ID"><constant>DTV_STREAM_ID</constant></link></para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
+ <para>In addition, the <link linkend="frontend-stat-properties">DTV QoS statistics</link> are also valid.</para>
</section>
<section id="turbo-params">
<title>Turbo code delivery system</title>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml
index 426c2526a454..df39ba395df0 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ typedef enum fe_status {
<entry align="char">The frontend has found a DVB signal</entry>
</row><row>
<entry align="char">FE_HAS_VITERBI</entry>
-<entry align="char">The frontend FEC code is stable</entry>
+<entry align="char">The frontend FEC inner coding (Viterbi, LDPC or other inner code) is stable</entry>
</row><row>
<entry align="char">FE_HAS_SYNC</entry>
<entry align="char">Syncronization bytes was found</entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml
index 73c6847436c9..ae06afbbb3a9 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ to zero and the <constant>VIDIOC_G_STD</constant>,
<para>Applications can make use of the <xref linkend="input-capabilities" /> and
<xref linkend="output-capabilities"/> flags to determine whether the video standard ioctls
are available for the device.</para>
-&ENOTTY;.
+
<para>See <xref linkend="buffer" /> for a rationale. Probably
even USB cameras follow some well known video standard. It might have
been better to explicitly indicate elsewhere if a device cannot live
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
index 3dd9e78815d1..104a1a2b8849 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
@@ -2477,6 +2477,22 @@ that used it. It was originally scheduled for removal in 2.6.35.
</orderedlist>
</section>
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 3.9</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Added timestamp types to
+ <structfield>flags</structfield> field in
+ <structname>v4l2_buffer</structname>. See <xref
+ linkend="buffer-flags" />.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Added <constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_RANGE</constant> control event
+ changes flag. See <xref linkend="changes-flags"/>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
<section id="other">
<title>Relation of V4L2 to other Linux multimedia APIs</title>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml
index 7fe5be1d3bbb..9e8f85498678 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml
@@ -203,29 +203,6 @@ and should not be used in new drivers and applications.</entry>
<entry>boolean</entry>
<entry>Mirror the picture vertically.</entry>
</row>
- <row>
- <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_HCENTER_DEPRECATED</constant> (formerly <constant>V4L2_CID_HCENTER</constant>)</entry>
- <entry>integer</entry>
- <entry>Horizontal image centering. This control is
-deprecated. New drivers and applications should use the <link
-linkend="camera-controls">Camera class controls</link>
-<constant>V4L2_CID_PAN_ABSOLUTE</constant>,
-<constant>V4L2_CID_PAN_RELATIVE</constant> and
-<constant>V4L2_CID_PAN_RESET</constant> instead.</entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_VCENTER_DEPRECATED</constant>
- (formerly <constant>V4L2_CID_VCENTER</constant>)</entry>
- <entry>integer</entry>
- <entry>Vertical image centering. Centering is intended to
-<emphasis>physically</emphasis> adjust cameras. For image cropping see
-<xref linkend="crop" />, for clipping <xref linkend="overlay" />. This
-control is deprecated. New drivers and applications should use the
-<link linkend="camera-controls">Camera class controls</link>
-<constant>V4L2_CID_TILT_ABSOLUTE</constant>,
-<constant>V4L2_CID_TILT_RELATIVE</constant> and
-<constant>V4L2_CID_TILT_RESET</constant> instead.</entry>
- </row>
<row id="v4l2-power-line-frequency">
<entry><constant>V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY</constant></entry>
<entry>enum</entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml
index 388a34032653..e6c58559ca6b 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ rest should be evident.</para>
<note>
<title>Experimental</title>
- <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental"> experimental </link>
+ <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
interface and may change in the future.</para>
</note>
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ DMA buffer from userspace using a file descriptor previously exported for a
different or the same device (known as the importer role), or both. This
section describes the DMABUF importer role API in V4L2.</para>
- <para>Refer to <link linked="vidioc-expbuf"> DMABUF exporting </link> for
+ <para>Refer to <link linkend="vidioc-expbuf">DMABUF exporting</link> for
details about exporting V4L2 buffers as DMABUF file descriptors.</para>
<para>Input and output devices support the streaming I/O method when the
@@ -741,17 +741,19 @@ applications when an output stream.</entry>
<entry>struct timeval</entry>
<entry><structfield>timestamp</structfield></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry><para>For input streams this is the
-system time (as returned by the <function>gettimeofday()</function>
-function) when the first data byte was captured. For output streams
-the data will not be displayed before this time, secondary to the
-nominal frame rate determined by the current video standard in
-enqueued order. Applications can for example zero this field to
-display frames as soon as possible. The driver stores the time at
-which the first data byte was actually sent out in the
-<structfield>timestamp</structfield> field. This permits
-applications to monitor the drift between the video and system
-clock.</para></entry>
+ <entry><para>For input streams this is time when the first data
+ byte was captured, as returned by the
+ <function>clock_gettime()</function> function for the relevant
+ clock id; see <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_*</constant> in
+ <xref linkend="buffer-flags" />. For output streams the data
+ will not be displayed before this time, secondary to the nominal
+ frame rate determined by the current video standard in enqueued
+ order. Applications can for example zero this field to display
+ frames as soon as possible. The driver stores the time at which
+ the first data byte was actually sent out in the
+ <structfield>timestamp</structfield> field. This permits
+ applications to monitor the drift between the video and system
+ clock.</para></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>&v4l2-timecode;</entry>
@@ -903,7 +905,7 @@ should set this to 0.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>__unsigned long</entry>
+ <entry>unsigned long</entry>
<entry><structfield>userptr</structfield></entry>
<entry>When the memory type in the containing &v4l2-buffer; is
<constant>V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR</constant>, this is a userspace
@@ -1114,6 +1116,35 @@ Typically applications shall use this flag for output buffers if the data
in this buffer has not been created by the CPU but by some DMA-capable unit,
in which case caches have not been used.</entry>
</row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_MASK</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0xe000</entry>
+ <entry>Mask for timestamp types below. To test the
+ timestamp type, mask out bits not belonging to timestamp
+ type by performing a logical and operation with buffer
+ flags and timestamp mask.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_UNKNOWN</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0000</entry>
+ <entry>Unknown timestamp type. This type is used by
+ drivers before Linux 3.9 and may be either monotonic (see
+ below) or realtime (wall clock). Monotonic clock has been
+ favoured in embedded systems whereas most of the drivers
+ use the realtime clock. Either kinds of timestamps are
+ available in user space via
+ <function>clock_gettime(2)</function> using clock IDs
+ <constant>CLOCK_MONOTONIC</constant> and
+ <constant>CLOCK_REALTIME</constant>, respectively.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_MONOTONIC</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x2000</entry>
+ <entry>The buffer timestamp has been taken from the
+ <constant>CLOCK_MONOTONIC</constant> clock. To access the
+ same clock outside V4L2, use
+ <function>clock_gettime(2)</function> .</entry>
+ </row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml
index a990b34d911a..f3a3d459fcdf 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
<refnamediv>
<refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV12M"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M</constant></refname>
<refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV21M"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21M</constant></refname>
- <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV12MT_16X16"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT_16X16</constant></refname>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV12MT-16X16"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT_16X16</constant></refname>
<refpurpose>Variation of <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12</constant> and <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21</constant> with planes
non contiguous in memory. </refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10alaw8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10alaw8.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..29acc2098cc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10alaw8.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+ <refentry>
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>
+ V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10ALAW8 ('aBA8'),
+ V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10ALAW8 ('aGA8'),
+ V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10ALAW8 ('agA8'),
+ V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10ALAW8 ('aRA8'),
+ </refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SBGGR10ALAW8">
+ <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10ALAW8</constant>
+ </refname>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGBRG10ALAW8">
+ <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10ALAW8</constant>
+ </refname>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGRBG10ALAW8">
+ <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10ALAW8</constant>
+ </refname>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SRGGB10ALAW8">
+ <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10ALAW8</constant>
+ </refname>
+ <refpurpose>10-bit Bayer formats compressed to 8 bits</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+ <para>The following four pixel formats are raw sRGB / Bayer
+ formats with 10 bits per color compressed to 8 bits each,
+ using the A-LAW algorithm. Each color component consumes 8
+ bits of memory. In other respects this format is similar to
+ <xref linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SRGGB8"></xref>.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+ </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-uv8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-uv8.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c507c1f73cd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-uv8.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+ <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-UV8">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_UV8 ('UV8')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_UV8</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>UV plane interleaved</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+ <para>In this format there is no Y plane, Only CbCr plane. ie
+ (UV interleaved)</para>
+ <example>
+ <title>
+ <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_UV8</constant>
+ pixel image
+ </title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="5" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;4:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;8:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;12:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+ </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
index bf94f417592c..99b8d2ad6e4f 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
@@ -673,6 +673,7 @@ access the palette, this must be done with ioctls of the Linux framebuffer API.<
&sub-srggb8;
&sub-sbggr16;
&sub-srggb10;
+ &sub-srggb10alaw8;
&sub-srggb10dpcm8;
&sub-srggb12;
</section>
@@ -701,6 +702,7 @@ information.</para>
&sub-y12;
&sub-y10b;
&sub-y16;
+ &sub-uv8;
&sub-yuyv;
&sub-uyvy;
&sub-yvyu;
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
index a0a936455fae..cc51372ed5e0 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
@@ -353,9 +353,9 @@
<listitem><para>The number of bits per pixel component. All components are
transferred on the same number of bits. Common values are 8, 10 and 12.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para>If the pixel components are DPCM-compressed, a mention of the
- DPCM compression and the number of bits per compressed pixel component.</para>
- </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>The compression (optional). If the pixel components are
+ ALAW- or DPCM-compressed, a mention of the compression scheme and the
+ number of bits per compressed pixel component.</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>The number of bus samples per pixel. Pixels that are wider than
the bus width must be transferred in multiple samples. Common values are
1 and 2.</para></listitem>
@@ -504,6 +504,74 @@
<entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
<entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
</row>
+ <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SBGGR10-ALAW8-1X8">
+ <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SBGGR10_ALAW8_1X8</entry>
+ <entry>0x3015</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SGBRG10-ALAW8-1X8">
+ <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SGBRG10_ALAW8_1X8</entry>
+ <entry>0x3016</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SGRBG10-ALAW8-1X8">
+ <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SGRBG10_ALAW8_1X8</entry>
+ <entry>0x3017</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SRGGB10-ALAW8-1X8">
+ <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SRGGB10_ALAW8_1X8</entry>
+ <entry>0x3018</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
<row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SBGGR10-DPCM8-1X8">
<entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SBGGR10_DPCM8_1X8</entry>
<entry>0x300b</entry>
@@ -853,10 +921,16 @@
<title>Packed YUV Formats</title>
<para>Those data formats transfer pixel data as (possibly downsampled) Y, U
- and V components. The format code is made of the following information.
+ and V components. Some formats include dummy bits in some of their samples
+ and are collectively referred to as "YDYC" (Y-Dummy-Y-Chroma) formats.
+ One cannot rely on the values of these dummy bits as those are undefined.
+ </para>
+ <para>The format code is made of the following information.
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>The Y, U and V components order code, as transferred on the
- bus. Possible values are YUYV, UYVY, YVYU and VYUY.</para></listitem>
+ bus. Possible values are YUYV, UYVY, YVYU and VYUY for formats with no
+ dummy bit, and YDYUYDYV, YDYVYDYU, YUYDYVYD and YVYDYUYD for YDYC formats.
+ </para></listitem>
<listitem><para>The number of bits per pixel component. All components are
transferred on the same number of bits. Common values are 8, 10 and 12.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -877,7 +951,21 @@
U, Y, V, Y order will be named <constant>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_UYVY8_2X8</constant>.
</para>
- <para>The following table lisst existing packet YUV formats.</para>
+ <para><xref linkend="v4l2-mbus-pixelcode-yuv8"/> list existing packet YUV
+ formats and describes the organization of each pixel data in each sample.
+ When a format pattern is split across multiple samples each of the samples
+ in the pattern is described.</para>
+
+ <para>The role of each bit transferred over the bus is identified by one
+ of the following codes.</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>y<subscript>x</subscript> for luma component bit number x</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>u<subscript>x</subscript> for blue chroma component bit number x</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>v<subscript>x</subscript> for red chroma component bit number x</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>- for non-available bits (for positions higher than the bus width)</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>d for dummy bits</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
<table pgwide="0" frame="none" id="v4l2-mbus-pixelcode-yuv8">
<title>YUV Formats</title>
@@ -885,27 +973,37 @@
<colspec colname="id" align="left" />
<colspec colname="code" align="center"/>
<colspec colname="bit" />
- <colspec colnum="4" colname="b19" align="center" />
- <colspec colnum="5" colname="b18" align="center" />
- <colspec colnum="6" colname="b17" align="center" />
- <colspec colnum="7" colname="b16" align="center" />
- <colspec colnum="8" colname="b15" align="center" />
- <colspec colnum="9" colname="b14" align="center" />
- <colspec colnum="10" colname="b13" align="center" />
- <colspec colnum="11" colname="b12" align="center" />
- <colspec colnum="12" colname="b11" align="center" />
- <colspec colnum="13" colname="b10" align="center" />
- <colspec colnum="14" colname="b09" align="center" />
- <colspec colnum="15" colname="b08" align="center" />
- <colspec colnum="16" colname="b07" align="center" />
- <colspec colnum="17" colname="b06" align="center" />
- <colspec colnum="18" colname="b05" align="center" />
- <colspec colnum="19" colname="b04" align="center" />
- <colspec colnum="20" colname="b03" align="center" />
- <colspec colnum="21" colname="b02" align="center" />
- <colspec colnum="22" colname="b01" align="center" />
- <colspec colnum="23" colname="b00" align="center" />
- <spanspec namest="b19" nameend="b00" spanname="b0" />
+ <colspec colnum="4" colname="b29" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="5" colname="b28" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="6" colname="b27" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="7" colname="b26" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="8" colname="b25" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="9" colname="b24" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="10" colname="b23" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="11" colname="b22" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="12" colname="b21" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="13" colname="b20" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="14" colname="b19" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="15" colname="b18" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="16" colname="b17" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="17" colname="b16" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="18" colname="b15" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="19" colname="b14" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="20" colname="b13" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="21" colname="b12" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="22" colname="b11" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="23" colname="b10" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="24" colname="b09" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="25" colname="b08" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="26" colname="b07" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="27" colname="b06" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="28" colname="b05" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="29" colname="b04" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="30" colname="b03" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="31" colname="b02" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="32" colname="b01" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="33" colname="b00" align="center" />
+ <spanspec namest="b29" nameend="b00" spanname="b0" />
<thead>
<row>
<entry>Identifier</entry>
@@ -917,6 +1015,16 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry>Bit</entry>
+ <entry>29</entry>
+ <entry>28</entry>
+ <entry>27</entry>
+ <entry>26</entry>
+ <entry>25</entry>
+ <entry>24</entry>
+ <entry>23</entry>
+ <entry>22</entry>
+ <entry>21</entry>
+ <entry>10</entry>
<entry>19</entry>
<entry>18</entry>
<entry>17</entry>
@@ -944,16 +1052,8 @@
<entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_Y8_1X8</entry>
<entry>0x2001</entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -965,9 +1065,9 @@
<entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
<entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
</row>
- <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-UYVY8-1_5X8">
- <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_UYVY8_1_5X8</entry>
- <entry>0x2002</entry>
+ <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-UV8-1X8">
+ <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_UV8_1X8</entry>
+ <entry>0x2015</entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
@@ -1006,6 +1106,40 @@
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-UYVY8-1_5X8">
+ <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_UYVY8_1_5X8</entry>
+ <entry>0x2002</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
<entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
<entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
@@ -1019,16 +1153,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1044,16 +1170,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1069,16 +1187,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1094,16 +1204,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1119,16 +1221,8 @@
<entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_VYUY8_1_5X8</entry>
<entry>0x2003</entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1144,16 +1238,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1169,16 +1255,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1194,16 +1272,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1219,16 +1289,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1244,16 +1306,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1269,16 +1323,8 @@
<entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YUYV8_1_5X8</entry>
<entry>0x2004</entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1294,16 +1340,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1319,16 +1357,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1344,16 +1374,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1369,16 +1391,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1394,16 +1408,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1419,16 +1425,8 @@
<entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YVYU8_1_5X8</entry>
<entry>0x2005</entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1444,16 +1442,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1469,16 +1459,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1494,16 +1476,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1519,16 +1493,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1544,16 +1510,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1569,16 +1527,8 @@
<entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_UYVY8_2X8</entry>
<entry>0x2006</entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1594,16 +1544,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1619,16 +1561,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1644,16 +1578,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1669,16 +1595,8 @@
<entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_VYUY8_2X8</entry>
<entry>0x2007</entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1694,16 +1612,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1719,16 +1629,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1744,16 +1646,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1769,16 +1663,8 @@
<entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YUYV8_2X8</entry>
<entry>0x2008</entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1794,16 +1680,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1819,16 +1697,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1844,16 +1714,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1869,16 +1731,8 @@
<entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YVYU8_2X8</entry>
<entry>0x2009</entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1894,16 +1748,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1919,16 +1765,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1944,16 +1782,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1969,16 +1799,8 @@
<entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_Y10_1X10</entry>
<entry>0x200a</entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
<entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -1994,16 +1816,8 @@
<entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YUYV10_2X10</entry>
<entry>0x200b</entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
<entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -2019,16 +1833,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
<entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
<entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -2044,16 +1850,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
<entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -2069,16 +1867,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
<entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
<entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -2094,16 +1884,8 @@
<entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YVYU10_2X10</entry>
<entry>0x200c</entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
<entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -2119,16 +1901,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
<entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
<entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -2144,16 +1918,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
<entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -2169,16 +1935,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
- <entry>-</entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
<entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
<entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -2194,6 +1952,7 @@
<entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_Y12_1X12</entry>
<entry>0x2013</entry>
<entry></entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
@@ -2219,6 +1978,7 @@
<entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_UYVY8_1X16</entry>
<entry>0x200f</entry>
<entry></entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
@@ -2244,6 +2004,7 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
@@ -2269,6 +2030,7 @@
<entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_VYUY8_1X16</entry>
<entry>0x2010</entry>
<entry></entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
@@ -2294,6 +2056,7 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
@@ -2319,6 +2082,7 @@
<entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YUYV8_1X16</entry>
<entry>0x2011</entry>
<entry></entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
@@ -2344,6 +2108,7 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
@@ -2369,6 +2134,7 @@
<entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YVYU8_1X16</entry>
<entry>0x2012</entry>
<entry></entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
@@ -2394,6 +2160,57 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-YDYUYDYV8-1X16">
+ <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YDYUYDYV8_1X16</entry>
+ <entry>0x2014</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>d</entry>
+ <entry>d</entry>
+ <entry>d</entry>
+ <entry>d</entry>
+ <entry>d</entry>
+ <entry>d</entry>
+ <entry>d</entry>
+ <entry>d</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
<entry>-</entry>
@@ -2415,10 +2232,61 @@
<entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
<entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
</row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>d</entry>
+ <entry>d</entry>
+ <entry>d</entry>
+ <entry>d</entry>
+ <entry>d</entry>
+ <entry>d</entry>
+ <entry>d</entry>
+ <entry>d</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
<row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-YUYV10-1X20">
<entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YUYV10_1X20</entry>
<entry>0x200d</entry>
<entry></entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
<entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -2444,6 +2312,7 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
<entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -2469,6 +2338,7 @@
<entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YVYU10_1X20</entry>
<entry>0x200e</entry>
<entry></entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
<entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -2494,6 +2364,7 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry></entry>
+ &dash-ent-10;
<entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
<entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
<entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
@@ -2515,6 +2386,41 @@
<entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
<entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
</row>
+ <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-YUV10-1X30">
+ <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YUV10_1X30</entry>
+ <entry>0x2014</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
index 4d110b1ad3e9..a3cce18384e9 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
@@ -140,6 +140,16 @@ structs, ioctls) must be noted in more detail in the history chapter
applications. -->
<revision>
+ <revnumber>3.9</revnumber>
+ <date>2012-12-03</date>
+ <authorinitials>sa, sn</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Added timestamp types to v4l2_buffer.
+ Added <constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_RANGE</constant> control
+ event changes flag, see <xref linkend="changes-flags"/>.
+ </revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
<revnumber>3.6</revnumber>
<date>2012-07-02</date>
<authorinitials>hv</authorinitials>
@@ -472,7 +482,7 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark>
</partinfo>
<title>Video for Linux Two API Specification</title>
- <subtitle>Revision 3.6</subtitle>
+ <subtitle>Revision 3.9</subtitle>
<chapter id="common">
&sub-common;
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml
index 98a856f9ec30..89891adb928a 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml
@@ -261,6 +261,12 @@
<entry>This control event was triggered because the control flags
changed.</entry>
</row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_RANGE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0004</entry>
+ <entry>This control event was triggered because the minimum,
+ maximum, step or the default value of the control changed.</entry>
+ </row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-expbuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-expbuf.xml
index 72dfbd20a802..e287c8fc803b 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-expbuf.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-expbuf.xml
@@ -83,15 +83,14 @@ descriptor. The application may pass it to other DMABUF-aware devices. Refer to
<link linkend="dmabuf">DMABUF importing</link> for details about importing
DMABUF files into V4L2 nodes. It is recommended to close a DMABUF file when it
is no longer used to allow the associated memory to be reclaimed. </para>
-
</refsect1>
+
<refsect1>
- <section>
- <title>Examples</title>
+ <title>Examples</title>
- <example>
- <title>Exporting a buffer.</title>
- <programlisting>
+ <example>
+ <title>Exporting a buffer.</title>
+ <programlisting>
int buffer_export(int v4lfd, &v4l2-buf-type; bt, int index, int *dmafd)
{
&v4l2-exportbuffer; expbuf;
@@ -108,12 +107,12 @@ int buffer_export(int v4lfd, &v4l2-buf-type; bt, int index, int *dmafd)
return 0;
}
- </programlisting>
- </example>
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
- <example>
- <title>Exporting a buffer using the multi-planar API.</title>
- <programlisting>
+ <example>
+ <title>Exporting a buffer using the multi-planar API.</title>
+ <programlisting>
int buffer_export_mp(int v4lfd, &v4l2-buf-type; bt, int index,
int dmafd[], int n_planes)
{
@@ -137,12 +136,9 @@ int buffer_export_mp(int v4lfd, &v4l2-buf-type; bt, int index,
return 0;
}
- </programlisting>
- </example>
- </section>
- </refsect1>
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
- <refsect1>
<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-exportbuffer">
<title>struct <structname>v4l2_exportbuffer</structname></title>
<tgroup cols="3">
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ctrl.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ctrl.xml
index 12b1d0503e26..ee2820d6ca66 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ctrl.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ctrl.xml
@@ -64,7 +64,9 @@ return an &EINVAL;. When the <structfield>value</structfield> is out
of bounds drivers can choose to take the closest valid value or return
an &ERANGE;, whatever seems more appropriate. However,
<constant>VIDIOC_S_CTRL</constant> is a write-only ioctl, it does not
-return the actual new value.</para>
+return the actual new value. If the <structfield>value</structfield>
+is inappropriate for the control (e.g. if it refers to an unsupported
+menu index of a menu control), then &EINVAL; is returned as well.</para>
<para>These ioctls work only with user controls. For other
control classes the &VIDIOC-G-EXT-CTRLS;, &VIDIOC-S-EXT-CTRLS; or
@@ -99,7 +101,9 @@ application.</entry>
<term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
<listitem>
<para>The &v4l2-control; <structfield>id</structfield> is
-invalid.</para>
+invalid or the <structfield>value</structfield> is inappropriate for
+the given control (i.e. if a menu item is selected that is not supported
+by the driver according to &VIDIOC-QUERYMENU;).</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml
index 0a4b90fcf2da..4e16112df992 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml
@@ -106,7 +106,9 @@ value or if an error is returned.</para>
&EINVAL;. When the value is out of bounds drivers can choose to take
the closest valid value or return an &ERANGE;, whatever seems more
appropriate. In the first case the new value is set in
-&v4l2-ext-control;.</para>
+&v4l2-ext-control;. If the new control value is inappropriate (e.g. the
+given menu index is not supported by the menu control), then this will
+also result in an &EINVAL; error.</para>
<para>The driver will only set/get these controls if all control
values are correct. This prevents the situation where only some of the
@@ -199,13 +201,46 @@ also be zero.</entry>
<row>
<entry>__u32</entry>
<entry><structfield>error_idx</structfield></entry>
- <entry>Set by the driver in case of an error. If it is equal
-to <structfield>count</structfield>, then no actual changes were made to
-controls. In other words, the error was not associated with setting a particular
-control. If it is another value, then only the controls up to <structfield>error_idx-1</structfield>
-were modified and control <structfield>error_idx</structfield> is the one that
-caused the error. The <structfield>error_idx</structfield> value is undefined
-if the ioctl returned 0 (success).</entry>
+ <entry><para>Set by the driver in case of an error. If the error is
+associated with a particular control, then <structfield>error_idx</structfield>
+is set to the index of that control. If the error is not related to a specific
+control, or the validation step failed (see below), then
+<structfield>error_idx</structfield> is set to <structfield>count</structfield>.
+The value is undefined if the ioctl returned 0 (success).</para>
+
+<para>Before controls are read from/written to hardware a validation step
+takes place: this checks if all controls in the list are valid controls,
+if no attempt is made to write to a read-only control or read from a write-only
+control, and any other up-front checks that can be done without accessing the
+hardware. The exact validations done during this step are driver dependent
+since some checks might require hardware access for some devices, thus making
+it impossible to do those checks up-front. However, drivers should make a
+best-effort to do as many up-front checks as possible.</para>
+
+<para>This check is done to avoid leaving the hardware in an inconsistent state due
+to easy-to-avoid problems. But it leads to another problem: the application needs to
+know whether an error came from the validation step (meaning that the hardware
+was not touched) or from an error during the actual reading from/writing to hardware.</para>
+
+<para>The, in hindsight quite poor, solution for that is to set <structfield>error_idx</structfield>
+to <structfield>count</structfield> if the validation failed. This has the
+unfortunate side-effect that it is not possible to see which control failed the
+validation. If the validation was successful and the error happened while
+accessing the hardware, then <structfield>error_idx</structfield> is less than
+<structfield>count</structfield> and only the controls up to
+<structfield>error_idx-1</structfield> were read or written correctly, and the
+state of the remaining controls is undefined.</para>
+
+<para>Since <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS</constant> does not access hardware
+there is also no need to handle the validation step in this special way,
+so <structfield>error_idx</structfield> will just be set to the control that
+failed the validation step instead of to <structfield>count</structfield>.
+This means that if <constant>VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS</constant> fails with
+<structfield>error_idx</structfield> set to <structfield>count</structfield>,
+then you can call <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS</constant> to try to discover
+the actual control that failed the validation step. Unfortunately, there
+is no <constant>TRY</constant> equivalent for <constant>VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS</constant>.
+</para></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>__u32</entry>
@@ -298,8 +333,10 @@ These controls are described in <xref
<term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
<listitem>
<para>The &v4l2-ext-control; <structfield>id</structfield>
-is invalid or the &v4l2-ext-controls;
-<structfield>ctrl_class</structfield> is invalid. This error code is
+is invalid, the &v4l2-ext-controls;
+<structfield>ctrl_class</structfield> is invalid, or the &v4l2-ext-control;
+<structfield>value</structfield> was inappropriate (e.g. the given menu
+index is not supported by the driver). This error code is
also returned by the <constant>VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS</constant> and
<constant>VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS</constant> ioctls if two or more
control values are in conflict.</para>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
index 4c70215ae03f..d5a3c97b206a 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ make sure the strings are properly NUL-terminated.</para></entry>
<row>
<entry>__u8</entry>
<entry><structfield>card</structfield>[32]</entry>
- <entry>Name of the device, a NUL-terminated ASCII string.
+ <entry>Name of the device, a NUL-terminated UTF-8 string.
For example: "Yoyodyne TV/FM". One driver may support different brands
or models of video hardware. This information is intended for users,
for example in a menu of available devices. Since multiple TV cards of
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl
index f2413acfe241..1f6593deb995 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl
@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@
<!-- LinuxTV v4l-dvb repository. -->
<!ENTITY v4l-dvb "<ulink url='http://linuxtv.org/repo/'>http://linuxtv.org/repo/</ulink>">
+<!ENTITY dash-ent-10 "<entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry>">
]>
<book id="media_api">
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
index ddb05e98af0d..95618159e29b 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ int main()
return errno;
}
configfd = open(&quot;/sys/class/uio/uio0/device/config&quot;, O_RDWR);
- if (uiofd &lt; 0) {
+ if (configfd &lt; 0) {
perror(&quot;config open:&quot;);
return errno;
}
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl
index fb32aead5a0b..bd6fee22c4dd 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl
@@ -871,9 +871,8 @@
<para>
This function itself doesn't allocate the data space. The data
must be allocated manually beforehand, and its pointer is passed
- as the argument. This pointer is used as the
- (<parameter>chip</parameter> identifier in the above example)
- for the instance.
+ as the argument. This pointer (<parameter>chip</parameter> in the
+ above example) is used as the identifier for the instance.
</para>
<para>
@@ -2304,7 +2303,7 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
<constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_XXX</constant>. Here, at least, you
have to specify whether the mmap is supported and which
interleaved format is supported.
- When the is supported, add the
+ When the hardware supports mmap, add the
<constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP</constant> flag here. When the
hardware supports the interleaved or the non-interleaved
formats, <constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLEAVED</constant> or
@@ -2898,7 +2897,7 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
<para>
When the pcm supports the pause operation (given in the info
- field of the hardware table), the <constant>PAUSE_PUSE</constant>
+ field of the hardware table), the <constant>PAUSE_PUSH</constant>
and <constant>PAUSE_RELEASE</constant> commands must be
handled here, too. The former is the command to pause the pcm,
and the latter to restart the pcm again.
@@ -3085,7 +3084,7 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
<section id="pcm-interface-interrupt-handler-timer">
<title>High frequency timer interrupts</title>
<para>
- This happense when the hardware doesn't generate interrupts
+ This happens when the hardware doesn't generate interrupts
at the period boundary but issues timer interrupts at a fixed
timer rate (e.g. es1968 or ymfpci drivers).
In this case, you need to check the current hardware
@@ -3251,18 +3250,19 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
<title>Example of Hardware Constraints for Channels</title>
<programlisting>
<![CDATA[
- static int hw_rule_format_by_channels(struct snd_pcm_hw_params *params,
+ static int hw_rule_channels_by_format(struct snd_pcm_hw_params *params,
struct snd_pcm_hw_rule *rule)
{
struct snd_interval *c = hw_param_interval(params,
- SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS);
+ SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS);
struct snd_mask *f = hw_param_mask(params, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT);
- struct snd_mask fmt;
+ struct snd_interval ch;
- snd_mask_any(&fmt); /* Init the struct */
- if (c->min < 2) {
- fmt.bits[0] &= SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE;
- return snd_mask_refine(f, &fmt);
+ snd_interval_any(&ch);
+ if (f->bits[0] == SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE) {
+ ch.min = ch.max = 1;
+ ch.integer = 1;
+ return snd_interval_refine(c, &ch);
}
return 0;
}
@@ -3278,35 +3278,35 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
<programlisting>
<![CDATA[
snd_pcm_hw_rule_add(substream->runtime, 0, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS,
- hw_rule_channels_by_format, 0, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT,
- -1);
+ hw_rule_channels_by_format, NULL,
+ SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT, -1);
]]>
</programlisting>
</informalexample>
</para>
<para>
- The rule function is called when an application sets the number of
- channels. But an application can set the format before the number of
- channels. Thus you also need to define the inverse rule:
+ The rule function is called when an application sets the PCM
+ format, and it refines the number of channels accordingly.
+ But an application may set the number of channels before
+ setting the format. Thus you also need to define the inverse rule:
<example>
- <title>Example of Hardware Constraints for Channels</title>
+ <title>Example of Hardware Constraints for Formats</title>
<programlisting>
<![CDATA[
- static int hw_rule_channels_by_format(struct snd_pcm_hw_params *params,
+ static int hw_rule_format_by_channels(struct snd_pcm_hw_params *params,
struct snd_pcm_hw_rule *rule)
{
struct snd_interval *c = hw_param_interval(params,
- SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS);
+ SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS);
struct snd_mask *f = hw_param_mask(params, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT);
- struct snd_interval ch;
+ struct snd_mask fmt;
- snd_interval_any(&ch);
- if (f->bits[0] == SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE) {
- ch.min = ch.max = 1;
- ch.integer = 1;
- return snd_interval_refine(c, &ch);
+ snd_mask_any(&fmt); /* Init the struct */
+ if (c->min < 2) {
+ fmt.bits[0] &= SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE;
+ return snd_mask_refine(f, &fmt);
}
return 0;
}
@@ -3321,8 +3321,8 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
<programlisting>
<![CDATA[
snd_pcm_hw_rule_add(substream->runtime, 0, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT,
- hw_rule_format_by_channels, 0, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS,
- -1);
+ hw_rule_format_by_channels, NULL,
+ SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS, -1);
]]>
</programlisting>
</informalexample>
diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/EDID/HOWTO.txt
index 75a9f2a0c43d..2d0a8f09475d 100644
--- a/Documentation/EDID/HOWTO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/EDID/HOWTO.txt
@@ -28,11 +28,30 @@ Makefile environment are given here.
To create binary EDID and C source code files from the existing data
material, simply type "make".
-If you want to create your own EDID file, copy the file 1024x768.S and
-replace the settings with your own data. The CRC value in the last line
+If you want to create your own EDID file, copy the file 1024x768.S,
+replace the settings with your own data and add a new target to the
+Makefile. Please note that the EDID data structure expects the timing
+values in a different way as compared to the standard X11 format.
+
+X11:
+HTimings: hdisp hsyncstart hsyncend htotal
+VTimings: vdisp vsyncstart vsyncend vtotal
+
+EDID:
+#define XPIX hdisp
+#define XBLANK htotal-hdisp
+#define XOFFSET hsyncstart-hdisp
+#define XPULSE hsyncend-hsyncstart
+
+#define YPIX vdisp
+#define YBLANK vtotal-vdisp
+#define YOFFSET (63+(vsyncstart-vdisp))
+#define YPULSE (63+(vsyncend-vsyncstart))
+
+The CRC value in the last line
#define CRC 0x55
-is a bit tricky. After a first version of the binary data set is
-created, it must be be checked with the "edid-decode" utility which will
+also is a bit tricky. After a first version of the binary data set is
+created, it must be checked with the "edid-decode" utility which will
most probably complain about a wrong CRC. Fortunately, the utility also
displays the correct CRC which must then be inserted into the source
file. After the make procedure is repeated, the EDID data set is ready
diff --git a/Documentation/IPMI.txt b/Documentation/IPMI.txt
index 16eb4c9e9233..f13c9132e9f2 100644
--- a/Documentation/IPMI.txt
+++ b/Documentation/IPMI.txt
@@ -348,34 +348,40 @@ You can change this at module load time (for a module) with:
modprobe ipmi_si.o type=<type1>,<type2>....
ports=<port1>,<port2>... addrs=<addr1>,<addr2>...
- irqs=<irq1>,<irq2>... trydefaults=[0|1]
+ irqs=<irq1>,<irq2>...
regspacings=<sp1>,<sp2>,... regsizes=<size1>,<size2>,...
regshifts=<shift1>,<shift2>,...
slave_addrs=<addr1>,<addr2>,...
force_kipmid=<enable1>,<enable2>,...
kipmid_max_busy_us=<ustime1>,<ustime2>,...
unload_when_empty=[0|1]
+ trydefaults=[0|1] trydmi=[0|1] tryacpi=[0|1]
+ tryplatform=[0|1] trypci=[0|1]
-Each of these except si_trydefaults is a list, the first item for the
+Each of these except try... items is a list, the first item for the
first interface, second item for the second interface, etc.
The si_type may be either "kcs", "smic", or "bt". If you leave it blank, it
defaults to "kcs".
-If you specify si_addrs as non-zero for an interface, the driver will
+If you specify addrs as non-zero for an interface, the driver will
use the memory address given as the address of the device. This
overrides si_ports.
-If you specify si_ports as non-zero for an interface, the driver will
+If you specify ports as non-zero for an interface, the driver will
use the I/O port given as the device address.
-If you specify si_irqs as non-zero for an interface, the driver will
+If you specify irqs as non-zero for an interface, the driver will
attempt to use the given interrupt for the device.
-si_trydefaults sets whether the standard IPMI interface at 0xca2 and
+trydefaults sets whether the standard IPMI interface at 0xca2 and
any interfaces specified by ACPE are tried. By default, the driver
tries it, set this value to zero to turn this off.
+The other try... items disable discovery by their corresponding
+names. These are all enabled by default, set them to zero to disable
+them. The tryplatform disables openfirmware.
+
The next three parameters have to do with register layout. The
registers used by the interfaces may not appear at successive
locations and they may not be in 8-bit registers. These parameters
diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
index c379a2a6949f..aa0c1e63f050 100644
--- a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
+++ b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
@@ -60,8 +60,7 @@ own source tree. For example:
"dontdiff" is a list of files which are generated by the kernel during
the build process, and should be ignored in any diff(1)-generated
patch. The "dontdiff" file is included in the kernel tree in
-2.6.12 and later. For earlier kernel versions, you can get it
-from <http://www.xenotime.net/linux/doc/dontdiff>.
+2.6.12 and later.
Make sure your patch does not include any extra files which do not
belong in a patch submission. Make sure to review your patch -after-
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt
index 54469bc81b1c..94a656131885 100644
--- a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt
+++ b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt
@@ -63,8 +63,8 @@ from ACPI tables.
Currently the kernel is not able to automatically determine from which ACPI
device it should make the corresponding platform device so we need to add
the ACPI device explicitly to acpi_platform_device_ids list defined in
-drivers/acpi/scan.c. This limitation is only for the platform devices, SPI
-and I2C devices are created automatically as described below.
+drivers/acpi/acpi_platform.c. This limitation is only for the platform
+devices, SPI and I2C devices are created automatically as described below.
SPI serial bus support
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/scan_handlers.txt b/Documentation/acpi/scan_handlers.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3246ccf15992
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/acpi/scan_handlers.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+ACPI Scan Handlers
+
+Copyright (C) 2012, Intel Corporation
+Author: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+
+During system initialization and ACPI-based device hot-add, the ACPI namespace
+is scanned in search of device objects that generally represent various pieces
+of hardware. This causes a struct acpi_device object to be created and
+registered with the driver core for every device object in the ACPI namespace
+and the hierarchy of those struct acpi_device objects reflects the namespace
+layout (i.e. parent device objects in the namespace are represented by parent
+struct acpi_device objects and analogously for their children). Those struct
+acpi_device objects are referred to as "device nodes" in what follows, but they
+should not be confused with struct device_node objects used by the Device Trees
+parsing code (although their role is analogous to the role of those objects).
+
+During ACPI-based device hot-remove device nodes representing pieces of hardware
+being removed are unregistered and deleted.
+
+The core ACPI namespace scanning code in drivers/acpi/scan.c carries out basic
+initialization of device nodes, such as retrieving common configuration
+information from the device objects represented by them and populating them with
+appropriate data, but some of them require additional handling after they have
+been registered. For example, if the given device node represents a PCI host
+bridge, its registration should cause the PCI bus under that bridge to be
+enumerated and PCI devices on that bus to be registered with the driver core.
+Similarly, if the device node represents a PCI interrupt link, it is necessary
+to configure that link so that the kernel can use it.
+
+Those additional configuration tasks usually depend on the type of the hardware
+component represented by the given device node which can be determined on the
+basis of the device node's hardware ID (HID). They are performed by objects
+called ACPI scan handlers represented by the following structure:
+
+struct acpi_scan_handler {
+ const struct acpi_device_id *ids;
+ struct list_head list_node;
+ int (*attach)(struct acpi_device *dev, const struct acpi_device_id *id);
+ void (*detach)(struct acpi_device *dev);
+};
+
+where ids is the list of IDs of device nodes the given handler is supposed to
+take care of, list_node is the hook to the global list of ACPI scan handlers
+maintained by the ACPI core and the .attach() and .detach() callbacks are
+executed, respectively, after registration of new device nodes and before
+unregistration of device nodes the handler attached to previously.
+
+The namespace scanning function, acpi_bus_scan(), first registers all of the
+device nodes in the given namespace scope with the driver core. Then, it tries
+to match a scan handler against each of them using the ids arrays of the
+available scan handlers. If a matching scan handler is found, its .attach()
+callback is executed for the given device node. If that callback returns 1,
+that means that the handler has claimed the device node and is now responsible
+for carrying out any additional configuration tasks related to it. It also will
+be responsible for preparing the device node for unregistration in that case.
+The device node's handler field is then populated with the address of the scan
+handler that has claimed it.
+
+If the .attach() callback returns 0, it means that the device node is not
+interesting to the given scan handler and may be matched against the next scan
+handler in the list. If it returns a (negative) error code, that means that
+the namespace scan should be terminated due to a serious error. The error code
+returned should then reflect the type of the error.
+
+The namespace trimming function, acpi_bus_trim(), first executes .detach()
+callbacks from the scan handlers of all device nodes in the given namespace
+scope (if they have scan handlers). Next, it unregisters all of the device
+nodes in that scope.
+
+ACPI scan handlers can be added to the list maintained by the ACPI core with the
+help of the acpi_scan_add_handler() function taking a pointer to the new scan
+handler as an argument. The order in which scan handlers are added to the list
+is the order in which they are matched against device nodes during namespace
+scans.
+
+All scan handles must be added to the list before acpi_bus_scan() is run for the
+first time and they cannot be removed from it.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt b/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt
index d758702fc03c..5f583af0a6e1 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt
@@ -35,6 +35,8 @@ ffffffbc00000000 ffffffbdffffffff 8GB vmemmap
ffffffbe00000000 ffffffbffbbfffff ~8GB [guard, future vmmemap]
+ffffffbffbc00000 ffffffbffbdfffff 2MB earlyprintk device
+
ffffffbffbe00000 ffffffbffbe0ffff 64KB PCI I/O space
ffffffbbffff0000 ffffffbcffffffff ~2MB [guard]
diff --git a/Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt b/Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt
index 1529394cfe8b..18b06ca038ea 100644
--- a/Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt
+++ b/Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Kernel driver lp855x
Backlight driver for LP855x ICs
Supported chips:
- Texas Instruments LP8550, LP8551, LP8552, LP8553 and LP8556
+ Texas Instruments LP8550, LP8551, LP8552, LP8553, LP8556 and LP8557
Author: Milo(Woogyom) Kim <milo.kim@ti.com>
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Value : pwm based or register based
2) chip_id
The lp855x chip id.
-Value : lp8550/lp8551/lp8552/lp8553/lp8556
+Value : lp8550/lp8551/lp8552/lp8553/lp8556/lp8557
Platform data for lp855x
------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/block/cfq-iosched.txt b/Documentation/block/cfq-iosched.txt
index d89b4fe724d7..a5eb7d19a65d 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/cfq-iosched.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/cfq-iosched.txt
@@ -102,6 +102,64 @@ processing of request. Therefore, increasing the value can imporve the
performace although this can cause the latency of some I/O to increase due
to more number of requests.
+CFQ Group scheduling
+====================
+
+CFQ supports blkio cgroup and has "blkio." prefixed files in each
+blkio cgroup directory. It is weight-based and there are four knobs
+for configuration - weight[_device] and leaf_weight[_device].
+Internal cgroup nodes (the ones with children) can also have tasks in
+them, so the former two configure how much proportion the cgroup as a
+whole is entitled to at its parent's level while the latter two
+configure how much proportion the tasks in the cgroup have compared to
+its direct children.
+
+Another way to think about it is assuming that each internal node has
+an implicit leaf child node which hosts all the tasks whose weight is
+configured by leaf_weight[_device]. Let's assume a blkio hierarchy
+composed of five cgroups - root, A, B, AA and AB - with the following
+weights where the names represent the hierarchy.
+
+ weight leaf_weight
+ root : 125 125
+ A : 500 750
+ B : 250 500
+ AA : 500 500
+ AB : 1000 500
+
+root never has a parent making its weight is meaningless. For backward
+compatibility, weight is always kept in sync with leaf_weight. B, AA
+and AB have no child and thus its tasks have no children cgroup to
+compete with. They always get 100% of what the cgroup won at the
+parent level. Considering only the weights which matter, the hierarchy
+looks like the following.
+
+ root
+ / | \
+ A B leaf
+ 500 250 125
+ / | \
+ AA AB leaf
+ 500 1000 750
+
+If all cgroups have active IOs and competing with each other, disk
+time will be distributed like the following.
+
+Distribution below root. The total active weight at this level is
+A:500 + B:250 + C:125 = 875.
+
+ root-leaf : 125 / 875 =~ 14%
+ A : 500 / 875 =~ 57%
+ B(-leaf) : 250 / 875 =~ 28%
+
+A has children and further distributes its 57% among the children and
+the implicit leaf node. The total active weight at this level is
+AA:500 + AB:1000 + A-leaf:750 = 2250.
+
+ A-leaf : ( 750 / 2250) * A =~ 19%
+ AA(-leaf) : ( 500 / 2250) * A =~ 12%
+ AB(-leaf) : (1000 / 2250) * A =~ 25%
+
CFQ IOPS Mode for group scheduling
===================================
Basic CFQ design is to provide priority based time slices. Higher priority
diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt
index aeb93ffe6416..271e607304da 100644
--- a/Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt
+++ b/Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt
@@ -4,43 +4,13 @@
can use a remote server as one of its block devices. So every time
the client computer wants to read, e.g., /dev/nb0, it sends a
request over TCP to the server, which will reply with the data read.
- This can be used for stations with low disk space (or even diskless -
- if you boot from floppy) to borrow disk space from another computer.
- Unlike NFS, it is possible to put any filesystem on it, etc. It should
- even be possible to use NBD as a root filesystem (I've never tried),
- but it requires a user-level program to be in the initrd to start.
- It also allows you to run block-device in user land (making server
- and client physically the same computer, communicating using loopback).
-
- Current state: It currently works. Network block device is stable.
- I originally thought that it was impossible to swap over TCP. It
- turned out not to be true - swapping over TCP now works and seems
- to be deadlock-free, but it requires heavy patches into Linux's
- network layer.
-
+ This can be used for stations with low disk space (or even diskless)
+ to borrow disk space from another computer.
+ Unlike NFS, it is possible to put any filesystem on it, etc.
+
For more information, or to download the nbd-client and nbd-server
tools, go to http://nbd.sf.net/.
- Howto: To setup nbd, you can simply do the following:
-
- First, serve a device or file from a remote server:
-
- nbd-server <port-number> <device-or-file-to-serve-to-client>
-
- e.g.,
- root@server1 # nbd-server 1234 /dev/sdb1
-
- (serves sdb1 partition on TCP port 1234)
-
- Then, on the local (client) system:
-
- nbd-client <server-name-or-IP> <server-port-number> /dev/nb[0-n]
-
- e.g.,
- root@client1 # nbd-client server1 1234 /dev/nb0
-
- (creates the nb0 device on client1)
-
The nbd kernel module need only be installed on the client
system, as the nbd-server is completely in userspace. In fact,
the nbd-server has been successfully ported to other operating
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX b/Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX
index f78b90a35ad0..f5635a09c3f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX
@@ -4,8 +4,6 @@ blkio-controller.txt
- Description for Block IO Controller, implementation and usage details.
cgroups.txt
- Control Groups definition, implementation details, examples and API.
-cgroup_event_listener.c
- - A user program for cgroup listener.
cpuacct.txt
- CPU Accounting Controller; account CPU usage for groups of tasks.
cpusets.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt
index b4b1fb3a83f0..da272c8f44e7 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Throttling/Upper Limit policy
mount -t cgroup -o blkio none /sys/fs/cgroup/blkio
- Specify a bandwidth rate on particular device for root group. The format
- for policy is "<major>:<minor> <byes_per_second>".
+ for policy is "<major>:<minor> <bytes_per_second>".
echo "8:16 1048576" > /sys/fs/cgroup/blkio/blkio.throttle.read_bps_device
@@ -94,13 +94,11 @@ Throttling/Upper Limit policy
Hierarchical Cgroups
====================
-- Currently none of the IO control policy supports hierarchical groups. But
- cgroup interface does allow creation of hierarchical cgroups and internally
- IO policies treat them as flat hierarchy.
+- Currently only CFQ supports hierarchical groups. For throttling,
+ cgroup interface does allow creation of hierarchical cgroups and
+ internally it treats them as flat hierarchy.
- So this patch will allow creation of cgroup hierarchcy but at the backend
- everything will be treated as flat. So if somebody created a hierarchy like
- as follows.
+ If somebody created a hierarchy like as follows.
root
/ \
@@ -108,16 +106,20 @@ Hierarchical Cgroups
|
test3
- CFQ and throttling will practically treat all groups at same level.
+ CFQ will handle the hierarchy correctly but and throttling will
+ practically treat all groups at same level. For details on CFQ
+ hierarchy support, refer to Documentation/block/cfq-iosched.txt.
+ Throttling will treat the hierarchy as if it looks like the
+ following.
pivot
/ / \ \
root test1 test2 test3
- Down the line we can implement hierarchical accounting/control support
- and also introduce a new cgroup file "use_hierarchy" which will control
- whether cgroup hierarchy is viewed as flat or hierarchical by the policy..
- This is how memory controller also has implemented the things.
+ Nesting cgroups, while allowed, isn't officially supported and blkio
+ genereates warning when cgroups nest. Once throttling implements
+ hierarchy support, hierarchy will be supported and the warning will
+ be removed.
Various user visible config options
===================================
@@ -172,6 +174,12 @@ Proportional weight policy files
dev weight
8:16 300
+- blkio.leaf_weight[_device]
+ - Equivalents of blkio.weight[_device] for the purpose of
+ deciding how much weight tasks in the given cgroup has while
+ competing with the cgroup's child cgroups. For details,
+ please refer to Documentation/block/cfq-iosched.txt.
+
- blkio.time
- disk time allocated to cgroup per device in milliseconds. First
two fields specify the major and minor number of the device and
@@ -279,6 +287,11 @@ Proportional weight policy files
and minor number of the device and third field specifies the number
of times a group was dequeued from a particular device.
+- blkio.*_recursive
+ - Recursive version of various stats. These files show the
+ same information as their non-recursive counterparts but
+ include stats from all the descendant cgroups.
+
Throttling/Upper limit policy files
-----------------------------------
- blkio.throttle.read_bps_device
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroup_event_listener.c b/Documentation/cgroups/cgroup_event_listener.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e082f96dc12..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroup_event_listener.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * cgroup_event_listener.c - Simple listener of cgroup events
- *
- * Copyright (C) Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill@shutemov.name>
- */
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <libgen.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-#include <sys/eventfd.h>
-
-#define USAGE_STR "Usage: cgroup_event_listener <path-to-control-file> <args>\n"
-
-int main(int argc, char **argv)
-{
- int efd = -1;
- int cfd = -1;
- int event_control = -1;
- char event_control_path[PATH_MAX];
- char line[LINE_MAX];
- int ret;
-
- if (argc != 3) {
- fputs(USAGE_STR, stderr);
- return 1;
- }
-
- cfd = open(argv[1], O_RDONLY);
- if (cfd == -1) {
- fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open %s: %s\n", argv[1],
- strerror(errno));
- goto out;
- }
-
- ret = snprintf(event_control_path, PATH_MAX, "%s/cgroup.event_control",
- dirname(argv[1]));
- if (ret >= PATH_MAX) {
- fputs("Path to cgroup.event_control is too long\n", stderr);
- goto out;
- }
-
- event_control = open(event_control_path, O_WRONLY);
- if (event_control == -1) {
- fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open %s: %s\n", event_control_path,
- strerror(errno));
- goto out;
- }
-
- efd = eventfd(0, 0);
- if (efd == -1) {
- perror("eventfd() failed");
- goto out;
- }
-
- ret = snprintf(line, LINE_MAX, "%d %d %s", efd, cfd, argv[2]);
- if (ret >= LINE_MAX) {
- fputs("Arguments string is too long\n", stderr);
- goto out;
- }
-
- ret = write(event_control, line, strlen(line) + 1);
- if (ret == -1) {
- perror("Cannot write to cgroup.event_control");
- goto out;
- }
-
- while (1) {
- uint64_t result;
-
- ret = read(efd, &result, sizeof(result));
- if (ret == -1) {
- if (errno == EINTR)
- continue;
- perror("Cannot read from eventfd");
- break;
- }
- assert(ret == sizeof(result));
-
- ret = access(event_control_path, W_OK);
- if ((ret == -1) && (errno == ENOENT)) {
- puts("The cgroup seems to have removed.");
- ret = 0;
- break;
- }
-
- if (ret == -1) {
- perror("cgroup.event_control "
- "is not accessible any more");
- break;
- }
-
- printf("%s %s: crossed\n", argv[1], argv[2]);
- }
-
-out:
- if (efd >= 0)
- close(efd);
- if (event_control >= 0)
- close(event_control);
- if (cfd >= 0)
- close(cfd);
-
- return (ret != 0);
-}
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt
index fc8fa97a09ac..ce94a83a7d9a 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt
@@ -399,8 +399,7 @@ Under below explanation, we assume CONFIG_MEM_RES_CTRL_SWAP=y.
9.10 Memory thresholds
Memory controller implements memory thresholds using cgroups notification
- API. You can use Documentation/cgroups/cgroup_event_listener.c to test
- it.
+ API. You can use tools/cgroup/cgroup_event_listener.c to test it.
(Shell-A) Create cgroup and run event listener
# mkdir /cgroup/A
diff --git a/Documentation/coccinelle.txt b/Documentation/coccinelle.txt
index cf44eb6499b4..dffa2d620d6d 100644
--- a/Documentation/coccinelle.txt
+++ b/Documentation/coccinelle.txt
@@ -87,6 +87,10 @@ As any static code analyzer, Coccinelle produces false
positives. Thus, reports must be carefully checked, and patches
reviewed.
+To enable verbose messages set the V= variable, for example:
+
+ make coccicheck MODE=report V=1
+
Using Coccinelle with a single semantic patch
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt
index c436096351f8..72f70b16d299 100644
--- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt
@@ -111,6 +111,12 @@ policy->governor must contain the "default policy" for
For setting some of these values, the frequency table helpers might be
helpful. See the section 2 for more information on them.
+SMP systems normally have same clock source for a group of cpus. For these the
+.init() would be called only once for the first online cpu. Here the .init()
+routine must initialize policy->cpus with mask of all possible cpus (Online +
+Offline) that share the clock. Then the core would copy this mask onto
+policy->related_cpus and will reset policy->cpus to carry only online cpus.
+
1.3 verify
------------
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt
index 04f6b32993e6..ff2f28332cc4 100644
--- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt
@@ -190,11 +190,11 @@ scaling_max_freq show the current "policy limits" (in
first set scaling_max_freq, then
scaling_min_freq.
-affected_cpus : List of CPUs that require software coordination
- of frequency.
+affected_cpus : List of Online CPUs that require software
+ coordination of frequency.
-related_cpus : List of CPUs that need some sort of frequency
- coordination, whether software or hardware.
+related_cpus : List of Online + Offline CPUs that need software
+ coordination of frequency.
scaling_driver : Hardware driver for cpufreq.
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d7c440b444cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+Guidance for writing policies
+=============================
+
+Try to keep transactionality out of it. The core is careful to
+avoid asking about anything that is migrating. This is a pain, but
+makes it easier to write the policies.
+
+Mappings are loaded into the policy at construction time.
+
+Every bio that is mapped by the target is referred to the policy.
+The policy can return a simple HIT or MISS or issue a migration.
+
+Currently there's no way for the policy to issue background work,
+e.g. to start writing back dirty blocks that are going to be evicte
+soon.
+
+Because we map bios, rather than requests it's easy for the policy
+to get fooled by many small bios. For this reason the core target
+issues periodic ticks to the policy. It's suggested that the policy
+doesn't update states (eg, hit counts) for a block more than once
+for each tick. The core ticks by watching bios complete, and so
+trying to see when the io scheduler has let the ios run.
+
+
+Overview of supplied cache replacement policies
+===============================================
+
+multiqueue
+----------
+
+This policy is the default.
+
+The multiqueue policy has two sets of 16 queues: one set for entries
+waiting for the cache and another one for those in the cache.
+Cache entries in the queues are aged based on logical time. Entry into
+the cache is based on variable thresholds and queue selection is based
+on hit count on entry. The policy aims to take different cache miss
+costs into account and to adjust to varying load patterns automatically.
+
+Message and constructor argument pairs are:
+ 'sequential_threshold <#nr_sequential_ios>' and
+ 'random_threshold <#nr_random_ios>'.
+
+The sequential threshold indicates the number of contiguous I/Os
+required before a stream is treated as sequential. The random threshold
+is the number of intervening non-contiguous I/Os that must be seen
+before the stream is treated as random again.
+
+The sequential and random thresholds default to 512 and 4 respectively.
+
+Large, sequential ios are probably better left on the origin device
+since spindles tend to have good bandwidth. The io_tracker counts
+contiguous I/Os to try to spot when the io is in one of these sequential
+modes.
+
+cleaner
+-------
+
+The cleaner writes back all dirty blocks in a cache to decommission it.
+
+Examples
+========
+
+The syntax for a table is:
+ cache <metadata dev> <cache dev> <origin dev> <block size>
+ <#feature_args> [<feature arg>]*
+ <policy> <#policy_args> [<policy arg>]*
+
+The syntax to send a message using the dmsetup command is:
+ dmsetup message <mapped device> 0 sequential_threshold 1024
+ dmsetup message <mapped device> 0 random_threshold 8
+
+Using dmsetup:
+ dmsetup create blah --table "0 268435456 cache /dev/sdb /dev/sdc \
+ /dev/sdd 512 0 mq 4 sequential_threshold 1024 random_threshold 8"
+ creates a 128GB large mapped device named 'blah' with the
+ sequential threshold set to 1024 and the random_threshold set to 8.
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f50470abe241
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+Introduction
+============
+
+dm-cache is a device mapper target written by Joe Thornber, Heinz
+Mauelshagen, and Mike Snitzer.
+
+It aims to improve performance of a block device (eg, a spindle) by
+dynamically migrating some of its data to a faster, smaller device
+(eg, an SSD).
+
+This device-mapper solution allows us to insert this caching at
+different levels of the dm stack, for instance above the data device for
+a thin-provisioning pool. Caching solutions that are integrated more
+closely with the virtual memory system should give better performance.
+
+The target reuses the metadata library used in the thin-provisioning
+library.
+
+The decision as to what data to migrate and when is left to a plug-in
+policy module. Several of these have been written as we experiment,
+and we hope other people will contribute others for specific io
+scenarios (eg. a vm image server).
+
+Glossary
+========
+
+ Migration - Movement of the primary copy of a logical block from one
+ device to the other.
+ Promotion - Migration from slow device to fast device.
+ Demotion - Migration from fast device to slow device.
+
+The origin device always contains a copy of the logical block, which
+may be out of date or kept in sync with the copy on the cache device
+(depending on policy).
+
+Design
+======
+
+Sub-devices
+-----------
+
+The target is constructed by passing three devices to it (along with
+other parameters detailed later):
+
+1. An origin device - the big, slow one.
+
+2. A cache device - the small, fast one.
+
+3. A small metadata device - records which blocks are in the cache,
+ which are dirty, and extra hints for use by the policy object.
+ This information could be put on the cache device, but having it
+ separate allows the volume manager to configure it differently,
+ e.g. as a mirror for extra robustness.
+
+Fixed block size
+----------------
+
+The origin is divided up into blocks of a fixed size. This block size
+is configurable when you first create the cache. Typically we've been
+using block sizes of 256k - 1024k.
+
+Having a fixed block size simplifies the target a lot. But it is
+something of a compromise. For instance, a small part of a block may be
+getting hit a lot, yet the whole block will be promoted to the cache.
+So large block sizes are bad because they waste cache space. And small
+block sizes are bad because they increase the amount of metadata (both
+in core and on disk).
+
+Writeback/writethrough
+----------------------
+
+The cache has two modes, writeback and writethrough.
+
+If writeback, the default, is selected then a write to a block that is
+cached will go only to the cache and the block will be marked dirty in
+the metadata.
+
+If writethrough is selected then a write to a cached block will not
+complete until it has hit both the origin and cache devices. Clean
+blocks should remain clean.
+
+A simple cleaner policy is provided, which will clean (write back) all
+dirty blocks in a cache. Useful for decommissioning a cache.
+
+Migration throttling
+--------------------
+
+Migrating data between the origin and cache device uses bandwidth.
+The user can set a throttle to prevent more than a certain amount of
+migration occuring at any one time. Currently we're not taking any
+account of normal io traffic going to the devices. More work needs
+doing here to avoid migrating during those peak io moments.
+
+For the time being, a message "migration_threshold <#sectors>"
+can be used to set the maximum number of sectors being migrated,
+the default being 204800 sectors (or 100MB).
+
+Updating on-disk metadata
+-------------------------
+
+On-disk metadata is committed every time a REQ_SYNC or REQ_FUA bio is
+written. If no such requests are made then commits will occur every
+second. This means the cache behaves like a physical disk that has a
+write cache (the same is true of the thin-provisioning target). If
+power is lost you may lose some recent writes. The metadata should
+always be consistent in spite of any crash.
+
+The 'dirty' state for a cache block changes far too frequently for us
+to keep updating it on the fly. So we treat it as a hint. In normal
+operation it will be written when the dm device is suspended. If the
+system crashes all cache blocks will be assumed dirty when restarted.
+
+Per-block policy hints
+----------------------
+
+Policy plug-ins can store a chunk of data per cache block. It's up to
+the policy how big this chunk is, but it should be kept small. Like the
+dirty flags this data is lost if there's a crash so a safe fallback
+value should always be possible.
+
+For instance, the 'mq' policy, which is currently the default policy,
+uses this facility to store the hit count of the cache blocks. If
+there's a crash this information will be lost, which means the cache
+may be less efficient until those hit counts are regenerated.
+
+Policy hints affect performance, not correctness.
+
+Policy messaging
+----------------
+
+Policies will have different tunables, specific to each one, so we
+need a generic way of getting and setting these. Device-mapper
+messages are used. Refer to cache-policies.txt.
+
+Discard bitset resolution
+-------------------------
+
+We can avoid copying data during migration if we know the block has
+been discarded. A prime example of this is when mkfs discards the
+whole block device. We store a bitset tracking the discard state of
+blocks. However, we allow this bitset to have a different block size
+from the cache blocks. This is because we need to track the discard
+state for all of the origin device (compare with the dirty bitset
+which is just for the smaller cache device).
+
+Target interface
+================
+
+Constructor
+-----------
+
+ cache <metadata dev> <cache dev> <origin dev> <block size>
+ <#feature args> [<feature arg>]*
+ <policy> <#policy args> [policy args]*
+
+ metadata dev : fast device holding the persistent metadata
+ cache dev : fast device holding cached data blocks
+ origin dev : slow device holding original data blocks
+ block size : cache unit size in sectors
+
+ #feature args : number of feature arguments passed
+ feature args : writethrough. (The default is writeback.)
+
+ policy : the replacement policy to use
+ #policy args : an even number of arguments corresponding to
+ key/value pairs passed to the policy
+ policy args : key/value pairs passed to the policy
+ E.g. 'sequential_threshold 1024'
+ See cache-policies.txt for details.
+
+Optional feature arguments are:
+ writethrough : write through caching that prohibits cache block
+ content from being different from origin block content.
+ Without this argument, the default behaviour is to write
+ back cache block contents later for performance reasons,
+ so they may differ from the corresponding origin blocks.
+
+A policy called 'default' is always registered. This is an alias for
+the policy we currently think is giving best all round performance.
+
+As the default policy could vary between kernels, if you are relying on
+the characteristics of a specific policy, always request it by name.
+
+Status
+------
+
+<#used metadata blocks>/<#total metadata blocks> <#read hits> <#read misses>
+<#write hits> <#write misses> <#demotions> <#promotions> <#blocks in cache>
+<#dirty> <#features> <features>* <#core args> <core args>* <#policy args>
+<policy args>*
+
+#used metadata blocks : Number of metadata blocks used
+#total metadata blocks : Total number of metadata blocks
+#read hits : Number of times a READ bio has been mapped
+ to the cache
+#read misses : Number of times a READ bio has been mapped
+ to the origin
+#write hits : Number of times a WRITE bio has been mapped
+ to the cache
+#write misses : Number of times a WRITE bio has been
+ mapped to the origin
+#demotions : Number of times a block has been removed
+ from the cache
+#promotions : Number of times a block has been moved to
+ the cache
+#blocks in cache : Number of blocks resident in the cache
+#dirty : Number of blocks in the cache that differ
+ from the origin
+#feature args : Number of feature args to follow
+feature args : 'writethrough' (optional)
+#core args : Number of core arguments (must be even)
+core args : Key/value pairs for tuning the core
+ e.g. migration_threshold
+#policy args : Number of policy arguments to follow (must be even)
+policy args : Key/value pairs
+ e.g. 'sequential_threshold 1024
+
+Messages
+--------
+
+Policies will have different tunables, specific to each one, so we
+need a generic way of getting and setting these. Device-mapper
+messages are used. (A sysfs interface would also be possible.)
+
+The message format is:
+
+ <key> <value>
+
+E.g.
+ dmsetup message my_cache 0 sequential_threshold 1024
+
+Examples
+========
+
+The test suite can be found here:
+
+https://github.com/jthornber/thinp-test-suite
+
+dmsetup create my_cache --table '0 41943040 cache /dev/mapper/metadata \
+ /dev/mapper/ssd /dev/mapper/origin 512 1 writeback default 0'
+dmsetup create my_cache --table '0 41943040 cache /dev/mapper/metadata \
+ /dev/mapper/ssd /dev/mapper/origin 1024 1 writeback \
+ mq 4 sequential_threshold 1024 random_threshold 8'
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt
index 56fb62b09fc5..b428556197c9 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt
@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ The target is named "raid" and it accepts the following parameters:
raid10 Various RAID10 inspired algorithms chosen by additional params
- RAID10: Striped Mirrors (aka 'Striping on top of mirrors')
- RAID1E: Integrated Adjacent Stripe Mirroring
+ - RAID1E: Integrated Offset Stripe Mirroring
- and other similar RAID10 variants
Reference: Chapter 4 of
@@ -64,15 +65,15 @@ The target is named "raid" and it accepts the following parameters:
synchronisation state for each region.
[raid10_copies <# copies>]
- [raid10_format near]
+ [raid10_format <near|far|offset>]
These two options are used to alter the default layout of
a RAID10 configuration. The number of copies is can be
- specified, but the default is 2. There are other variations
- to how the copies are laid down - the default and only current
- option is "near". Near copies are what most people think of
- with respect to mirroring. If these options are left
- unspecified, or 'raid10_copies 2' and/or 'raid10_format near'
- are given, then the layouts for 2, 3 and 4 devices are:
+ specified, but the default is 2. There are also three
+ variations to how the copies are laid down - the default
+ is "near". Near copies are what most people think of with
+ respect to mirroring. If these options are left unspecified,
+ or 'raid10_copies 2' and/or 'raid10_format near' are given,
+ then the layouts for 2, 3 and 4 devices are:
2 drives 3 drives 4 drives
-------- ---------- --------------
A1 A1 A1 A1 A2 A1 A1 A2 A2
@@ -85,6 +86,33 @@ The target is named "raid" and it accepts the following parameters:
3-device layout is what might be called a 'RAID1E - Integrated
Adjacent Stripe Mirroring'.
+ If 'raid10_copies 2' and 'raid10_format far', then the layouts
+ for 2, 3 and 4 devices are:
+ 2 drives 3 drives 4 drives
+ -------- -------------- --------------------
+ A1 A2 A1 A2 A3 A1 A2 A3 A4
+ A3 A4 A4 A5 A6 A5 A6 A7 A8
+ A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A9 A10 A11 A12
+ .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
+ A2 A1 A3 A1 A2 A2 A1 A4 A3
+ A4 A3 A6 A4 A5 A6 A5 A8 A7
+ A6 A5 A9 A7 A8 A10 A9 A12 A11
+ .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
+
+ If 'raid10_copies 2' and 'raid10_format offset', then the
+ layouts for 2, 3 and 4 devices are:
+ 2 drives 3 drives 4 drives
+ -------- ------------ -----------------
+ A1 A2 A1 A2 A3 A1 A2 A3 A4
+ A2 A1 A3 A1 A2 A2 A1 A4 A3
+ A3 A4 A4 A5 A6 A5 A6 A7 A8
+ A4 A3 A6 A4 A5 A6 A5 A8 A7
+ A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A9 A10 A11 A12
+ A6 A5 A9 A7 A8 A10 A9 A12 A11
+ .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
+ Here we see layouts closely akin to 'RAID1E - Integrated
+ Offset Stripe Mirroring'.
+
<#raid_devs>: The number of devices composing the array.
Each device consists of two entries. The first is the device
containing the metadata (if any); the second is the one containing the
@@ -142,3 +170,5 @@ Version History
1.3.0 Added support for RAID 10
1.3.1 Allow device replacement/rebuild for RAID 10
1.3.2 Fix/improve redundancy checking for RAID10
+1.4.0 Non-functional change. Removes arg from mapping function.
+1.4.1 Add RAID10 "far" and "offset" algorithm support.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/interrupts.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/interrupts.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9a5d562435ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/interrupts.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+* ARC700 incore Interrupt Controller
+
+ The core interrupt controller provides 32 prioritised interrupts (2 levels)
+ to ARC700 core.
+
+Properties:
+
+- compatible: "snps,arc700-intc"
+- interrupt-controller: This is an interrupt controller.
+- #interrupt-cells: Must be <1>.
+
+ Single Cell "interrupts" property of a device specifies the IRQ number
+ between 0 to 31
+
+ intc accessed via the special ARC AUX register interface, hence "reg" property
+ is not specified.
+
+Example:
+
+ intc: interrupt-controller {
+ compatible = "snps,arc700-intc";
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #interrupt-cells = <1>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt
index 07c65e3cdcbe..f4d04a067282 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt
@@ -3,9 +3,11 @@ Altera SOCFPGA System Manager
Required properties:
- compatible : "altr,sys-mgr"
- reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length)
+- cpu1-start-addr : CPU1 start address in hex.
Example:
sysmgr@ffd08000 {
compatible = "altr,sys-mgr";
reg = <0xffd08000 0x1000>;
+ cpu1-start-addr = <0xffd080c4>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt
index 52478c83d0cc..20746e5abe6f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt
@@ -1,13 +1,14 @@
* ARM architected timer
-ARM Cortex-A7 and Cortex-A15 have a per-core architected timer, which
-provides per-cpu timers.
+ARM cores may have a per-core architected timer, which provides per-cpu timers.
The timer is attached to a GIC to deliver its per-processor interrupts.
** Timer node properties:
-- compatible : Should at least contain "arm,armv7-timer".
+- compatible : Should at least contain one of
+ "arm,armv7-timer"
+ "arm,armv8-timer"
- interrupts : Interrupt list for secure, non-secure, virtual and
hypervisor timers, in that order.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armadeus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armadeus.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9821283ff516
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armadeus.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+Armadeus i.MX Platforms Device Tree Bindings
+-----------------------------------------------
+
+APF51: i.MX51 based module.
+Required root node properties:
+ - compatible = "armadeus,imx51-apf51", "fsl,imx51";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt
index 19078bf5cca8..ad031211b5b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Required properties:
- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-aic"
- interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller.
- interrupt-parent: For single AIC system, it is an empty property.
-- #interrupt-cells: The number of cells to define the interrupts. It sould be 3.
+- #interrupt-cells: The number of cells to define the interrupts. It should be 3.
The first cell is the IRQ number (aka "Peripheral IDentifier" on datasheet).
The second cell is used to specify flags:
bits[3:0] trigger type and level flags:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt
index f79818711e83..e935d7d4ac43 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,14 @@ i.MX23 Evaluation Kit
Required root node properties:
- compatible = "fsl,imx23-evk", "fsl,imx23";
+i.MX25 Product Development Kit
+Required root node properties:
+ - compatible = "fsl,imx25-pdk", "fsl,imx25";
+
+i.MX27 Product Development Kit
+Required root node properties:
+ - compatible = "fsl,imx27-pdk", "fsl,imx27";
+
i.MX28 Evaluation Kit
Required root node properties:
- compatible = "fsl,imx28-evk", "fsl,imx28";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
index 62eb8df1e08d..3dfb0c0384f5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Main node required properties:
Optional
- interrupts : Interrupt source of the parent interrupt controller on
- secondary GICs, or VGIC maintainance interrupt on primary GIC (see
+ secondary GICs, or VGIC maintenance interrupt on primary GIC (see
below).
- cpu-offset : per-cpu offset within the distributor and cpu interface
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Required properties:
virtual interface control register base and size. The 2nd additional
region is the GIC virtual cpu interface register base and size.
-- interrupts : VGIC maintainance interrupt.
+- interrupts : VGIC maintenance interrupt.
Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/kirkwood.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/kirkwood.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..98cce9a653eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/kirkwood.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Marvell Kirkwood Platforms Device Tree Bindings
+-----------------------------------------------
+
+Boards with a SoC of the Marvell Kirkwood
+shall have the following property:
+
+Required root node property:
+
+compatible: must contain "marvell,kirkwood";
+
+In order to support the kirkwood cpufreq driver, there must be a node
+cpus/cpu@0 with three clocks, "cpu_clk", "ddrclk" and "powersave",
+where the "powersave" clock is a gating clock used to switch the CPU
+between the "cpu_clk" and the "ddrclk".
+
+Example:
+
+ cpus {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ cpu@0 {
+ device_type = "cpu";
+ compatible = "marvell,sheeva-88SV131";
+ clocks = <&core_clk 1>, <&core_clk 3>, <&gate_clk 11>;
+ clock-names = "cpu_clk", "ddrclk", "powersave";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
index d0051a750587..f8288ea1b530 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
@@ -39,16 +39,16 @@ Boards:
- OMAP3 Tobi with Overo : Commercial expansion board with daughter board
compatible = "ti,omap3-tobi", "ti,omap3-overo", "ti,omap3"
-- OMAP4 SDP : Software Developement Board
+- OMAP4 SDP : Software Development Board
compatible = "ti,omap4-sdp", "ti,omap4430"
- OMAP4 PandaBoard : Low cost community board
compatible = "ti,omap4-panda", "ti,omap4430"
-- OMAP3 EVM : Software Developement Board for OMAP35x, AM/DM37x
+- OMAP3 EVM : Software Development Board for OMAP35x, AM/DM37x
compatible = "ti,omap3-evm", "ti,omap3"
-- AM335X EVM : Software Developement Board for AM335x
+- AM335X EVM : Software Development Board for AM335x
compatible = "ti,am335x-evm", "ti,am33xx", "ti,omap3"
- AM335X Bone : Low cost community board
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..433afe9cb590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+* Power State Coordination Interface (PSCI)
+
+Firmware implementing the PSCI functions described in ARM document number
+ARM DEN 0022A ("Power State Coordination Interface System Software on ARM
+processors") can be used by Linux to initiate various CPU-centric power
+operations.
+
+Issue A of the specification describes functions for CPU suspend, hotplug
+and migration of secure software.
+
+Functions are invoked by trapping to the privilege level of the PSCI
+firmware (specified as part of the binding below) and passing arguments
+in a manner similar to that specified by AAPCS:
+
+ r0 => 32-bit Function ID / return value
+ {r1 - r3} => Parameters
+
+Note that the immediate field of the trapping instruction must be set
+to #0.
+
+
+Main node required properties:
+
+ - compatible : Must be "arm,psci"
+
+ - method : The method of calling the PSCI firmware. Permitted
+ values are:
+
+ "smc" : SMC #0, with the register assignments specified
+ in this binding.
+
+ "hvc" : HVC #0, with the register assignments specified
+ in this binding.
+
+Main node optional properties:
+
+ - cpu_suspend : Function ID for CPU_SUSPEND operation
+
+ - cpu_off : Function ID for CPU_OFF operation
+
+ - cpu_on : Function ID for CPU_ON operation
+
+ - migrate : Function ID for MIGRATE operation
+
+
+Example:
+
+ psci {
+ compatible = "arm,psci";
+ method = "smc";
+ cpu_suspend = <0x95c10000>;
+ cpu_off = <0x95c10001>;
+ cpu_on = <0x95c10002>;
+ migrate = <0x95c10003>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt
index 1881e1c6dda5..c6ba6d3c747f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt
@@ -1,3 +1,9 @@
-prima2 "cb" evaluation board
+CSR SiRFprimaII and SiRFmarco device tree bindings.
+========================================
+
Required root node properties:
- - compatible = "sirf,prima2-cb", "sirf,prima2";
+ - compatible:
+ - "sirf,prima2-cb" : prima2 "cb" evaluation board
+ - "sirf,marco-cb" : marco "cb" evaluation board
+ - "sirf,prima2" : prima2 device based board
+ - "sirf,marco" : marco device based board
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ste-nomadik.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ste-nomadik.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..19bca04b81c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ste-nomadik.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+ST-Ericsson Nomadik Device Tree Bindings
+
+For various board the "board" node may contain specific properties
+that pertain to this particular board, such as board-specific GPIOs.
+
+Boards with the Nomadik SoC include:
+
+S8815 "MiniKit" manufactured by Calao Systems:
+
+Required root node property:
+
+compatible="calaosystems,usb-s8815";
+
+Required node: usb-s8815
+
+Example:
+
+usb-s8815 {
+ ethernet-gpio {
+ gpios = <&gpio3 19 0x1>;
+ interrupts = <19 0x1>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&gpio3>;
+ };
+ mmcsd-gpio {
+ gpios = <&gpio3 16 0x1>;
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt
index 6e69d2e5e766..ed9c85334436 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt
@@ -1,14 +1,34 @@
NVIDIA Tegra device tree bindings
-------------------------------------------
-Boards with the tegra20 SoC shall have the following properties:
+SoCs
+-------------------------------------------
-Required root node property:
+Each device tree must specify which Tegra SoC it uses, using one of the
+following compatible values:
-compatible = "nvidia,tegra20";
+ nvidia,tegra20
+ nvidia,tegra30
-Boards with the tegra30 SoC shall have the following properties:
+Boards
+-------------------------------------------
-Required root node property:
+Each device tree must specify which one or more of the following
+board-specific compatible values:
-compatible = "nvidia,tegra30";
+ ad,medcom-wide
+ ad,plutux
+ ad,tamonten
+ ad,tec
+ compal,paz00
+ compulab,trimslice
+ nvidia,beaver
+ nvidia,cardhu
+ nvidia,cardhu-a02
+ nvidia,cardhu-a04
+ nvidia,harmony
+ nvidia,seaboard
+ nvidia,ventana
+ nvidia,whistler
+ toradex,colibri_t20-512
+ toradex,iris
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500.txt
index d657832c6819..87dc1ddf4770 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500.txt
@@ -12,3 +12,11 @@ compatible = "wm,wm8505";
Boards with the Wondermedia WM8650 SoC shall have the following properties:
Required root node property:
compatible = "wm,wm8650";
+
+Boards with the Wondermedia WM8750 SoC shall have the following properties:
+Required root node property:
+compatible = "wm,wm8750";
+
+Boards with the Wondermedia WM8850 SoC shall have the following properties:
+Required root node property:
+compatible = "wm,wm8850";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5ddb2e9efaaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+Device tree bindings for OMAP general purpose memory controllers (GPMC)
+
+The actual devices are instantiated from the child nodes of a GPMC node.
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - compatible: Should be set to one of the following:
+
+ ti,omap2420-gpmc (omap2420)
+ ti,omap2430-gpmc (omap2430)
+ ti,omap3430-gpmc (omap3430 & omap3630)
+ ti,omap4430-gpmc (omap4430 & omap4460 & omap543x)
+ ti,am3352-gpmc (am335x devices)
+
+ - reg: A resource specifier for the register space
+ (see the example below)
+ - ti,hwmods: Should be set to "ti,gpmc" until the DT transition is
+ completed.
+ - #address-cells: Must be set to 2 to allow memory address translation
+ - #size-cells: Must be set to 1 to allow CS address passing
+ - gpmc,num-cs: The maximum number of chip-select lines that controller
+ can support.
+ - gpmc,num-waitpins: The maximum number of wait pins that controller can
+ support.
+ - ranges: Must be set up to reflect the memory layout with four
+ integer values for each chip-select line in use:
+
+ <cs-number> 0 <physical address of mapping> <size>
+
+ Currently, calculated values derived from the contents
+ of the per-CS register GPMC_CONFIG7 (as set up by the
+ bootloader) are used for the physical address decoding.
+ As this will change in the future, filling correct
+ values here is a requirement.
+
+Timing properties for child nodes. All are optional and default to 0.
+
+ - gpmc,sync-clk: Minimum clock period for synchronous mode, in picoseconds
+
+ Chip-select signal timings corresponding to GPMC_CONFIG2:
+ - gpmc,cs-on: Assertion time
+ - gpmc,cs-rd-off: Read deassertion time
+ - gpmc,cs-wr-off: Write deassertion time
+
+ ADV signal timings corresponding to GPMC_CONFIG3:
+ - gpmc,adv-on: Assertion time
+ - gpmc,adv-rd-off: Read deassertion time
+ - gpmc,adv-wr-off: Write deassertion time
+
+ WE signals timings corresponding to GPMC_CONFIG4:
+ - gpmc,we-on: Assertion time
+ - gpmc,we-off: Deassertion time
+
+ OE signals timings corresponding to GPMC_CONFIG4:
+ - gpmc,oe-on: Assertion time
+ - gpmc,oe-off: Deassertion time
+
+ Access time and cycle time timings corresponding to GPMC_CONFIG5:
+ - gpmc,page-burst-access: Multiple access word delay
+ - gpmc,access: Start-cycle to first data valid delay
+ - gpmc,rd-cycle: Total read cycle time
+ - gpmc,wr-cycle: Total write cycle time
+
+The following are only applicable to OMAP3+ and AM335x:
+ - gpmc,wr-access
+ - gpmc,wr-data-mux-bus
+
+
+Example for an AM33xx board:
+
+ gpmc: gpmc@50000000 {
+ compatible = "ti,am3352-gpmc";
+ ti,hwmods = "gpmc";
+ reg = <0x50000000 0x2000>;
+ interrupts = <100>;
+
+ gpmc,num-cs = <8>;
+ gpmc,num-waitpins = <2>;
+ #address-cells = <2>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+ ranges = <0 0 0x08000000 0x10000000>; /* CS0 @addr 0x8000000, size 0x10000000 */
+
+ /* child nodes go here */
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx31-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx31-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..19df842c694f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx31-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+* Clock bindings for Freescale i.MX31
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx31-ccm"
+- reg: Address and length of the register set
+- interrupts: Should contain CCM interrupt
+- #clock-cells: Should be <1>
+
+The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
+ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. The following is a full list of i.MX31
+clocks and IDs.
+
+ Clock ID
+ -----------------------
+ dummy 0
+ ckih 1
+ ckil 2
+ mpll 3
+ spll 4
+ upll 5
+ mcu_main 6
+ hsp 7
+ ahb 8
+ nfc 9
+ ipg 10
+ per_div 11
+ per 12
+ csi_sel 13
+ fir_sel 14
+ csi_div 15
+ usb_div_pre 16
+ usb_div_post 17
+ fir_div_pre 18
+ fir_div_post 19
+ sdhc1_gate 20
+ sdhc2_gate 21
+ gpt_gate 22
+ epit1_gate 23
+ epit2_gate 24
+ iim_gate 25
+ ata_gate 26
+ sdma_gate 27
+ cspi3_gate 28
+ rng_gate 29
+ uart1_gate 30
+ uart2_gate 31
+ ssi1_gate 32
+ i2c1_gate 33
+ i2c2_gate 34
+ i2c3_gate 35
+ hantro_gate 36
+ mstick1_gate 37
+ mstick2_gate 38
+ csi_gate 39
+ rtc_gate 40
+ wdog_gate 41
+ pwm_gate 42
+ sim_gate 43
+ ect_gate 44
+ usb_gate 45
+ kpp_gate 46
+ ipu_gate 47
+ uart3_gate 48
+ uart4_gate 49
+ uart5_gate 50
+ owire_gate 51
+ ssi2_gate 52
+ cspi1_gate 53
+ cspi2_gate 54
+ gacc_gate 55
+ emi_gate 56
+ rtic_gate 57
+ firi_gate 58
+
+Examples:
+
+clks: ccm@53f80000{
+ compatible = "fsl,imx31-ccm";
+ reg = <0x53f80000 0x4000>;
+ interrupts = <0 31 0x04 0 53 0x04>;
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+};
+
+uart1: serial@43f90000 {
+ compatible = "fsl,imx31-uart", "fsl,imx21-uart";
+ reg = <0x43f90000 0x4000>;
+ interrupts = <45>;
+ clocks = <&clks 10>, <&clks 30>;
+ clock-names = "ipg", "per";
+ status = "disabled";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx5-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx5-clock.txt
index 04ad47876be0..2a0c904c46ae 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx5-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx5-clock.txt
@@ -171,6 +171,7 @@ clocks and IDs.
can_sel 156
can1_serial_gate 157
can1_ipg_gate 158
+ owire_gate 159
Examples (for mx53):
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt
index f73fdf595568..969b38e06ad3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt
@@ -203,6 +203,8 @@ clocks and IDs.
pcie_ref 188
pcie_ref_125m 189
enet_ref 190
+ usbphy1_gate 191
+ usbphy2_gate 192
Examples:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt
index 7337005ef5e1..cffc93d97f54 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ ID Clock Peripheral
16 xor1 XOR DMA 1
17 crypto CESA engine
18 pex1 PCIe Cntrl 1
-19 ge1 Gigabit Ethernet 0
+19 ge1 Gigabit Ethernet 1
20 tdm Time Division Mplx
Required properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra20-car.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra20-car.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0921fac73528
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra20-car.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra20 Clock And Reset Controller
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding:
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+The CAR (Clock And Reset) Controller on Tegra is the HW module responsible
+for muxing and gating Tegra's clocks, and setting their rates.
+
+Required properties :
+- compatible : Should be "nvidia,tegra20-car"
+- reg : Should contain CAR registers location and length
+- clocks : Should contain phandle and clock specifiers for two clocks:
+ the 32 KHz "32k_in", and the board-specific oscillator "osc".
+- #clock-cells : Should be 1.
+ In clock consumers, this cell represents the clock ID exposed by the CAR.
+
+ The first 96 clocks are numbered to match the bits in the CAR's CLK_OUT_ENB
+ registers. These IDs often match those in the CAR's RST_DEVICES registers,
+ but not in all cases. Some bits in CLK_OUT_ENB affect multiple clocks. In
+ this case, those clocks are assigned IDs above 95 in order to highlight
+ this issue. Implementations that interpret these clock IDs as bit values
+ within the CLK_OUT_ENB or RST_DEVICES registers should be careful to
+ explicitly handle these special cases.
+
+ The balance of the clocks controlled by the CAR are assigned IDs of 96 and
+ above.
+
+ 0 cpu
+ 1 unassigned
+ 2 unassigned
+ 3 ac97
+ 4 rtc
+ 5 tmr
+ 6 uart1
+ 7 unassigned (register bit affects uart2 and vfir)
+ 8 gpio
+ 9 sdmmc2
+ 10 unassigned (register bit affects spdif_in and spdif_out)
+ 11 i2s1
+ 12 i2c1
+ 13 ndflash
+ 14 sdmmc1
+ 15 sdmmc4
+ 16 twc
+ 17 pwm
+ 18 i2s2
+ 19 epp
+ 20 unassigned (register bit affects vi and vi_sensor)
+ 21 2d
+ 22 usbd
+ 23 isp
+ 24 3d
+ 25 ide
+ 26 disp2
+ 27 disp1
+ 28 host1x
+ 29 vcp
+ 30 unassigned
+ 31 cache2
+
+ 32 mem
+ 33 ahbdma
+ 34 apbdma
+ 35 unassigned
+ 36 kbc
+ 37 stat_mon
+ 38 pmc
+ 39 fuse
+ 40 kfuse
+ 41 sbc1
+ 42 snor
+ 43 spi1
+ 44 sbc2
+ 45 xio
+ 46 sbc3
+ 47 dvc
+ 48 dsi
+ 49 unassigned (register bit affects tvo and cve)
+ 50 mipi
+ 51 hdmi
+ 52 csi
+ 53 tvdac
+ 54 i2c2
+ 55 uart3
+ 56 unassigned
+ 57 emc
+ 58 usb2
+ 59 usb3
+ 60 mpe
+ 61 vde
+ 62 bsea
+ 63 bsev
+
+ 64 speedo
+ 65 uart4
+ 66 uart5
+ 67 i2c3
+ 68 sbc4
+ 69 sdmmc3
+ 70 pcie
+ 71 owr
+ 72 afi
+ 73 csite
+ 74 unassigned
+ 75 avpucq
+ 76 la
+ 77 unassigned
+ 78 unassigned
+ 79 unassigned
+ 80 unassigned
+ 81 unassigned
+ 82 unassigned
+ 83 unassigned
+ 84 irama
+ 85 iramb
+ 86 iramc
+ 87 iramd
+ 88 cram2
+ 89 audio_2x a/k/a audio_2x_sync_clk
+ 90 clk_d
+ 91 unassigned
+ 92 sus
+ 93 cdev1
+ 94 cdev2
+ 95 unassigned
+
+ 96 uart2
+ 97 vfir
+ 98 spdif_in
+ 99 spdif_out
+ 100 vi
+ 101 vi_sensor
+ 102 tvo
+ 103 cve
+ 104 osc
+ 105 clk_32k a/k/a clk_s
+ 106 clk_m
+ 107 sclk
+ 108 cclk
+ 109 hclk
+ 110 pclk
+ 111 blink
+ 112 pll_a
+ 113 pll_a_out0
+ 114 pll_c
+ 115 pll_c_out1
+ 116 pll_d
+ 117 pll_d_out0
+ 118 pll_e
+ 119 pll_m
+ 120 pll_m_out1
+ 121 pll_p
+ 122 pll_p_out1
+ 123 pll_p_out2
+ 124 pll_p_out3
+ 125 pll_p_out4
+ 126 pll_s
+ 127 pll_u
+ 128 pll_x
+ 129 cop a/k/a avp
+ 130 audio a/k/a audio_sync_clk
+ 131 pll_ref
+ 132 twd
+
+Example SoC include file:
+
+/ {
+ tegra_car: clock {
+ compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-car";
+ reg = <0x60006000 0x1000>;
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ };
+
+ usb@c5004000 {
+ clocks = <&tegra_car 58>; /* usb2 */
+ };
+};
+
+Example board file:
+
+/ {
+ clocks {
+ compatible = "simple-bus";
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ osc: clock@0 {
+ compatible = "fixed-clock";
+ reg = <0>;
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ clock-frequency = <12000000>;
+ };
+
+ clk_32k: clock@1 {
+ compatible = "fixed-clock";
+ reg = <1>;
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ clock-frequency = <32768>;
+ };
+ };
+
+ &tegra_car {
+ clocks = <&clk_32k> <&osc>;
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra30-car.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra30-car.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f3da3be5fcad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra30-car.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra30 Clock And Reset Controller
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding:
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+The CAR (Clock And Reset) Controller on Tegra is the HW module responsible
+for muxing and gating Tegra's clocks, and setting their rates.
+
+Required properties :
+- compatible : Should be "nvidia,tegra30-car"
+- reg : Should contain CAR registers location and length
+- clocks : Should contain phandle and clock specifiers for two clocks:
+ the 32 KHz "32k_in", and the board-specific oscillator "osc".
+- #clock-cells : Should be 1.
+ In clock consumers, this cell represents the clock ID exposed by the CAR.
+
+ The first 130 clocks are numbered to match the bits in the CAR's CLK_OUT_ENB
+ registers. These IDs often match those in the CAR's RST_DEVICES registers,
+ but not in all cases. Some bits in CLK_OUT_ENB affect multiple clocks. In
+ this case, those clocks are assigned IDs above 160 in order to highlight
+ this issue. Implementations that interpret these clock IDs as bit values
+ within the CLK_OUT_ENB or RST_DEVICES registers should be careful to
+ explicitly handle these special cases.
+
+ The balance of the clocks controlled by the CAR are assigned IDs of 160 and
+ above.
+
+ 0 cpu
+ 1 unassigned
+ 2 unassigned
+ 3 unassigned
+ 4 rtc
+ 5 timer
+ 6 uarta
+ 7 unassigned (register bit affects uartb and vfir)
+ 8 gpio
+ 9 sdmmc2
+ 10 unassigned (register bit affects spdif_in and spdif_out)
+ 11 i2s1
+ 12 i2c1
+ 13 ndflash
+ 14 sdmmc1
+ 15 sdmmc4
+ 16 unassigned
+ 17 pwm
+ 18 i2s2
+ 19 epp
+ 20 unassigned (register bit affects vi and vi_sensor)
+ 21 2d
+ 22 usbd
+ 23 isp
+ 24 3d
+ 25 unassigned
+ 26 disp2
+ 27 disp1
+ 28 host1x
+ 29 vcp
+ 30 i2s0
+ 31 cop_cache
+
+ 32 mc
+ 33 ahbdma
+ 34 apbdma
+ 35 unassigned
+ 36 kbc
+ 37 statmon
+ 38 pmc
+ 39 unassigned (register bit affects fuse and fuse_burn)
+ 40 kfuse
+ 41 sbc1
+ 42 nor
+ 43 unassigned
+ 44 sbc2
+ 45 unassigned
+ 46 sbc3
+ 47 i2c5
+ 48 dsia
+ 49 unassigned (register bit affects cve and tvo)
+ 50 mipi
+ 51 hdmi
+ 52 csi
+ 53 tvdac
+ 54 i2c2
+ 55 uartc
+ 56 unassigned
+ 57 emc
+ 58 usb2
+ 59 usb3
+ 60 mpe
+ 61 vde
+ 62 bsea
+ 63 bsev
+
+ 64 speedo
+ 65 uartd
+ 66 uarte
+ 67 i2c3
+ 68 sbc4
+ 69 sdmmc3
+ 70 pcie
+ 71 owr
+ 72 afi
+ 73 csite
+ 74 pciex
+ 75 avpucq
+ 76 la
+ 77 unassigned
+ 78 unassigned
+ 79 dtv
+ 80 ndspeed
+ 81 i2cslow
+ 82 dsib
+ 83 unassigned
+ 84 irama
+ 85 iramb
+ 86 iramc
+ 87 iramd
+ 88 cram2
+ 89 unassigned
+ 90 audio_2x a/k/a audio_2x_sync_clk
+ 91 unassigned
+ 92 csus
+ 93 cdev2
+ 94 cdev1
+ 95 unassigned
+
+ 96 cpu_g
+ 97 cpu_lp
+ 98 3d2
+ 99 mselect
+ 100 tsensor
+ 101 i2s3
+ 102 i2s4
+ 103 i2c4
+ 104 sbc5
+ 105 sbc6
+ 106 d_audio
+ 107 apbif
+ 108 dam0
+ 109 dam1
+ 110 dam2
+ 111 hda2codec_2x
+ 112 atomics
+ 113 audio0_2x
+ 114 audio1_2x
+ 115 audio2_2x
+ 116 audio3_2x
+ 117 audio4_2x
+ 118 audio5_2x
+ 119 actmon
+ 120 extern1
+ 121 extern2
+ 122 extern3
+ 123 sata_oob
+ 124 sata
+ 125 hda
+ 127 se
+ 128 hda2hdmi
+ 129 sata_cold
+
+ 160 uartb
+ 161 vfir
+ 162 spdif_in
+ 163 spdif_out
+ 164 vi
+ 165 vi_sensor
+ 166 fuse
+ 167 fuse_burn
+ 168 cve
+ 169 tvo
+
+ 170 clk_32k
+ 171 clk_m
+ 172 clk_m_div2
+ 173 clk_m_div4
+ 174 pll_ref
+ 175 pll_c
+ 176 pll_c_out1
+ 177 pll_m
+ 178 pll_m_out1
+ 179 pll_p
+ 180 pll_p_out1
+ 181 pll_p_out2
+ 182 pll_p_out3
+ 183 pll_p_out4
+ 184 pll_a
+ 185 pll_a_out0
+ 186 pll_d
+ 187 pll_d_out0
+ 188 pll_d2
+ 189 pll_d2_out0
+ 190 pll_u
+ 191 pll_x
+ 192 pll_x_out0
+ 193 pll_e
+ 194 spdif_in_sync
+ 195 i2s0_sync
+ 196 i2s1_sync
+ 197 i2s2_sync
+ 198 i2s3_sync
+ 199 i2s4_sync
+ 200 vimclk
+ 201 audio0
+ 202 audio1
+ 203 audio2
+ 204 audio3
+ 205 audio4
+ 206 audio5
+ 207 clk_out_1 (extern1)
+ 208 clk_out_2 (extern2)
+ 209 clk_out_3 (extern3)
+ 210 sclk
+ 211 blink
+ 212 cclk_g
+ 213 cclk_lp
+ 214 twd
+ 215 cml0
+ 216 cml1
+ 217 hclk
+ 218 pclk
+
+Example SoC include file:
+
+/ {
+ tegra_car: clock {
+ compatible = "nvidia,tegra30-car";
+ reg = <0x60006000 0x1000>;
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ };
+
+ usb@c5004000 {
+ clocks = <&tegra_car 58>; /* usb2 */
+ };
+};
+
+Example board file:
+
+/ {
+ clocks {
+ compatible = "simple-bus";
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ osc: clock@0 {
+ compatible = "fixed-clock";
+ reg = <0>;
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ clock-frequency = <12000000>;
+ };
+
+ clk_32k: clock@1 {
+ compatible = "fixed-clock";
+ reg = <1>;
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ clock-frequency = <32768>;
+ };
+ };
+
+ &tegra_car {
+ clocks = <&clk_32k> <&osc>;
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/prima2-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/prima2-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5016979c0f78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/prima2-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+* Clock bindings for CSR SiRFprimaII
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "sirf,prima2-clkc"
+- reg: Address and length of the register set
+- interrupts: Should contain clock controller interrupt
+- #clock-cells: Should be <1>
+
+The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
+ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. The following is a full list of prima2
+clocks and IDs.
+
+ Clock ID
+ ---------------------------
+ rtc 0
+ osc 1
+ pll1 2
+ pll2 3
+ pll3 4
+ mem 5
+ sys 6
+ security 7
+ dsp 8
+ gps 9
+ mf 10
+ io 11
+ cpu 12
+ uart0 13
+ uart1 14
+ uart2 15
+ tsc 16
+ i2c0 17
+ i2c1 18
+ spi0 19
+ spi1 20
+ pwmc 21
+ efuse 22
+ pulse 23
+ dmac0 24
+ dmac1 25
+ nand 26
+ audio 27
+ usp0 28
+ usp1 29
+ usp2 30
+ vip 31
+ gfx 32
+ mm 33
+ lcd 34
+ vpp 35
+ mmc01 36
+ mmc23 37
+ mmc45 38
+ usbpll 39
+ usb0 40
+ usb1 41
+
+Examples:
+
+clks: clock-controller@88000000 {
+ compatible = "sirf,prima2-clkc";
+ reg = <0x88000000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <3>;
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+};
+
+i2c0: i2c@b00e0000 {
+ cell-index = <0>;
+ compatible = "sirf,prima2-i2c";
+ reg = <0xb00e0000 0x10000>;
+ interrupts = <24>;
+ clocks = <&clks 17>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt
index fc9ce6f1688c..e4022776ac6e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt
@@ -54,8 +54,13 @@ PROPERTIES
- compatible
Usage: required
Value type: <string>
- Definition: Must include "fsl,sec-v4.0". Also includes SEC
- ERA versions (optional) with which the device is compatible.
+ Definition: Must include "fsl,sec-v4.0"
+
+ - fsl,sec-era
+ Usage: optional
+ Value type: <u32>
+ Definition: A standard property. Define the 'ERA' of the SEC
+ device.
- #address-cells
Usage: required
@@ -107,7 +112,8 @@ PROPERTIES
EXAMPLE
crypto@300000 {
- compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0", "fsl,sec-era-v2.0";
+ compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0";
+ fsl,sec-era = <2>;
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <1>;
reg = <0x300000 0x10000>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/arm-pl330.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/arm-pl330.txt
index 36e27d54260b..267565894db9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/arm-pl330.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/arm-pl330.txt
@@ -10,7 +10,11 @@ Required properties:
- interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu.
Optional properties:
-- dma-coherent : Present if dma operations are coherent
+ - dma-coherent : Present if dma operations are coherent
+ - #dma-cells: must be <1>. used to represent the number of integer
+ cells in the dmas property of client device.
+ - dma-channels: contains the total number of DMA channels supported by the DMAC
+ - dma-requests: contains the total number of DMA requests supported by the DMAC
Example:
@@ -18,16 +22,23 @@ Example:
compatible = "arm,pl330", "arm,primecell";
reg = <0x12680000 0x1000>;
interrupts = <99>;
+ #dma-cells = <1>;
+ #dma-channels = <8>;
+ #dma-requests = <32>;
};
Client drivers (device nodes requiring dma transfers from dev-to-mem or
-mem-to-dev) should specify the DMA channel numbers using a two-value pair
+mem-to-dev) should specify the DMA channel numbers and dma channel names
as shown below.
[property name] = <[phandle of the dma controller] [dma request id]>;
+ [property name] = <[dma channel name]>
where 'dma request id' is the dma request number which is connected
- to the client controller. The 'property name' is recommended to be
- of the form <name>-dma-channel.
+ to the client controller. The 'property name' 'dmas' and 'dma-names'
+ as required by the generic dma device tree binding helpers. The dma
+ names correspond 1:1 with the dma request ids in the dmas property.
- Example: tx-dma-channel = <&pdma0 12>;
+ Example: dmas = <&pdma0 12
+ &pdma1 11>;
+ dma-names = "tx", "rx";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8f504e6bae14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+* Generic DMA Controller and DMA request bindings
+
+Generic binding to provide a way for a driver using DMA Engine to retrieve the
+DMA request or channel information that goes from a hardware device to a DMA
+controller.
+
+
+* DMA controller
+
+Required property:
+- #dma-cells: Must be at least 1. Used to provide DMA controller
+ specific information. See DMA client binding below for
+ more details.
+
+Optional properties:
+- dma-channels: Number of DMA channels supported by the controller.
+- dma-requests: Number of DMA requests signals supported by the
+ controller.
+
+Example:
+
+ dma: dma@48000000 {
+ compatible = "ti,omap-sdma";
+ reg = <0x48000000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <0 12 0x4
+ 0 13 0x4
+ 0 14 0x4
+ 0 15 0x4>;
+ #dma-cells = <1>;
+ dma-channels = <32>;
+ dma-requests = <127>;
+ };
+
+
+* DMA client
+
+Client drivers should specify the DMA property using a phandle to the controller
+followed by DMA controller specific data.
+
+Required property:
+- dmas: List of one or more DMA specifiers, each consisting of
+ - A phandle pointing to DMA controller node
+ - A number of integer cells, as determined by the
+ #dma-cells property in the node referenced by phandle
+ containing DMA controller specific information. This
+ typically contains a DMA request line number or a
+ channel number, but can contain any data that is used
+ required for configuring a channel.
+- dma-names: Contains one identifier string for each DMA specifier in
+ the dmas property. The specific strings that can be used
+ are defined in the binding of the DMA client device.
+ Multiple DMA specifiers can be used to represent
+ alternatives and in this case the dma-names for those
+ DMA specifiers must be identical (see examples).
+
+Examples:
+
+1. A device with one DMA read channel, one DMA write channel:
+
+ i2c1: i2c@1 {
+ ...
+ dmas = <&dma 2 /* read channel */
+ &dma 3>; /* write channel */
+ dma-names = "rx", "tx";
+ ...
+ };
+
+2. A single read-write channel with three alternative DMA controllers:
+
+ dmas = <&dma1 5
+ &dma2 7
+ &dma3 2>;
+ dma-names = "rx-tx", "rx-tx", "rx-tx";
+
+3. A device with three channels, one of which has two alternatives:
+
+ dmas = <&dma1 2 /* read channel */
+ &dma1 3 /* write channel */
+ &dma2 0 /* error read */
+ &dma3 0>; /* alternative error read */
+ dma-names = "rx", "tx", "error", "error";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps-dma.txt
index c0d85dbcada5..d58675ea1abf 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps-dma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps-dma.txt
@@ -3,15 +3,61 @@
Required properties:
- compatible: "snps,dma-spear1340"
- reg: Address range of the DMAC registers
+- interrupt: Should contain the DMAC interrupt number
+- dma-channels: Number of channels supported by hardware
+- dma-requests: Number of DMA request lines supported, up to 16
+- dma-masters: Number of AHB masters supported by the controller
+- #dma-cells: must be <3>
+- chan_allocation_order: order of allocation of channel, 0 (default): ascending,
+ 1: descending
+- chan_priority: priority of channels. 0 (default): increase from chan 0->n, 1:
+ increase from chan n->0
+- block_size: Maximum block size supported by the controller
+- data_width: Maximum data width supported by hardware per AHB master
+ (0 - 8bits, 1 - 16bits, ..., 5 - 256bits)
+
+
+Optional properties:
- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller
that services interrupts for this device
-- interrupt: Should contain the DMAC interrupt number
+- is_private: The device channels should be marked as private and not for by the
+ general purpose DMA channel allocator. False if not passed.
Example:
- dma@fc000000 {
+ dmahost: dma@fc000000 {
compatible = "snps,dma-spear1340";
reg = <0xfc000000 0x1000>;
interrupt-parent = <&vic1>;
interrupts = <12>;
+
+ dma-channels = <8>;
+ dma-requests = <16>;
+ dma-masters = <2>;
+ #dma-cells = <3>;
+ chan_allocation_order = <1>;
+ chan_priority = <1>;
+ block_size = <0xfff>;
+ data_width = <3 3 0 0>;
+ };
+
+DMA clients connected to the Designware DMA controller must use the format
+described in the dma.txt file, using a four-cell specifier for each channel.
+The four cells in order are:
+
+1. A phandle pointing to the DMA controller
+2. The DMA request line number
+3. Source master for transfers on allocated channel
+4. Destination master for transfers on allocated channel
+
+Example:
+
+ serial@e0000000 {
+ compatible = "arm,pl011", "arm,primecell";
+ reg = <0xe0000000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <0 35 0x4>;
+ status = "disabled";
+ dmas = <&dmahost 12 0 1>,
+ <&dmahost 13 0 1 0>;
+ dma-names = "rx", "rx";
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/g2d.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/g2d.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1eb124d35a99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/g2d.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+Samsung 2D Graphic Accelerator using DRM frame work
+
+Samsung FIMG2D is a graphics 2D accelerator which supports Bit Block Transfer.
+We set the drawing-context registers for configuring rendering parameters and
+then start rendering.
+This driver is for SOCs which contain G2D IPs with version 4.1.
+
+Required properties:
+ -compatible:
+ should be "samsung,exynos-g2d-41".
+ -reg:
+ physical base address of the controller and length
+ of memory mapped region.
+ -interrupts:
+ interrupt combiner values.
+
+Example:
+ g2d {
+ compatible = "samsung,exynos-g2d-41";
+ reg = <0x10850000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <0 91 0>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/panel.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/panel.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9301c330d1a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/panel.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+Device-Tree bindings for tilcdc DRM generic panel output driver
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: value should be "ti,tilcdc,panel".
+ - panel-info: configuration info to configure LCDC correctly for the panel
+ - ac-bias: AC Bias Pin Frequency
+ - ac-bias-intrpt: AC Bias Pin Transitions per Interrupt
+ - dma-burst-sz: DMA burst size
+ - bpp: Bits per pixel
+ - fdd: FIFO DMA Request Delay
+ - sync-edge: Horizontal and Vertical Sync Edge: 0=rising 1=falling
+ - sync-ctrl: Horizontal and Vertical Sync: Control: 0=ignore
+ - raster-order: Raster Data Order Select: 1=Most-to-least 0=Least-to-most
+ - fifo-th: DMA FIFO threshold
+ - display-timings: typical videomode of lcd panel. Multiple video modes
+ can be listed if the panel supports multiple timings, but the 'native-mode'
+ should be the preferred/default resolution. Refer to
+ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/display-timing.txt for display
+ timing binding details.
+
+Recommended properties:
+ - pinctrl-names, pinctrl-0: the pincontrol settings to configure
+ muxing properly for pins that connect to TFP410 device
+
+Example:
+
+ /* Settings for CDTech_S035Q01 / LCD3 cape: */
+ lcd3 {
+ compatible = "ti,tilcdc,panel";
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ pinctrl-0 = <&bone_lcd3_cape_lcd_pins>;
+ panel-info {
+ ac-bias = <255>;
+ ac-bias-intrpt = <0>;
+ dma-burst-sz = <16>;
+ bpp = <16>;
+ fdd = <0x80>;
+ sync-edge = <0>;
+ sync-ctrl = <1>;
+ raster-order = <0>;
+ fifo-th = <0>;
+ };
+ display-timings {
+ native-mode = <&timing0>;
+ timing0: 320x240 {
+ hactive = <320>;
+ vactive = <240>;
+ hback-porch = <21>;
+ hfront-porch = <58>;
+ hsync-len = <47>;
+ vback-porch = <11>;
+ vfront-porch = <23>;
+ vsync-len = <2>;
+ clock-frequency = <8000000>;
+ hsync-active = <0>;
+ vsync-active = <0>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/slave.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/slave.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3d2c52460dca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/slave.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+Device-Tree bindings for tilcdc DRM encoder slave output driver
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: value should be "ti,tilcdc,slave".
+ - i2c: the phandle for the i2c device the encoder slave is connected to
+
+Recommended properties:
+ - pinctrl-names, pinctrl-0: the pincontrol settings to configure
+ muxing properly for pins that connect to TFP410 device
+
+Example:
+
+ hdmi {
+ compatible = "ti,tilcdc,slave";
+ i2c = <&i2c0>;
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ pinctrl-0 = <&nxp_hdmi_bonelt_pins>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/tfp410.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/tfp410.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a58ae7756fc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/tfp410.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+Device-Tree bindings for tilcdc DRM TFP410 output driver
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: value should be "ti,tilcdc,tfp410".
+ - i2c: the phandle for the i2c device to use for DDC
+
+Recommended properties:
+ - pinctrl-names, pinctrl-0: the pincontrol settings to configure
+ muxing properly for pins that connect to TFP410 device
+ - powerdn-gpio: the powerdown GPIO, pulled low to power down the
+ TFP410 device (for DPMS_OFF)
+
+Example:
+
+ dvicape {
+ compatible = "ti,tilcdc,tfp410";
+ i2c = <&i2c2>;
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ pinctrl-0 = <&bone_dvi_cape_dvi_00A1_pins>;
+ powerdn-gpio = <&gpio2 31 0>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/tilcdc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/tilcdc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e5f130159ae1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/tilcdc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+Device-Tree bindings for tilcdc DRM driver
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: value should be "ti,am33xx-tilcdc".
+ - interrupts: the interrupt number
+ - reg: base address and size of the LCDC device
+
+Recommended properties:
+ - interrupt-parent: the phandle for the interrupt controller that
+ services interrupts for this device.
+ - ti,hwmods: Name of the hwmod associated to the LCDC
+
+Example:
+
+ fb: fb@4830e000 {
+ compatible = "ti,am33xx-tilcdc";
+ reg = <0x4830e000 0x1000>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+ interrupts = <36>;
+ ti,hwmods = "lcdc";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,bcm2835-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,bcm2835-i2c.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e9de3756752b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,bcm2835-i2c.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Broadcom BCM2835 I2C controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "brcm,bcm2835-i2c".
+- reg: Should contain register location and length.
+- interrupts: Should contain interrupt.
+- clocks : The clock feeding the I2C controller.
+
+Recommended properties:
+- clock-frequency : desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz.
+
+Example:
+
+i2c@20205000 {
+ compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-i2c";
+ reg = <0x7e205000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <2 21>;
+ clocks = <&clk_i2c>;
+ clock-frequency = <100000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-s3c2410.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-s3c2410.txt
index e9611ace8792..f98d4c5b5cca 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-s3c2410.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-s3c2410.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ Required properties:
(b) "samsung, s3c2440-i2c", for i2c compatible with s3c2440 i2c.
(c) "samsung, s3c2440-hdmiphy-i2c", for s3c2440-like i2c used
inside HDMIPHY block found on several samsung SoCs
+ (d) "samsung, exynos5440-i2c", for s3c2440-like i2c used
+ on EXYNOS5440 which does not need GPIO configuration.
- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
region.
- interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ina209.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ina209.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9dd2bee80840
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ina209.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+ina209 properties
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Must be "ti,ina209"
+- reg: I2C address
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- shunt-resistor
+ Shunt resistor value in micro-Ohm
+
+Example:
+
+temp-sensor@4c {
+ compatible = "ti,ina209";
+ reg = <0x4c>;
+ shunt-resistor = <5000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/max6697.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/max6697.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5f793998e4a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/max6697.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+max6697 properties
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:
+ Should be one of
+ maxim,max6581
+ maxim,max6602
+ maxim,max6622
+ maxim,max6636
+ maxim,max6689
+ maxim,max6693
+ maxim,max6694
+ maxim,max6697
+ maxim,max6698
+ maxim,max6699
+- reg: I2C address
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- smbus-timeout-disable
+ Set to disable SMBus timeout. If not specified, SMBus timeout will be
+ enabled.
+- extended-range-enable
+ Only valid for MAX6581. Set to enable extended temperature range.
+ Extended temperature will be disabled if not specified.
+- beta-compensation-enable
+ Only valid for MAX6693 and MX6694. Set to enable beta compensation on
+ remote temperature channel 1.
+ Beta compensation will be disabled if not specified.
+- alert-mask
+ Alert bit mask. Alert disabled for bits set.
+ Select bit 0 for local temperature, bit 1..7 for remote temperatures.
+ If not specified, alert will be enabled for all channels.
+- over-temperature-mask
+ Over-temperature bit mask. Over-temperature reporting disabled for
+ bits set.
+ Select bit 0 for local temperature, bit 1..7 for remote temperatures.
+ If not specified, over-temperature reporting will be enabled for all
+ channels.
+- resistance-cancellation
+ Boolean for all chips other than MAX6581. Set to enable resistance
+ cancellation on remote temperature channel 1.
+ For MAX6581, resistance cancellation enabled for all channels if
+ specified as boolean, otherwise as per bit mask specified.
+ Only supported for remote temperatures (bit 1..7).
+ If not specified, resistance cancellation will be disabled for all
+ channels.
+- transistor-ideality
+ For MAX6581 only. Two values; first is bit mask, second is ideality
+ select value as per MAX6581 data sheet. Select bit 1..7 for remote
+ channels.
+ Transistor ideality will be initialized to default (1.008) if not
+ specified.
+
+Example:
+
+temp-sensor@1a {
+ compatible = "maxim,max6697";
+ reg = <0x1a>;
+ smbus-timeout-disable;
+ resistance-cancellation;
+ alert-mask = <0x72>;
+ over-temperature-mask = <0x7f>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/imx-keypad.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/imx-keypad.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2ebaf7d26843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/imx-keypad.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+* Freescale i.MX Keypad Port(KPP) device tree bindings
+
+The KPP is designed to interface with a keypad matrix with 2-point contact
+or 3-point contact keys. The KPP is designed to simplify the software task
+of scanning a keypad matrix. The KPP is capable of detecting, debouncing,
+and decoding one or multiple keys pressed simultaneously on a keypad.
+
+Required SoC Specific Properties:
+- compatible: Should be "fsl,<soc>-kpp".
+
+- reg: Physical base address of the KPP and length of memory mapped
+ region.
+
+- interrupts: The KPP interrupt number to the CPU(s).
+
+- clocks: The clock provided by the SoC to the KPP. Some SoCs use dummy
+clock(The clock for the KPP is provided by the SoCs automatically).
+
+Required Board Specific Properties:
+- pinctrl-names: The definition can be found at
+pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt.
+
+- pinctrl-0: The definition can be found at
+pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt.
+
+- linux,keymap: The definition can be found at
+bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt.
+
+Example:
+kpp: kpp@73f94000 {
+ compatible = "fsl,imx51-kpp", "fsl,imx21-kpp";
+ reg = <0x73f94000 0x4000>;
+ interrupts = <60>;
+ clocks = <&clks 0>;
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_kpp_1>;
+ linux,keymap = <0x00000067 /* KEY_UP */
+ 0x0001006c /* KEY_DOWN */
+ 0x00020072 /* KEY_VOLUMEDOWN */
+ 0x00030066 /* KEY_HOME */
+ 0x0100006a /* KEY_RIGHT */
+ 0x01010069 /* KEY_LEFT */
+ 0x0102001c /* KEY_ENTER */
+ 0x01030073 /* KEY_VOLUMEUP */
+ 0x02000040 /* KEY_F6 */
+ 0x02010042 /* KEY_F8 */
+ 0x02020043 /* KEY_F9 */
+ 0x02030044 /* KEY_F10 */
+ 0x0300003b /* KEY_F1 */
+ 0x0301003c /* KEY_F2 */
+ 0x0302003d /* KEY_F3 */
+ 0x03030074>; /* KEY_POWER */
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/lpc32xx-key.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/lpc32xx-key.txt
index 31afd5014c48..bcf62f856358 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/lpc32xx-key.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/lpc32xx-key.txt
@@ -1,19 +1,22 @@
NXP LPC32xx Key Scan Interface
+This binding is based on the matrix-keymap binding with the following
+changes:
+
Required Properties:
- compatible: Should be "nxp,lpc3220-key"
- reg: Physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
region.
- interrupts: The interrupt number to the cpu.
-- keypad,num-rows: Number of rows and columns, e.g. 1: 1x1, 6: 6x6
-- keypad,num-columns: Must be equal to keypad,num-rows since LPC32xx only
- supports square matrices
- nxp,debounce-delay-ms: Debounce delay in ms
- nxp,scan-delay-ms: Repeated scan period in ms
- linux,keymap: the key-code to be reported when the key is pressed
and released, see also
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt
+Note: keypad,num-rows and keypad,num-columns are required, and must be equal
+since LPC32xx only supports square matrices
+
Example:
key@40050000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt
index 3cd8b98ccd2d..c54919fad17e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,12 @@ Required properties:
row << 24 | column << 16 | key-code
Optional properties:
+Properties for the number of rows and columns are optional because some
+drivers will use fixed values for these.
+- keypad,num-rows: Number of row lines connected to the keypad controller.
+- keypad,num-columns: Number of column lines connected to the keypad
+ controller.
+
Some users of this binding might choose to specify secondary keymaps for
cases where there is a modifier key such as a Fn key. Proposed names
for said properties are "linux,fn-keymap" or with another descriptive
@@ -17,3 +23,5 @@ word for the modifier other from "Fn".
Example:
linux,keymap = < 0x00030012
0x0102003a >;
+ keypad,num-rows = <2>;
+ keypad,num-columns = <8>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt
index 72683be6de35..2995fae7ee47 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,18 @@
* Tegra keyboard controller
+The key controller has maximum 24 pins to make matrix keypad. Any pin
+can be configured as row or column. The maximum column pin can be 8
+and maximum row pins can be 16 for Tegra20/Tegra30.
Required properties:
- compatible: "nvidia,tegra20-kbc"
+- reg: Register base address of KBC.
+- interrupts: Interrupt number for the KBC.
+- nvidia,kbc-row-pins: The KBC pins which are configured as row. This is an
+ array of pin numbers which is used as rows.
+- nvidia,kbc-col-pins: The KBC pins which are configured as column. This is an
+ array of pin numbers which is used as column.
+- linux,keymap: The keymap for keys as described in the binding document
+ devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt.
Optional properties, in addition to those specified by the shared
matrix-keyboard bindings:
@@ -19,5 +30,16 @@ Example:
keyboard: keyboard {
compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-kbc";
reg = <0x7000e200 0x100>;
+ interrupts = <0 85 0x04>;
nvidia,ghost-filter;
+ nvidia,debounce-delay-ms = <640>;
+ nvidia,kbc-row-pins = <0 1 2>; /* pin 0, 1, 2 as rows */
+ nvidia,kbc-col-pins = <11 12 13>; /* pin 11, 12, 13 as columns */
+ linux,keymap = <0x00000074
+ 0x00010067
+ 0x00020066
+ 0x01010068
+ 0x02000069
+ 0x02010070
+ 0x02020071>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/omap-keypad.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/omap-keypad.txt
index f2fa5e10493d..34ed1c60ff95 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/omap-keypad.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/omap-keypad.txt
@@ -6,19 +6,16 @@ A key can be placed at each intersection of a unique row and a unique column.
The keypad controller can sense a key-press and key-release and report the
event using a interrupt to the cpu.
+This binding is based on the matrix-keymap binding with the following
+changes:
+
+keypad,num-rows and keypad,num-columns are required.
+
Required SoC Specific Properties:
- compatible: should be one of the following
- "ti,omap4-keypad": For controllers compatible with omap4 keypad
controller.
-Required Board Specific Properties, in addition to those specified by
-the shared matrix-keyboard bindings:
-- keypad,num-rows: Number of row lines connected to the keypad
- controller.
-
-- keypad,num-columns: Number of column lines connected to the
- keypad controller.
-
Optional Properties specific to linux:
- linux,keypad-no-autorepeat: do no enable autorepeat feature.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tca8418_keypad.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tca8418_keypad.txt
index 2a1538f0053f..255185009167 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tca8418_keypad.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tca8418_keypad.txt
@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
+This binding is based on the matrix-keymap binding with the following
+changes:
+
+keypad,num-rows and keypad,num-columns are required.
Required properties:
- compatible: "ti,tca8418"
- reg: the I2C address
- interrupts: IRQ line number, should trigger on falling edge
-- keypad,num-rows: The number of rows
-- keypad,num-columns: The number of columns
- linux,keymap: Keys definitions, see keypad-matrix.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/leds-ns2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-ns2.txt
index aef3aca34d2d..aef3aca34d2d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/leds-ns2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-ns2.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-pwm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7297107cf832
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-pwm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+LED connected to PWM
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be "pwm-leds".
+
+Each LED is represented as a sub-node of the pwm-leds device. Each
+node's name represents the name of the corresponding LED.
+
+LED sub-node properties:
+- pwms : PWM property to point to the PWM device (phandle)/port (id) and to
+ specify the period time to be used: <&phandle id period_ns>;
+- pwm-names : (optional) Name to be used by the PWM subsystem for the PWM device
+ For the pwms and pwm-names property please refer to:
+ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm.txt
+- max-brightness : Maximum brightness possible for the LED
+- label : (optional)
+ see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
+- linux,default-trigger : (optional)
+ see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
+
+Example:
+
+twl_pwm: pwm {
+ /* provides two PWMs (id 0, 1 for PWM1 and PWM2) */
+ compatible = "ti,twl6030-pwm";
+ #pwm-cells = <2>;
+};
+
+twl_pwmled: pwmled {
+ /* provides one PWM (id 0 for Charing indicator LED) */
+ compatible = "ti,twl6030-pwmled";
+ #pwm-cells = <2>;
+};
+
+pwmleds {
+ compatible = "pwm-leds";
+ kpad {
+ label = "omap4::keypad";
+ pwms = <&twl_pwm 0 7812500>;
+ max-brightness = <127>;
+ };
+
+ charging {
+ label = "omap4:green:chrg";
+ pwms = <&twl_pwmled 0 7812500>;
+ max-brightness = <255>;
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/tca6507.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/tca6507.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2b6693b972fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/tca6507.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+LEDs conected to tca6507
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be : "ti,tca6507".
+
+Each led is represented as a sub-node of the ti,tca6507 device.
+
+LED sub-node properties:
+- label : (optional) see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
+- reg : number of LED line (could be from 0 to 6)
+- linux,default-trigger : (optional)
+ see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
+
+Examples:
+
+tca6507@45 {
+ compatible = "ti,tca6507";
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ reg = <0x45>;
+
+ led0: red-aux@0 {
+ label = "red:aux";
+ reg = <0x0>;
+ };
+
+ led1: green-aux@1 {
+ label = "green:aux";
+ reg = <0x5>;
+ linux,default-trigger = "default-on";
+ };
+};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/gpio-ir-receiver.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/gpio-ir-receiver.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..56e726ef4bf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/gpio-ir-receiver.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+Device-Tree bindings for GPIO IR receiver
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: should be "gpio-ir-receiver".
+ - gpios: specifies GPIO used for IR signal reception.
+
+Optional properties:
+ - linux,rc-map-name: Linux specific remote control map name.
+
+Example node:
+
+ ir: ir-receiver {
+ compatible = "gpio-ir-receiver";
+ gpios = <&gpio0 19 1>;
+ linux,rc-map-name = "rc-rc6-mce";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/metag/meta-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/metag/meta-intc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8c47dcbfabc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/metag/meta-intc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+* Meta External Trigger Controller Binding
+
+This binding specifies what properties must be available in the device tree
+representation of a Meta external trigger controller.
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - compatible: Specifies the compatibility list for the interrupt controller.
+ The type shall be <string> and the value shall include "img,meta-intc".
+
+ - num-banks: Specifies the number of interrupt banks (each of which can
+ handle 32 interrupt sources).
+
+ - interrupt-controller: The presence of this property identifies the node
+ as an interupt controller. No property value shall be defined.
+
+ - #interrupt-cells: Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
+ interrupt source. The type shall be a <u32> and the value shall be 2.
+
+ - #address-cells: Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
+ address. The type shall be <u32> and the value shall be 0. As such,
+ 'interrupt-map' nodes do not have to specify a parent unit address.
+
+Optional properties:
+
+ - no-mask: The controller doesn't have any mask registers.
+
+* Interrupt Specifier Definition
+
+ Interrupt specifiers consists of 2 cells encoded as follows:
+
+ - <1st-cell>: The interrupt-number that identifies the interrupt source.
+
+ - <2nd-cell>: The Linux interrupt flags containing level-sense information,
+ encoded as follows:
+ 1 = edge triggered
+ 4 = level-sensitive
+
+* Examples
+
+Example 1:
+
+ /*
+ * Meta external trigger block
+ */
+ intc: intc {
+ // This is an interrupt controller node.
+ interrupt-controller;
+
+ // No address cells so that 'interrupt-map' nodes which
+ // reference this interrupt controller node do not need a parent
+ // address specifier.
+ #address-cells = <0>;
+
+ // Two cells to encode interrupt sources.
+ #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+
+ // Number of interrupt banks
+ num-banks = <2>;
+
+ // No HWMASKEXT is available (specify on Chorus2 and Comet ES1)
+ no-mask;
+
+ // Compatible with Meta hardware trigger block.
+ compatible = "img,meta-intc";
+ };
+
+Example 2:
+
+ /*
+ * An interrupt generating device that is wired to a Meta external
+ * trigger block.
+ */
+ uart1: uart@0x02004c00 {
+ // Interrupt source '5' that is level-sensitive.
+ // Note that there are only two cells as specified in the
+ // interrupt parent's '#interrupt-cells' property.
+ interrupts = <5 4 /* level */>;
+
+ // The interrupt controller that this device is wired to.
+ interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max8925.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max8925.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4f0dc6638e5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max8925.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+* Maxim max8925 Power Management IC
+
+Required parent device properties:
+- compatible : "maxim,max8925"
+- reg : the I2C slave address for the max8925 chip
+- interrupts : IRQ line for the max8925 chip
+- interrupt-controller: describes the max8925 as an interrupt
+ controller (has its own domain)
+- #interrupt-cells : should be 1.
+ - The cell is the max8925 local IRQ number
+
+Optional parent device properties:
+- maxim,tsc-irq: there are 2 IRQ lines for max8925, one is indicated in
+ interrupts property, the other is indicated here.
+
+max8925 consists of a large and varied group of sub-devices:
+
+Device Supply Names Description
+------ ------------ -----------
+max8925-onkey : : On key
+max8925-rtc : : RTC
+max8925-regulator : : Regulators
+max8925-backlight : : Backlight
+max8925-touch : : Touchscreen
+max8925-power : : Charger
+
+Example:
+
+ pmic: max8925@3c {
+ compatible = "maxim,max8925";
+ reg = <0x3c>;
+ interrupts = <1>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&intcmux4>;
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #interrupt-cells = <1>;
+ maxim,tsc-irq = <0>;
+
+ regulators {
+ SDV1 {
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <637500>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1425000>;
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ LDO1 {
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <750000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <3900000>;
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ };
+ backlight {
+ maxim,max8925-dual-string = <0>;
+ };
+ charger {
+ batt-detect = <0>;
+ topoff-threshold = <1>;
+ fast-charge = <7>;
+ no-temp-support = <0>;
+ no-insert-detect = <0>;
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps6507x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps6507x.txt
new file mode 100755
index 000000000000..8fffa3c5ed40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps6507x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+TPS6507x Power Management Integrated Circuit
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,tps6507x"
+- reg: I2C slave address
+- regulators: This is the list of child nodes that specify the regulator
+ initialization data for defined regulators. Not all regulators for the
+ given device need to be present. The definition for each of these nodes
+ is defined using the standard binding for regulators found at
+ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt.
+ The regulator is matched with the regulator-compatible.
+
+ The valid regulator-compatible values are:
+ tps6507x: vdcdc1, vdcdc2, vdcdc3, vldo1, vldo2
+- xxx-supply: Input voltage supply regulator.
+ These entries are required if regulators are enabled for a device.
+ Missing of these properties can cause the regulator registration
+ fails.
+ If some of input supply is powered through battery or always-on
+ supply then also it is require to have these parameters with proper
+ node handle of always on power supply.
+ tps6507x:
+ vindcdc1_2-supply: VDCDC1 and VDCDC2 input.
+ vindcdc3-supply : VDCDC3 input.
+ vldo1_2-supply : VLDO1 and VLDO2 input.
+
+Regulator Optional properties:
+- defdcdc_default: It's property of DCDC2 and DCDC3 regulators.
+ 0: If defdcdc pin of DCDC2/DCDC3 is pulled to GND.
+ 1: If defdcdc pin of DCDC2/DCDC3 is driven HIGH.
+ If this property is not defined, it defaults to 0 (not enabled).
+
+Example:
+
+ pmu: tps6507x@48 {
+ compatible = "ti,tps6507x";
+ reg = <0x48>;
+
+ vindcdc1_2-supply = <&vbat>;
+ vindcdc3-supply = <...>;
+ vinldo1_2-supply = <...>;
+
+ regulators {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ vdcdc1_reg: regulator@0 {
+ regulator-compatible = "VDCDC1";
+ reg = <0>;
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <3150000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <3450000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ };
+ vdcdc2_reg: regulator@1 {
+ regulator-compatible = "VDCDC2";
+ reg = <1>;
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <1710000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <3450000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ defdcdc_default = <1>;
+ };
+ vdcdc3_reg: regulator@2 {
+ regulator-compatible = "VDCDC3";
+ reg = <2>;
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <950000>
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1350000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ defdcdc_default = <1>;
+ };
+ ldo1_reg: regulator@3 {
+ regulator-compatible = "LDO1";
+ reg = <3>;
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <1710000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1890000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ };
+ ldo2_reg: regulator@4 {
+ regulator-compatible = "LDO2";
+ reg = <4>;
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <1140000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1320000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ };
+ };
+
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/dma-engine.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/dma-engine.txt
index cb4291e3b1d1..a5bdff400002 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/dma-engine.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/dma-engine.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
* DMA Engine.
The Octeon DMA Engine transfers between the Boot Bus and main memory.
-The DMA Engine will be refered to by phandle by any device that is
+The DMA Engine will be referred to by phandle by any device that is
connected to it.
Properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cpu_irq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cpu_irq.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..13aa4b62c62a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cpu_irq.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+MIPS CPU interrupt controller
+
+On MIPS the mips_cpu_intc_init() helper can be used to initialize the 8 CPU
+IRQs from a devicetree file and create a irq_domain for IRQ controller.
+
+With the irq_domain in place we can describe how the 8 IRQs are wired to the
+platforms internal interrupt controller cascade.
+
+Below is an example of a platform describing the cascade inside the devicetree
+and the code used to load it inside arch_init_irq().
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "mti,cpu-interrupt-controller"
+
+Example devicetree:
+ cpu-irq: cpu-irq@0 {
+ #address-cells = <0>;
+
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #interrupt-cells = <1>;
+
+ compatible = "mti,cpu-interrupt-controller";
+ };
+
+ intc: intc@200 {
+ compatible = "ralink,rt2880-intc";
+ reg = <0x200 0x100>;
+
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #interrupt-cells = <1>;
+
+ interrupt-parent = <&cpu-irq>;
+ interrupts = <2>;
+ };
+
+
+Example platform irq.c:
+static struct of_device_id __initdata of_irq_ids[] = {
+ { .compatible = "mti,cpu-interrupt-controller", .data = mips_cpu_intc_init },
+ { .compatible = "ralink,rt2880-intc", .data = intc_of_init },
+ {},
+};
+
+void __init arch_init_irq(void)
+{
+ of_irq_init(of_irq_ids);
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,bcm2835-sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,bcm2835-sdhci.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..59476fbdbfa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,bcm2835-sdhci.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+Broadcom BCM2835 SDHCI controller
+
+This file documents differences between the core properties described
+by mmc.txt and the properties that represent the BCM2835 controller.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "brcm,bcm2835-sdhci".
+- clocks : The clock feeding the SDHCI controller.
+
+Example:
+
+sdhci: sdhci {
+ compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-sdhci";
+ reg = <0x7e300000 0x100>;
+ interrupts = <2 30>;
+ clocks = <&clk_mmc>;
+ bus-width = <4>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt
index 792768953330..6d1c0988cfc7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt
@@ -4,18 +4,18 @@
The Synopsis designware mobile storage host controller is used to interface
a SoC with storage medium such as eMMC or SD/MMC cards. This file documents
differences between the core Synopsis dw mshc controller properties described
-by synposis-dw-mshc.txt and the properties used by the Samsung Exynos specific
+by synopsis-dw-mshc.txt and the properties used by the Samsung Exynos specific
extensions to the Synopsis Designware Mobile Storage Host Controller.
Required Properties:
* compatible: should be
- "samsung,exynos4210-dw-mshc": for controllers with Samsung Exynos4210
- specific extentions.
+ specific extensions.
- "samsung,exynos4412-dw-mshc": for controllers with Samsung Exynos4412
- specific extentions.
+ specific extensions.
- "samsung,exynos5250-dw-mshc": for controllers with Samsung Exynos5250
- specific extentions.
+ specific extensions.
* samsung,dw-mshc-ciu-div: Specifies the divider value for the card interface
unit (ciu) clock. This property is applicable only for Exynos5 SoC's and
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt
index a591c6741d75..85aada2263d5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt
@@ -6,23 +6,45 @@ Interpreted by the OF core:
- reg: Registers location and length.
- interrupts: Interrupts used by the MMC controller.
-Required properties:
-- bus-width: Number of data lines, can be <1>, <4>, or <8>
-
Card detection:
-If no property below is supplied, standard SDHCI card detect is used.
+If no property below is supplied, host native card detect is used.
Only one of the properties in this section should be supplied:
- broken-cd: There is no card detection available; polling must be used.
- cd-gpios: Specify GPIOs for card detection, see gpio binding
- non-removable: non-removable slot (like eMMC); assume always present.
Optional properties:
+- bus-width: Number of data lines, can be <1>, <4>, or <8>. The default
+ will be <1> if the property is absent.
- wp-gpios: Specify GPIOs for write protection, see gpio binding
-- cd-inverted: when present, polarity on the cd gpio line is inverted
-- wp-inverted: when present, polarity on the wp gpio line is inverted
+- cd-inverted: when present, polarity on the CD line is inverted. See the note
+ below for the case, when a GPIO is used for the CD line
+- wp-inverted: when present, polarity on the WP line is inverted. See the note
+ below for the case, when a GPIO is used for the WP line
- max-frequency: maximum operating clock frequency
- no-1-8-v: when present, denotes that 1.8v card voltage is not supported on
this system, even if the controller claims it is.
+- cap-sd-highspeed: SD high-speed timing is supported
+- cap-mmc-highspeed: MMC high-speed timing is supported
+- cap-power-off-card: powering off the card is safe
+- cap-sdio-irq: enable SDIO IRQ signalling on this interface
+
+*NOTE* on CD and WP polarity. To use common for all SD/MMC host controllers line
+polarity properties, we have to fix the meaning of the "normal" and "inverted"
+line levels. We choose to follow the SDHCI standard, which specifies both those
+lines as "active low." Therefore, using the "cd-inverted" property means, that
+the CD line is active high, i.e. it is high, when a card is inserted. Similar
+logic applies to the "wp-inverted" property.
+
+CD and WP lines can be implemented on the hardware in one of two ways: as GPIOs,
+specified in cd-gpios and wp-gpios properties, or as dedicated pins. Polarity of
+dedicated pins can be specified, using *-inverted properties. GPIO polarity can
+also be specified using the OF_GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW flag. This creates an ambiguity
+in the latter case. We choose to use the XOR logic for GPIO CD and WP lines.
+This means, the two properties are "superimposed," for example leaving the
+OF_GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW flag clear and specifying the respective *-inverted
+property results in a double-inversion and actually means the "normal" line
+polarity is in effect.
Optional SDIO properties:
- keep-power-in-suspend: Preserves card power during a suspend/resume cycle
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/orion-sdio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/orion-sdio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..84f0ebd67a13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/orion-sdio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+* Marvell orion-sdio controller
+
+This file documents differences between the core properties in mmc.txt
+and the properties used by the orion-sdio driver.
+
+- compatible: Should be "marvell,orion-sdio"
+- clocks: reference to the clock of the SDIO interface
+
+Example:
+
+ mvsdio@d00d4000 {
+ compatible = "marvell,orion-sdio";
+ reg = <0xd00d4000 0x200>;
+ interrupts = <54>;
+ clocks = <&gateclk 17>;
+ status = "disabled";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt
index 97e9e315400d..3b3a1ee055ff 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt
@@ -55,5 +55,5 @@ Example:
};
Note: This example shows both SoC specific and board specific properties
- in a single device node. The properties can be actually be seperated
+ in a single device node. The properties can be actually be separated
into SoC specific node and board specific node.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsis-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsis-dw-mshc.txt
index 06cd32d08052..726fd2122a13 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsis-dw-mshc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsis-dw-mshc.txt
@@ -26,8 +26,16 @@ Required Properties:
* bus-width: as documented in mmc core bindings.
* wp-gpios: specifies the write protect gpio line. The format of the
- gpio specifier depends on the gpio controller. If the write-protect
- line is not available, this property is optional.
+ gpio specifier depends on the gpio controller. If a GPIO is not used
+ for write-protect, this property is optional.
+
+ * disable-wp: If the wp-gpios property isn't present then (by default)
+ we'd assume that the write protect is hooked up directly to the
+ controller's special purpose write protect line (accessible via
+ the WRTPRT register). However, it's possible that we simply don't
+ want write protect. In that case specify 'disable-wp'.
+ NOTE: This property is not required for slots known to always
+ connect to eMMC or SDIO cards.
Optional properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..df204e18e030
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+* Toshiba Mobile IO SD/MMC controller
+
+The tmio-mmc driver doesn't probe its devices actively, instead its binding to
+devices is managed by either MFD drivers or by the sh_mobile_sdhi platform
+driver. Those drivers supply the tmio-mmc driver with platform data, that either
+describe hardware capabilities, known to them, or are obtained by them from
+their own platform data or from their DT information. In the latter case all
+compulsory and any optional properties, common to all SD/MMC drivers, as
+described in mmc.txt, can be used. Additionally the following tmio_mmc-specific
+optional bindings can be used.
+
+Optional properties:
+- toshiba,mmc-wrprotect-disable: write-protect detection is unavailable
+
+When used with Renesas SDHI hardware, the following compatibility strings
+configure various model-specific properties:
+
+"renesas,sh7372-sdhi": (default) compatible with SH7372
+"renesas,r8a7740-sdhi": compatible with R8A7740: certain MMC/SD commands have to
+ wait for the interface to become idle.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/elm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/elm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8c1528c421d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/elm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+Error location module
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Must be "ti,am33xx-elm"
+- reg: physical base address and size of the registers map.
+- interrupts: Interrupt number for the elm.
+
+Optional properties:
+- ti,hwmods: Name of the hwmod associated to the elm
+
+Example:
+elm: elm@0 {
+ compatible = "ti,am3352-elm";
+ reg = <0x48080000 0x2000>;
+ interrupts = <4>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt
index e3ea32e7de3e..2240ac09f6ba 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
* FSMC NAND
Required properties:
-- compatible : "st,spear600-fsmc-nand"
+- compatible : "st,spear600-fsmc-nand", "stericsson,fsmc-nand"
- reg : Address range of the mtd chip
- reg-names: Should contain the reg names "fsmc_regs", "nand_data", "nand_addr" and "nand_cmd"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-nand.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e7f8d7ed47eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-nand.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+Device tree bindings for GPMC connected NANDs
+
+GPMC connected NAND (found on OMAP boards) are represented as child nodes of
+the GPMC controller with a name of "nand".
+
+All timing relevant properties as well as generic gpmc child properties are
+explained in a separate documents - please refer to
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt
+
+For NAND specific properties such as ECC modes or bus width, please refer to
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt
+
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - reg: The CS line the peripheral is connected to
+
+Optional properties:
+
+ - nand-bus-width: Set this numeric value to 16 if the hardware
+ is wired that way. If not specified, a bus
+ width of 8 is assumed.
+
+ - ti,nand-ecc-opt: A string setting the ECC layout to use. One of:
+
+ "sw" Software method (default)
+ "hw" Hardware method
+ "hw-romcode" gpmc hamming mode method & romcode layout
+ "bch4" 4-bit BCH ecc code
+ "bch8" 8-bit BCH ecc code
+
+ - elm_id: Specifies elm device node. This is required to support BCH
+ error correction using ELM module.
+
+For inline partiton table parsing (optional):
+
+ - #address-cells: should be set to 1
+ - #size-cells: should be set to 1
+
+Example for an AM33xx board:
+
+ gpmc: gpmc@50000000 {
+ compatible = "ti,am3352-gpmc";
+ ti,hwmods = "gpmc";
+ reg = <0x50000000 0x1000000>;
+ interrupts = <100>;
+ gpmc,num-cs = <8>;
+ gpmc,num-waitpins = <2>;
+ #address-cells = <2>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+ ranges = <0 0 0x08000000 0x2000>; /* CS0: NAND */
+ elm_id = <&elm>;
+
+ nand@0,0 {
+ reg = <0 0 0>; /* CS0, offset 0 */
+ nand-bus-width = <16>;
+ ti,nand-ecc-opt = "bch8";
+
+ gpmc,sync-clk = <0>;
+ gpmc,cs-on = <0>;
+ gpmc,cs-rd-off = <44>;
+ gpmc,cs-wr-off = <44>;
+ gpmc,adv-on = <6>;
+ gpmc,adv-rd-off = <34>;
+ gpmc,adv-wr-off = <44>;
+ gpmc,we-off = <40>;
+ gpmc,oe-off = <54>;
+ gpmc,access = <64>;
+ gpmc,rd-cycle = <82>;
+ gpmc,wr-cycle = <82>;
+ gpmc,wr-access = <40>;
+ gpmc,wr-data-mux-bus = <0>;
+
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+
+ /* partitions go here */
+ };
+ };
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-onenand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-onenand.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..deec9da224a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-onenand.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+Device tree bindings for GPMC connected OneNANDs
+
+GPMC connected OneNAND (found on OMAP boards) are represented as child nodes of
+the GPMC controller with a name of "onenand".
+
+All timing relevant properties as well as generic gpmc child properties are
+explained in a separate documents - please refer to
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - reg: The CS line the peripheral is connected to
+
+Optional properties:
+
+ - dma-channel: DMA Channel index
+
+For inline partiton table parsing (optional):
+
+ - #address-cells: should be set to 1
+ - #size-cells: should be set to 1
+
+Example for an OMAP3430 board:
+
+ gpmc: gpmc@6e000000 {
+ compatible = "ti,omap3430-gpmc";
+ ti,hwmods = "gpmc";
+ reg = <0x6e000000 0x1000000>;
+ interrupts = <20>;
+ gpmc,num-cs = <8>;
+ gpmc,num-waitpins = <4>;
+ #address-cells = <2>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+
+ onenand@0 {
+ reg = <0 0 0>; /* CS0, offset 0 */
+
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+
+ /* partitions go here */
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt
index dab7847fc800..61c5ec850f2f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt
@@ -26,6 +26,9 @@ file systems on embedded devices.
- linux,mtd-name: allow to specify the mtd name for retro capability with
physmap-flash drivers as boot loader pass the mtd partition via the old
device name physmap-flash.
+ - use-advanced-sector-protection: boolean to enable support for the
+ advanced sector protection (Spansion: PPB - Persistent Protection
+ Bits) locking.
For JEDEC compatible devices, the following additional properties
are defined:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt
index 6ddd0286a9b7..ecfdf756d10f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt
@@ -24,6 +24,8 @@ Required properties:
Optional properties:
- ti,hwmods : Must be "cpgmac0"
- no_bd_ram : Must be 0 or 1
+- dual_emac : Specifies Switch to act as Dual EMAC
+- dual_emac_res_vlan : Specifies VID to be used to segregate the ports
Note: "ti,hwmods" field is used to fetch the base address and irq
resources from TI, omap hwmod data base during device registration.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..dff0e5f995e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+* Allwinner A1X Pin Controller
+
+The pins controlled by sunXi pin controller are organized in banks,
+each bank has 32 pins. Each pin has 7 multiplexing functions, with
+the first two functions being GPIO in and out. The configuration on
+the pins includes drive strength and pull-up.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "allwinner,<soc>-pinctrl". Supported SoCs for now are:
+ sun5i-a13.
+- reg: Should contain the register physical address and length for the
+ pin controller.
+
+Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the
+common pinctrl bindings used by client devices.
+
+A pinctrl node should contain at least one subnodes representing the
+pinctrl groups available on the machine. Each subnode will list the
+pins it needs, and how they should be configured, with regard to muxer
+configuration, drive strength and pullups. If one of these options is
+not set, its actual value will be unspecified.
+
+Required subnode-properties:
+
+- allwinner,pins: List of strings containing the pin name.
+- allwinner,function: Function to mux the pins listed above to.
+
+Optional subnode-properties:
+- allwinner,drive: Integer. Represents the current sent to the pin
+ 0: 10 mA
+ 1: 20 mA
+ 2: 30 mA
+ 3: 40 mA
+- allwinner,pull: Integer.
+ 0: No resistor
+ 1: Pull-up resistor
+ 2: Pull-down resistor
+
+Examples:
+
+pinctrl@01c20800 {
+ compatible = "allwinner,sun5i-a13-pinctrl";
+ reg = <0x01c20800 0x400>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ uart1_pins_a: uart1@0 {
+ allwinner,pins = "PE10", "PE11";
+ allwinner,function = "uart1";
+ allwinner,drive = <0>;
+ allwinner,pull = <0>;
+ };
+
+ uart1_pins_b: uart1@1 {
+ allwinner,pins = "PG3", "PG4";
+ allwinner,function = "uart1";
+ allwinner,drive = <0>;
+ allwinner,pull = <0>;
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra114-pinmux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra114-pinmux.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e204d009f16c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra114-pinmux.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra114 pinmux controller
+
+The Tegra114 pinctrl binding is very similar to the Tegra20 and Tegra30
+pinctrl binding, as described in nvidia,tegra20-pinmux.txt and
+nvidia,tegra30-pinmux.txt. In fact, this document assumes that binding as
+a baseline, and only documents the differences between the two bindings.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "nvidia,tegra114-pinmux"
+- reg: Should contain the register physical address and length for each of
+ the pad control and mux registers. The first bank of address must be the
+ driver strength pad control register address and second bank address must
+ be pinmux register address.
+
+Tegra114 adds the following optional properties for pin configuration subnodes:
+- nvidia,enable-input: Integer. Enable the pin's input path. 0: no, 1: yes.
+- nvidia,open-drain: Integer. Enable open drain mode. 0: no, 1: yes.
+- nvidia,lock: Integer. Lock the pin configuration against further changes
+ until reset. 0: no, 1: yes.
+- nvidia,io-reset: Integer. Reset the IO path. 0: no, 1: yes.
+- nvidia,rcv-sel: Integer. Select VIL/VIH receivers. 0: normal, 1: high.
+- nvidia,drive-type: Integer. Valid range 0...3.
+
+As with Tegra20 and Terga30, see the Tegra TRM for complete details regarding
+which groups support which functionality.
+
+Valid values for pin and group names are:
+
+ per-pin mux groups:
+
+ These all support nvidia,function, nvidia,tristate, nvidia,pull,
+ nvidia,enable-input, nvidia,lock. Some support nvidia,open-drain,
+ nvidia,io-reset and nvidia,rcv-sel.
+
+ ulpi_data0_po1, ulpi_data1_po2, ulpi_data2_po3, ulpi_data3_po4,
+ ulpi_data4_po5, ulpi_data5_po6, ulpi_data6_po7, ulpi_data7_po0,
+ ulpi_clk_py0, ulpi_dir_py1, ulpi_nxt_py2, ulpi_stp_py3, dap3_fs_pp0,
+ dap3_din_pp1, dap3_dout_pp2, dap3_sclk_pp3, pv0, pv1, sdmmc1_clk_pz0,
+ sdmmc1_cmd_pz1, sdmmc1_dat3_py4, sdmmc1_dat2_py5, sdmmc1_dat1_py6,
+ sdmmc1_dat0_py7, clk2_out_pw5, clk2_req_pcc5, hdmi_int_pn7, ddc_scl_pv4,
+ ddc_sda_pv5, uart2_rxd_pc3, uart2_txd_pc2, uart2_rts_n_pj6,
+ uart2_cts_n_pj5, uart3_txd_pw6, uart3_rxd_pw7, uart3_cts_n_pa1,
+ uart3_rts_n_pc0, pu0, pu1, pu2, pu3, pu4, pu5, pu6, gen1_i2c_sda_pc5,
+ gen1_i2c_scl_pc4, dap4_fs_pp4, dap4_din_pp5, dap4_dout_pp6, dap4_sclk_pp7,
+ clk3_out_pee0, clk3_req_pee1, gmi_wp_n_pc7, gmi_iordy_pi5, gmi_wait_pi7,
+ gmi_adv_n_pk0, gmi_clk_pk1, gmi_cs0_n_pj0, gmi_cs1_n_pj2, gmi_cs2_n_pk3,
+ gmi_cs3_n_pk4, gmi_cs4_n_pk2, gmi_cs6_n_pi3, gmi_cs7_n_pi6, gmi_ad0_pg0,
+ gmi_ad1_pg1, gmi_ad2_pg2, gmi_ad3_pg3, gmi_ad4_pg4, gmi_ad5_pg5,
+ gmi_ad6_pg6, gmi_ad7_pg7, gmi_ad8_ph0, gmi_ad9_ph1, gmi_ad10_ph2,
+ gmi_ad11_ph3, gmi_ad12_ph4, gmi_ad13_ph5, gmi_ad14_ph6, gmi_ad15_ph7,
+ gmi_a16_pj7, gmi_a17_pb0, gmi_a18_pb1, gmi_a19_pk7, gmi_wr_n_pi0,
+ gmi_oe_n_pi1, gmi_dqs_p_pj3, gmi_rst_n_pi4, gen2_i2c_scl_pt5,
+ gen2_i2c_sda_pt6, sdmmc4_clk_pcc4, sdmmc4_cmd_pt7, sdmmc4_dat0_paa0,
+ sdmmc4_dat1_paa1, sdmmc4_dat2_paa2, sdmmc4_dat3_paa3, sdmmc4_dat4_paa4,
+ sdmmc4_dat5_paa5, sdmmc4_dat6_paa6, sdmmc4_dat7_paa7, cam_mclk_pcc0,
+ pcc1, pbb0, cam_i2c_scl_pbb1, cam_i2c_sda_pbb2, pbb3, pbb4, pbb5, pbb6,
+ pbb7, pcc2, pwr_i2c_scl_pz6, pwr_i2c_sda_pz7, kb_row0_pr0, kb_row1_pr1,
+ kb_row2_pr2, kb_row3_pr3, kb_row4_pr4, kb_row5_pr5, kb_row6_pr6,
+ kb_row7_pr7, kb_row8_ps0, kb_row9_ps1, kb_row10_ps2, kb_col0_pq0,
+ kb_col1_pq1, kb_col2_pq2, kb_col3_pq3, kb_col4_pq4, kb_col5_pq5,
+ kb_col6_pq6, kb_col7_pq7, clk_32k_out_pa0, sys_clk_req_pz5, core_pwr_req,
+ cpu_pwr_req, pwr_int_n, owr, dap1_fs_pn0, dap1_din_pn1, dap1_dout_pn2,
+ dap1_sclk_pn3, clk1_req_pee2, clk1_out_pw4, spdif_in_pk6, spdif_out_pk5,
+ dap2_fs_pa2, dap2_din_pa4, dap2_dout_pa5, dap2_sclk_pa3, dvfs_pwm_px0,
+ gpio_x1_aud_px1, gpio_x3_aud_px3, dvfs_clk_px2, gpio_x4_aud_px4,
+ gpio_x5_aud_px5, gpio_x6_aud_px6, gpio_x7_aud_px7, sdmmc3_clk_pa6,
+ sdmmc3_cmd_pa7, sdmmc3_dat0_pb7, sdmmc3_dat1_pb6, sdmmc3_dat2_pb5,
+ sdmmc3_dat3_pb4, hdmi_cec_pee3, sdmmc1_wp_n_pv3, sdmmc3_cd_n_pv2,
+ gpio_w2_aud_pw2, gpio_w3_aud_pw3, usb_vbus_en0_pn4, usb_vbus_en1_pn5,
+ sdmmc3_clk_lb_in_pee5, sdmmc3_clk_lb_out_pee4, reset_out_n.
+
+ drive groups:
+
+ These all support nvidia,pull-down-strength, nvidia,pull-up-strength,
+ nvidia,slew-rate-rising, nvidia,slew-rate-falling. Most but not all
+ support nvidia,high-speed-mode, nvidia,schmitt, nvidia,low-power-mode
+ and nvidia,drive-type.
+
+ ao1, ao2, at1, at2, at3, at4, at5, cdev1, cdev2, dap1, dap2, dap3, dap4,
+ dbg, sdio3, spi, uaa, uab, uart2, uart3, sdio1, ddc, gma, gme, gmf, gmg,
+ gmh, owr, uda.
+
+Example:
+
+ pinmux: pinmux {
+ compatible = "nvidia,tegra114-pinmux";
+ reg = <0x70000868 0x148 /* Pad control registers */
+ 0x70003000 0x40c>; /* PinMux registers */
+ };
+
+Example board file extract:
+
+ pinctrl {
+ sdmmc4_default: pinmux {
+ sdmmc4_clk_pcc4 {
+ nvidia,pins = "sdmmc4_clk_pcc4",
+ nvidia,function = "sdmmc4";
+ nvidia,pull = <0>;
+ nvidia,tristate = <0>;
+ };
+ sdmmc4_dat0_paa0 {
+ nvidia,pins = "sdmmc4_dat0_paa0",
+ "sdmmc4_dat1_paa1",
+ "sdmmc4_dat2_paa2",
+ "sdmmc4_dat3_paa3",
+ "sdmmc4_dat4_paa4",
+ "sdmmc4_dat5_paa5",
+ "sdmmc4_dat6_paa6",
+ "sdmmc4_dat7_paa7";
+ nvidia,function = "sdmmc4";
+ nvidia,pull = <2>;
+ nvidia,tristate = <0>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+
+ sdhci@78000400 {
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ pinctrl-0 = <&sdmmc4_default>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt
index e97a27856b21..4598a47aa0cd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt
@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ on-chip controllers onto these pads.
Required Properties:
- compatible: should be one of the following.
- - "samsung,pinctrl-exynos4210": for Exynos4210 compatible pin-controller.
- - "samsung,pinctrl-exynos4x12": for Exynos4x12 compatible pin-controller.
- - "samsung,pinctrl-exynos5250": for Exynos5250 compatible pin-controller.
+ - "samsung,exynos4210-pinctrl": for Exynos4210 compatible pin-controller.
+ - "samsung,exynos4x12-pinctrl": for Exynos4x12 compatible pin-controller.
+ - "samsung,exynos5250-pinctrl": for Exynos5250 compatible pin-controller.
- reg: Base address of the pin controller hardware module and length of
the address space it occupies.
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ the following format 'pinctrl{n}' where n is a unique number for the alias.
Example: A pin-controller node with pin banks:
pinctrl_0: pinctrl@11400000 {
- compatible = "samsung,pinctrl-exynos4210";
+ compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-pinctrl";
reg = <0x11400000 0x1000>;
interrupts = <0 47 0>;
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Example: A pin-controller node with pin banks:
Example 1: A pin-controller node with pin groups.
pinctrl_0: pinctrl@11400000 {
- compatible = "samsung,pinctrl-exynos4210";
+ compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-pinctrl";
reg = <0x11400000 0x1000>;
interrupts = <0 47 0>;
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ Example 1: A pin-controller node with pin groups.
Example 2: A pin-controller node with external wakeup interrupt controller node.
pinctrl_1: pinctrl@11000000 {
- compatible = "samsung,pinctrl-exynos4210";
+ compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-pinctrl";
reg = <0x11000000 0x1000>;
interrupts = <0 46 0>
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ste,nomadik.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ste,nomadik.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9a2f3f420526
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ste,nomadik.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+ST Ericsson Nomadik pinmux controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "stericsson,nmk-pinctrl", "stericsson,nmk-pinctrl-db8540",
+ "stericsson,nmk-pinctrl-stn8815"
+- reg: Should contain the register physical address and length of the PRCMU.
+
+Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the
+common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the
+phrase "pin configuration node".
+
+ST Ericsson's pin configuration nodes act as a container for an arbitrary number of
+subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a
+pin, a group, or a list of pins or groups. This configuration can include the
+mux function to select on those pin(s)/group(s), and various pin configuration
+parameters, such as input, output, pull up, pull down...
+
+The name of each subnode is not important; all subnodes should be enumerated
+and processed purely based on their content.
+
+Required subnode-properties:
+- ste,pins : An array of strings. Each string contains the name of a pin or
+ group.
+
+Optional subnode-properties:
+- ste,function: A string containing the name of the function to mux to the
+ pin or group.
+
+- ste,config: Handle of pin configuration node (e.g. ste,config = <&slpm_in_wkup_pdis>)
+
+- ste,input : <0/1/2>
+ 0: input with no pull
+ 1: input with pull up,
+ 2: input with pull down,
+
+- ste,output: <0/1/2>
+ 0: output low,
+ 1: output high,
+ 2: output (value is not specified).
+
+- ste,sleep: <0/1>
+ 0: sleep mode disable,
+ 1: sleep mode enable.
+
+- ste,sleep-input: <0/1/2/3>
+ 0: sleep input with no pull,
+ 1: sleep input with pull up,
+ 2: sleep input with pull down.
+ 3: sleep input and keep last input configuration (no pull, pull up or pull down).
+
+- ste,sleep-output: <0/1/2>
+ 0: sleep output low,
+ 1: sleep output high,
+ 2: sleep output (value is not specified).
+
+- ste,sleep-gpio: <0/1>
+ 0: disable sleep gpio mode,
+ 1: enable sleep gpio mode.
+
+- ste,sleep-wakeup: <0/1>
+ 0: wake-up detection enabled,
+ 1: wake-up detection disabled.
+
+- ste,sleep-pull-disable: <0/1>
+ 0: GPIO pull-up or pull-down resistor is enabled, when pin is an input,
+ 1: GPIO pull-up and pull-down resistor are disabled.
+
+Example board file extract:
+
+ pinctrl@80157000 {
+ compatible = "stericsson,nmk-pinctrl";
+ reg = <0x80157000 0x2000>;
+
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+
+ slpm_in_wkup_pdis: slpm_in_wkup_pdis {
+ ste,sleep = <1>;
+ ste,sleep-input = <3>;
+ ste,sleep-wakeup = <1>;
+ ste,sleep-pull-disable = <0>;
+ };
+
+ slpm_out_hi_wkup_pdis: slpm_out_hi_wkup_pdis {
+ ste,sleep = <1>;
+ ste,sleep-output = <1>;
+ ste,sleep-wakeup = <1>;
+ ste,sleep-pull-disable = <0>;
+ };
+
+ slpm_out_wkup_pdis: slpm_out_wkup_pdis {
+ ste,sleep = <1>;
+ ste,sleep-output = <2>;
+ ste,sleep-wakeup = <1>;
+ ste,sleep-pull-disable = <0>;
+ };
+
+ uart0 {
+ uart0_default_mux: uart0_mux {
+ u0_default_mux {
+ ste,function = "u0";
+ ste,pins = "u0_a_1";
+ };
+ };
+ uart0_default_mode: uart0_default {
+ uart0_default_cfg1 {
+ ste,pins = "GPIO0", "GPIO2";
+ ste,input = <1>;
+ };
+
+ uart0_default_cfg2 {
+ ste,pins = "GPIO1", "GPIO3";
+ ste,output = <1>;
+ };
+ };
+ uart0_sleep_mode: uart0_sleep {
+ uart0_sleep_cfg1 {
+ ste,pins = "GPIO0", "GPIO2";
+ ste,config = <&slpm_in_wkup_pdis>;
+ };
+ uart0_sleep_cfg2 {
+ ste,pins = "GPIO1";
+ ste,config = <&slpm_out_hi_wkup_pdis>;
+ };
+ uart0_sleep_cfg3 {
+ ste,pins = "GPIO3";
+ ste,config = <&slpm_out_wkup_pdis>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+ };
+
+ uart@80120000 {
+ compatible = "arm,pl011", "arm,primecell";
+ reg = <0x80120000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <0 11 0x4>;
+
+ pinctrl-names = "default","sleep";
+ pinctrl-0 = <&uart0_default_mux>, <&uart0_default_mode>;
+ pinctrl-1 = <&uart0_sleep_mode>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/max8925_batter.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/max8925_batter.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d7e3e0c0f71d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/max8925_batter.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+max8925-battery bindings
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Optional properties :
+ - batt-detect: whether support battery detect
+ - topoff-threshold: set charging current in topoff mode
+ - fast-charge: set charging current in fast mode
+ - no-temp-support: whether support temperature protection detect
+ - no-insert-detect: whether support insert detect
+
+Example:
+ charger {
+ batt-detect = <0>;
+ topoff-threshold = <1>;
+ fast-charge = <7>;
+ no-temp-support = <0>;
+ no-insert-detect = <0>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/qnap-poweroff.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/qnap-poweroff.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9a599d27bd75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/qnap-poweroff.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+* QNAP Power Off
+
+QNAP NAS devices have a microcontroller controlling the main power
+supply. This microcontroller is connected to UART1 of the Kirkwood and
+Orion5x SoCs. Sending the charactor 'A', at 19200 baud, tells the
+microcontroller to turn the power off. This driver adds a handler to
+pm_power_off which is called to turn the power off.
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible: Should be "qnap,power-off"
+
+- reg: Address and length of the register set for UART1
+- clocks: tclk clock
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/restart-poweroff.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/restart-poweroff.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5776e684afda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/restart-poweroff.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+* Restart Power Off
+
+Buffalo Linkstation LS-XHL and LS-CHLv2, and other devices power off
+by restarting and letting u-boot keep hold of the machine until the
+user presses a button.
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible: Should be "restart-poweroff"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/guts.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/guts.txt
index 9e7a2417dac5..7f150b5012cc 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/guts.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/guts.txt
@@ -17,9 +17,20 @@ Recommended properties:
contains a functioning "reset control register" (i.e. the board
is wired to reset upon setting the HRESET_REQ bit in this register).
-Example:
+ - fsl,liodn-bits : Indicates the number of defined bits in the LIODN
+ registers, for those SOCs that have a PAMU device.
+
+Examples:
global-utilities@e0000 { /* global utilities block */
compatible = "fsl,mpc8548-guts";
reg = <e0000 1000>;
fsl,has-rstcr;
};
+
+ guts: global-utilities@e0000 {
+ compatible = "fsl,qoriq-device-config-1.0";
+ reg = <0xe0000 0xe00>;
+ fsl,has-rstcr;
+ #sleep-cells = <1>;
+ fsl,liodn-bits = <12>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/pamu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/pamu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1f5e329f756c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/pamu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+Freescale Peripheral Management Access Unit (PAMU) Device Tree Binding
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+The PAMU is an I/O MMU that provides device-to-memory access control and
+address translation capabilities.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : <string>
+ First entry is a version-specific string, such as
+ "fsl,pamu-v1.0". The second is "fsl,pamu".
+- ranges : <prop-encoded-array>
+ A standard property. Utilized to describe the memory mapped
+ I/O space utilized by the controller. The size should
+ be set to the total size of the register space of all
+ physically present PAMU controllers. For example, for
+ PAMU v1.0, on an SOC that has five PAMU devices, the size
+ is 0x5000.
+- interrupts : <prop-encoded-array>
+ Interrupt mappings. The first tuple is the normal PAMU
+ interrupt, used for reporting access violations. The second
+ is for PAMU hardware errors, such as PAMU operation errors
+ and ECC errors.
+- #address-cells: <u32>
+ A standard property.
+- #size-cells : <u32>
+ A standard property.
+
+Optional properties:
+- reg : <prop-encoded-array>
+ A standard property. It represents the CCSR registers of
+ all child PAMUs combined. Include it to provide support
+ for legacy drivers.
+- interrupt-parent : <phandle>
+ Phandle to interrupt controller
+
+Child nodes:
+
+Each child node represents one PAMU controller. Each SOC device that is
+connected to a specific PAMU device should have a "fsl,pamu-phandle" property
+that links to the corresponding specific child PAMU controller.
+
+- reg : <prop-encoded-array>
+ A standard property. Specifies the physical address and
+ length (relative to the parent 'ranges' property) of this
+ PAMU controller's configuration registers. The size should
+ be set to the size of this PAMU controllers's register space.
+ For PAMU v1.0, this size is 0x1000.
+- fsl,primary-cache-geometry
+ : <prop-encoded-array>
+ Two cells that specify the geometry of the primary PAMU
+ cache. The first is the number of cache lines, and the
+ second is the number of "ways". For direct-mapped caches,
+ specify a value of 1.
+- fsl,secondary-cache-geometry
+ : <prop-encoded-array>
+ Two cells that specify the geometry of the secondary PAMU
+ cache. The first is the number of cache lines, and the
+ second is the number of "ways". For direct-mapped caches,
+ specify a value of 1.
+
+Device nodes:
+
+Devices that have LIODNs need to specify links to the parent PAMU controller
+(the actual PAMU controller that this device is connected to) and a pointer to
+the LIODN register, if applicable.
+
+- fsl,iommu-parent
+ : <phandle>
+ Phandle to the single, specific PAMU controller node to which
+ this device is connect. The PAMU topology is represented in
+ the device tree to assist code that dynamically determines the
+ best LIODN values to minimize PAMU cache thrashing.
+
+- fsl,liodn-reg : <prop-encoded-array>
+ Two cells that specify the location of the LIODN register
+ for this device. Required for devices that have a single
+ LIODN. The first cell is a phandle to a node that contains
+ the registers where the LIODN is to be set. The second is
+ the offset from the first "reg" resource of the node where
+ the specific LIODN register is located.
+
+
+Example:
+
+ iommu@20000 {
+ compatible = "fsl,pamu-v1.0", "fsl,pamu";
+ reg = <0x20000 0x5000>;
+ ranges = <0 0x20000 0x5000>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+ interrupts = <
+ 24 2 0 0
+ 16 2 1 30>;
+
+ pamu0: pamu@0 {
+ reg = <0 0x1000>;
+ fsl,primary-cache-geometry = <32 1>;
+ fsl,secondary-cache-geometry = <128 2>;
+ };
+
+ pamu1: pamu@1000 {
+ reg = <0x1000 0x1000>;
+ fsl,primary-cache-geometry = <32 1>;
+ fsl,secondary-cache-geometry = <128 2>;
+ };
+
+ pamu2: pamu@2000 {
+ reg = <0x2000 0x1000>;
+ fsl,primary-cache-geometry = <32 1>;
+ fsl,secondary-cache-geometry = <128 2>;
+ };
+
+ pamu3: pamu@3000 {
+ reg = <0x3000 0x1000>;
+ fsl,primary-cache-geometry = <32 1>;
+ fsl,secondary-cache-geometry = <128 2>;
+ };
+
+ pamu4: pamu@4000 {
+ reg = <0x4000 0x1000>;
+ fsl,primary-cache-geometry = <32 1>;
+ fsl,secondary-cache-geometry = <128 2>;
+ };
+ };
+
+ guts: global-utilities@e0000 {
+ compatible = "fsl,qoriq-device-config-1.0";
+ reg = <0xe0000 0xe00>;
+ fsl,has-rstcr;
+ #sleep-cells = <1>;
+ fsl,liodn-bits = <12>;
+ };
+
+/include/ "qoriq-dma-0.dtsi"
+ dma@100300 {
+ fsl,iommu-parent = <&pamu0>;
+ fsl,liodn-reg = <&guts 0x584>; /* DMA2LIODNR */
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/srio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/srio.txt
index b039bcbee134..07abf0f2f440 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/srio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/srio.txt
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ Properties:
Definition: Must include "fsl,srio" for IP blocks with IP Block
Revision Register (SRIO IPBRR1) Major ID equal to 0x01c0.
- Optionally, a compatiable string of "fsl,srio-vX.Y" where X is Major
+ Optionally, a compatible string of "fsl,srio-vX.Y" where X is Major
version in IP Block Revision Register and Y is Minor version. If this
- compatiable is provided it should be ordered before "fsl,srio".
+ compatible is provided it should be ordered before "fsl,srio".
- reg
Usage: required
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-tcb-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-tcb-pwm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..de0eaed86651
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-tcb-pwm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+Atmel TCB PWM controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "atmel,tcb-pwm"
+- #pwm-cells: Should be 3. The first cell specifies the per-chip index
+ of the PWM to use, the second cell is the period in nanoseconds and
+ bit 0 in the third cell is used to encode the polarity of PWM output.
+ Set bit 0 of the third cell in PWM specifier to 1 for inverse polarity &
+ set to 0 for normal polarity.
+- tc-block: The Timer Counter block to use as a PWM chip.
+
+Example:
+
+pwm {
+ compatible = "atmel,tcb-pwm";
+ #pwm-cells = <3>;
+ tc-block = <1>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/vt8500-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/vt8500-pwm.txt
index bcc63678a9a5..d21d82d29855 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/vt8500-pwm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/vt8500-pwm.txt
@@ -3,14 +3,17 @@ VIA/Wondermedia VT8500/WM8xxx series SoC PWM controller
Required properties:
- compatible: should be "via,vt8500-pwm"
- reg: physical base address and length of the controller's registers
-- #pwm-cells: should be 2. The first cell specifies the per-chip index
- of the PWM to use and the second cell is the period in nanoseconds.
+- #pwm-cells: Should be 3. Number of cells being used to specify PWM property.
+ First cell specifies the per-chip index of the PWM to use, the second
+ cell is the period in nanoseconds and bit 0 in the third cell is used to
+ encode the polarity of PWM output. Set bit 0 of the third in PWM specifier
+ to 1 for inverse polarity & set to 0 for normal polarity.
- clocks: phandle to the PWM source clock
Example:
pwm1: pwm@d8220000 {
- #pwm-cells = <2>;
+ #pwm-cells = <3>;
compatible = "via,vt8500-pwm";
reg = <0xd8220000 0x1000>;
clocks = <&clkpwm>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt
index 357758cb6e92..758eae24082a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,11 @@ Required properties:
- anatop-min-voltage: Minimum voltage of this regulator
- anatop-max-voltage: Maximum voltage of this regulator
+Optional properties:
+- anatop-delay-reg-offset: Anatop MFD step time register offset
+- anatop-delay-bit-shift: Bit shift for the step time register
+- anatop-delay-bit-width: Number of bits used in the step time register
+
Any property defined as part of the core regulator
binding, defined in regulator.txt, can also be used.
@@ -23,6 +28,9 @@ Example:
anatop-reg-offset = <0x140>;
anatop-vol-bit-shift = <9>;
anatop-vol-bit-width = <5>;
+ anatop-delay-reg-offset = <0x170>;
+ anatop-delay-bit-shift = <24>;
+ anatop-delay-bit-width = <2>;
anatop-min-bit-val = <1>;
anatop-min-voltage = <725000>;
anatop-max-voltage = <1300000>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a35ff99003a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+* Samsung S5M8767 Voltage and Current Regulator
+
+The Samsung S5M8767 is a multi-function device which includes volatage and
+current regulators, rtc, charger controller and other sub-blocks. It is
+interfaced to the host controller using a i2c interface. Each sub-block is
+addressed by the host system using different i2c slave address. This document
+describes the bindings for 'pmic' sub-block of s5m8767.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "samsung,s5m8767-pmic".
+- reg: Specifies the i2c slave address of the pmic block. It should be 0x66.
+
+- s5m8767,pmic-buck2-dvs-voltage: A set of 8 voltage values in micro-volt (uV)
+ units for buck2 when changing voltage using gpio dvs. Refer to [1] below
+ for additional information.
+
+- s5m8767,pmic-buck3-dvs-voltage: A set of 8 voltage values in micro-volt (uV)
+ units for buck3 when changing voltage using gpio dvs. Refer to [1] below
+ for additional information.
+
+- s5m8767,pmic-buck4-dvs-voltage: A set of 8 voltage values in micro-volt (uV)
+ units for buck4 when changing voltage using gpio dvs. Refer to [1] below
+ for additional information.
+
+- s5m8767,pmic-buck-ds-gpios: GPIO specifiers for three host gpio's used
+ for selecting GPIO DVS lines. It is one-to-one mapped to dvs gpio lines.
+
+[1] If none of the 's5m8767,pmic-buck[2/3/4]-uses-gpio-dvs' optional
+ property is specified, the 's5m8767,pmic-buck[2/3/4]-dvs-voltage'
+ property should specify atleast one voltage level (which would be a
+ safe operating voltage).
+
+ If either of the 's5m8767,pmic-buck[2/3/4]-uses-gpio-dvs' optional
+ property is specified, then all the eight voltage values for the
+ 's5m8767,pmic-buck[2/3/4]-dvs-voltage' should be specified.
+
+Optional properties:
+- interrupt-parent: Specifies the phandle of the interrupt controller to which
+ the interrupts from s5m8767 are delivered to.
+- interrupts: Interrupt specifiers for two interrupt sources.
+ - First interrupt specifier is for 'irq1' interrupt.
+ - Second interrupt specifier is for 'alert' interrupt.
+- s5m8767,pmic-buck2-uses-gpio-dvs: 'buck2' can be controlled by gpio dvs.
+- s5m8767,pmic-buck3-uses-gpio-dvs: 'buck3' can be controlled by gpio dvs.
+- s5m8767,pmic-buck4-uses-gpio-dvs: 'buck4' can be controlled by gpio dvs.
+
+Additional properties required if either of the optional properties are used:
+
+- s5m8767,pmic-buck234-default-dvs-idx: Default voltage setting selected from
+ the possible 8 options selectable by the dvs gpios. The value of this
+ property should be between 0 and 7. If not specified or if out of range, the
+ default value of this property is set to 0.
+
+- s5m8767,pmic-buck-dvs-gpios: GPIO specifiers for three host gpio's used
+ for dvs. The format of the gpio specifier depends in the gpio controller.
+
+Regulators: The regulators of s5m8767 that have to be instantiated should be
+included in a sub-node named 'regulators'. Regulator nodes included in this
+sub-node should be of the format as listed below.
+
+ regulator_name {
+ ldo1_reg: LDO1 {
+ regulator-name = "VDD_ALIVE_1.0V";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <1100000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1100000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ op_mode = <1>; /* Normal Mode */
+ };
+ };
+The above regulator entries are defined in regulator bindings documentation
+except op_mode description.
+ - op_mode: describes the different operating modes of the LDO's with
+ power mode change in SOC. The different possible values are,
+ 0 - always off mode
+ 1 - on in normal mode
+ 2 - low power mode
+ 3 - suspend mode
+
+The following are the names of the regulators that the s5m8767 pmic block
+supports. Note: The 'n' in LDOn and BUCKn represents the LDO or BUCK number
+as per the datasheet of s5m8767.
+
+ - LDOn
+ - valid values for n are 1 to 28
+ - Example: LDO0, LD01, LDO28
+ - BUCKn
+ - valid values for n are 1 to 9.
+ - Example: BUCK1, BUCK2, BUCK9
+
+The bindings inside the regulator nodes use the standard regulator bindings
+which are documented elsewhere.
+
+Example:
+
+ s5m8767_pmic@66 {
+ compatible = "samsung,s5m8767-pmic";
+ reg = <0x66>;
+
+ s5m8767,pmic-buck2-uses-gpio-dvs;
+ s5m8767,pmic-buck3-uses-gpio-dvs;
+ s5m8767,pmic-buck4-uses-gpio-dvs;
+
+ s5m8767,pmic-buck-default-dvs-idx = <0>;
+
+ s5m8767,pmic-buck-dvs-gpios = <&gpx0 0 1 0 0>, /* DVS1 */
+ <&gpx0 1 1 0 0>, /* DVS2 */
+ <&gpx0 2 1 0 0>; /* DVS3 */
+
+ s5m8767,pmic-buck-ds-gpios = <&gpx2 3 1 0 0>, /* SET1 */
+ <&gpx2 4 1 0 0>, /* SET2 */
+ <&gpx2 5 1 0 0>; /* SET3 */
+
+ s5m8767,pmic-buck2-dvs-voltage = <1350000>, <1300000>,
+ <1250000>, <1200000>,
+ <1150000>, <1100000>,
+ <1000000>, <950000>;
+
+ s5m8767,pmic-buck3-dvs-voltage = <1100000>, <1100000>,
+ <1100000>, <1100000>,
+ <1000000>, <1000000>,
+ <1000000>, <1000000>;
+
+ s5m8767,pmic-buck4-dvs-voltage = <1200000>, <1200000>,
+ <1200000>, <1200000>,
+ <1200000>, <1200000>,
+ <1200000>, <1200000>;
+
+ regulators {
+ ldo1_reg: LDO1 {
+ regulator-name = "VDD_ABB_3.3V";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+ op_mode = <1>; /* Normal Mode */
+ };
+
+ ldo2_reg: LDO2 {
+ regulator-name = "VDD_ALIVE_1.1V";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <1100000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1100000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ buck1_reg: BUCK1 {
+ regulator-name = "VDD_MIF_1.2V";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <950000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1350000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ };
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps51632-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps51632-regulator.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2f7e44a96414
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps51632-regulator.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+TPS51632 Voltage regulators
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Must be "ti,tps51632"
+- reg: I2C slave address
+
+Optional properties:
+- ti,enable-pwm-dvfs: Enable the DVFS voltage control through the PWM interface.
+- ti,dvfs-step-20mV: The 20mV step voltage when PWM DVFS enabled. Missing this
+ will set 10mV step voltage in PWM DVFS mode. In normal mode, the voltage
+ step is 10mV as per datasheet.
+
+Any property defined as part of the core regulator binding, defined in
+regulator.txt, can also be used.
+
+Example:
+
+ tps51632 {
+ compatible = "ti,tps51632";
+ reg = <0x43>;
+ regulator-name = "tps51632-vout";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1500000>;
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ ti,enable-pwm-dvfs;
+ ti,dvfs-step-20mV;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps62360-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps62360-regulator.txt
index c8ca6b8f6582..1b20c3dbcdb8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps62360-regulator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps62360-regulator.txt
@@ -17,9 +17,9 @@ Optional properties:
- ti,vsel1-gpio: Gpio for controlling VSEL1 line.
If this property is missing, then assume that there is no GPIO
for vsel1 control.
-- ti,vsel0-state-high: Inital state of vsel0 input is high.
+- ti,vsel0-state-high: Initial state of vsel0 input is high.
If this property is missing, then assume the state as low (0).
-- ti,vsel1-state-high: Inital state of vsel1 input is high.
+- ti,vsel1-state-high: Initial state of vsel1 input is high.
If this property is missing, then assume the state as low (0).
Any property defined as part of the core regulator binding, defined in
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65090.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65090.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..313a60ba61d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65090.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+TPS65090 regulators
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,tps65090"
+- reg: I2C slave address
+- interrupts: the interrupt outputs of the controller
+- regulators: A node that houses a sub-node for each regulator within the
+ device. Each sub-node is identified using the node's name, with valid
+ values listed below. The content of each sub-node is defined by the
+ standard binding for regulators; see regulator.txt.
+ dcdc[1-3], fet[1-7] and ldo[1-2] respectively.
+- vsys[1-3]-supply: The input supply for DCDC[1-3] respectively.
+- infet[1-7]-supply: The input supply for FET[1-7] respectively.
+- vsys-l[1-2]-supply: The input supply for LDO[1-2] respectively.
+
+Optional properties:
+- ti,enable-ext-control: This is applicable for DCDC1, DCDC2 and DCDC3.
+ If DCDCs are externally controlled then this property should be there.
+- "dcdc-ext-control-gpios: This is applicable for DCDC1, DCDC2 and DCDC3.
+ If DCDCs are externally controlled and if it is from GPIO then GPIO
+ number should be provided. If it is externally controlled and no GPIO
+ entry then driver will just configure this rails as external control
+ and will not provide any enable/disable APIs.
+
+Each regulator is defined using the standard binding for regulators.
+
+Example:
+
+ tps65090@48 {
+ compatible = "ti,tps65090";
+ reg = <0x48>;
+ interrupts = <0 88 0x4>;
+
+ vsys1-supply = <&some_reg>;
+ vsys2-supply = <&some_reg>;
+ vsys3-supply = <&some_reg>;
+ infet1-supply = <&some_reg>;
+ infet2-supply = <&some_reg>;
+ infet3-supply = <&some_reg>;
+ infet4-supply = <&some_reg>;
+ infet5-supply = <&some_reg>;
+ infet6-supply = <&some_reg>;
+ infet7-supply = <&some_reg>;
+ vsys_l1-supply = <&some_reg>;
+ vsys_l2-supply = <&some_reg>;
+
+ regulators {
+ dcdc1 {
+ regulator-name = "dcdc1";
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ ti,enable-ext-control;
+ dcdc-ext-control-gpios = <&gpio 10 0>;
+ };
+
+ dcdc2 {
+ regulator-name = "dcdc2";
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ dcdc3 {
+ regulator-name = "dcdc3";
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ fet1 {
+ regulator-name = "fet1";
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ fet2 {
+ regulator-name = "fet2";
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ fet3 {
+ regulator-name = "fet3";
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ fet4 {
+ regulator-name = "fet4";
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ fet5 {
+ regulator-name = "fet5";
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ fet6 {
+ regulator-name = "fet6";
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ fet7 {
+ regulator-name = "fet7";
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ ldo1 {
+ regulator-name = "ldo1";
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ ldo2 {
+ regulator-name = "ldo2";
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt
index 90ec45fd33ec..7ac7259fe9ea 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Required properties:
- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
region.
- interrupts: Two interrupt numbers to the cpu should be specified. First
- interrupt number is the rtc alarm interupt and second interrupt number
+ interrupt number is the rtc alarm interrupt and second interrupt number
is the rtc tick interrupt. The number of cells representing a interrupt
depends on the parent interrupt controller.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/lantiq_asc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/lantiq_asc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5b78591aaa46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/lantiq_asc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+Lantiq SoC ASC serial controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "lantiq,asc"
+- reg : Address and length of the register set for the device
+- interrupts: the 3 (tx rx err) interrupt numbers. The interrupt specifier
+ depends on the interrupt-parent interrupt controller.
+
+Example:
+
+asc1: serial@E100C00 {
+ compatible = "lantiq,asc";
+ reg = <0xE100C00 0x400>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&icu0>;
+ interrupts = <112 113 114>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra20-hsuart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra20-hsuart.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..392a4493eebd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra20-hsuart.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra20/Tegra30 high speed (DMA based) UART controller driver.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be "nvidia,tegra30-hsuart", "nvidia,tegra20-hsuart".
+- reg: Should contain UART controller registers location and length.
+- interrupts: Should contain UART controller interrupts.
+- nvidia,dma-request-selector : The Tegra DMA controller's phandle and
+ request selector for this UART controller.
+
+Optional properties:
+- nvidia,enable-modem-interrupt: Enable modem interrupts. Should be enable
+ only if all 8 lines of UART controller are pinmuxed.
+
+Example:
+
+serial@70006000 {
+ compatible = "nvidia,tegra30-hsuart", "nvidia,tegra20-hsuart";
+ reg = <0x70006000 0x40>;
+ reg-shift = <2>;
+ interrupts = <0 36 0x04>;
+ nvidia,dma-request-selector = <&apbdma 8>;
+ nvidia,enable-modem-interrupt;
+ status = "disabled";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4642.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4642.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..623d4e70ae11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4642.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+AK4642 I2C transmitter
+
+This device supports I2C mode only.
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - compatible : "asahi-kasei,ak4642" or "asahi-kasei,ak4643" or "asahi-kasei,ak4648"
+ - reg : The chip select number on the I2C bus
+
+Example:
+
+&i2c {
+ ak4648: ak4648@0x12 {
+ compatible = "asahi-kasei,ak4642";
+ reg = <0x12>;
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt
index a850fb9c88ea..e2cd1d7539e5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt
@@ -20,6 +20,18 @@ Optional properties:
!RESET pin
- cirrus,amuteb-eq-bmutec: When given, the Codec's AMUTEB=BMUTEC flag
is enabled.
+ - cirrus,enable-soft-reset:
+ The CS4271 requires its LRCLK and MCLK to be stable before its RESET
+ line is de-asserted. That also means that clocks cannot be changed
+ without putting the chip back into hardware reset, which also requires
+ a complete re-initialization of all registers.
+
+ One (undocumented) workaround is to assert and de-assert the PDN bit
+ in the MODE2 register. This workaround can be enabled with this DT
+ property.
+
+ Note that this is not needed in case the clocks are stable
+ throughout the entire runtime of the codec.
Examples:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..be35d34e8b26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra audio complex
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712"
+- nvidia,model : The user-visible name of this sound complex.
+- nvidia,audio-routing : A list of the connections between audio components.
+ Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink,
+ the second being the connection's source. Valid names for sources and
+ sinks are the WM9712's pins, and the jacks on the board:
+
+ WM9712 pins:
+
+ * MONOOUT
+ * HPOUTL
+ * HPOUTR
+ * LOUT2
+ * ROUT2
+ * OUT3
+ * LINEINL
+ * LINEINR
+ * PHONE
+ * PCBEEP
+ * MIC1
+ * MIC2
+ * Mic Bias
+
+ Board connectors:
+
+ * Headphone
+ * LineIn
+ * Mic
+
+- nvidia,ac97-controller : The phandle of the Tegra AC97 controller
+
+
+Example:
+
+sound {
+ compatible = "nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712-colibri_t20",
+ "nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712";
+ nvidia,model = "Toradex Colibri T20";
+
+ nvidia,audio-routing =
+ "Headphone", "HPOUTL",
+ "Headphone", "HPOUTR",
+ "LineIn", "LINEINL",
+ "LineIn", "LINEINR",
+ "Mic", "MIC1";
+
+ nvidia,ac97-controller = <&ac97>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-ac97.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-ac97.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c1454979c1ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-ac97.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra 20 AC97 controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "nvidia,tegra20-ac97"
+- reg : Should contain AC97 controller registers location and length
+- interrupts : Should contain AC97 interrupt
+- nvidia,dma-request-selector : The Tegra DMA controller's phandle and
+ request selector for the AC97 controller
+- nvidia,codec-reset-gpio : The Tegra GPIO controller's phandle and the number
+ of the GPIO used to reset the external AC97 codec
+- nvidia,codec-sync-gpio : The Tegra GPIO controller's phandle and the number
+ of the GPIO corresponding with the AC97 DAP _FS line
+Example:
+
+ac97@70002000 {
+ compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-ac97";
+ reg = <0x70002000 0x200>;
+ interrupts = <0 81 0x04>;
+ nvidia,dma-request-selector = <&apbdma 12>;
+ nvidia,codec-reset-gpio = <&gpio 170 0>;
+ nvidia,codec-sync-gpio = <&gpio 120 0>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt
index 6fae51c7f766..1ab6bc8404d5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,52 @@ Required properties:
- ti,mcbsp: phandle for the McBSP node
- ti,codec: phandle for the twl4030 audio node
+Optional properties:
+- ti,mcbsp-voice: phandle for the McBSP node connected to the voice port of twl
+- ti, jack-det-gpio: Jack detect GPIO
+- ti,audio-routing: List of connections between audio components.
+ Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink,
+ the second being the connection's source.
+ If the routing is not provided all possible connection will be available
+
+Available audio endpoints for the audio-routing table:
+
+Board connectors:
+ * Headset Stereophone
+ * Earpiece Spk
+ * Handsfree Spk
+ * Ext Spk
+ * Main Mic
+ * Sub Mic
+ * Headset Mic
+ * Carkit Mic
+ * Digital0 Mic
+ * Digital1 Mic
+ * Line In
+
+twl4030 pins:
+ * HSOL
+ * HSOR
+ * EARPIECE
+ * HFL
+ * HFR
+ * PREDRIVEL
+ * PREDRIVER
+ * CARKITL
+ * CARKITR
+ * MAINMIC
+ * SUBMIC
+ * HSMIC
+ * DIGIMIC0
+ * DIGIMIC1
+ * CARKITMIC
+ * AUXL
+ * AUXR
+
+ * Headset Mic Bias
+ * Mic Bias 1 /* Used for Main Mic or Digimic0 */
+ * Mic Bias 2 /* Used for Sub Mic or Digimic1 */
+
Example:
sound {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,fsi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,fsi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c5be003f413e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,fsi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+Renesas FSI
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "renesas,sh_fsi2" or "renesas,sh_fsi"
+- reg : Should contain the register physical address and length
+- interrupts : Should contain FSI interrupt
+
+- fsia,spdif-connection : FSI is connected by S/PDFI
+- fsia,stream-mode-support : FSI supports 16bit stream mode.
+- fsia,use-internal-clock : FSI uses internal clock when master mode.
+
+- fsib,spdif-connection : same as fsia
+- fsib,stream-mode-support : same as fsia
+- fsib,use-internal-clock : same as fsia
+
+Example:
+
+sh_fsi2: sh_fsi2@0xec230000 {
+ compatible = "renesas,sh_fsi2";
+ reg = <0xec230000 0x400>;
+ interrupts = <0 146 0x4>;
+
+ fsia,spdif-connection;
+ fsia,stream-mode-support;
+ fsia,use-internal-clock;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,smdk-wm8994.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,smdk-wm8994.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4686646fb122
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,smdk-wm8994.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+Samsung SMDK audio complex
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "samsung,smdk-wm8994"
+- samsung,i2s-controller: The phandle of the Samsung I2S0 controller
+- samsung,audio-codec: The phandle of the WM8994 audio codec
+Example:
+
+sound {
+ compatible = "samsung,smdk-wm8994";
+
+ samsung,i2s-controller = <&i2s0>;
+ samsung,audio-codec = <&wm8994>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3070046da2e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+* Samsung I2S controller
+
+Required SoC Specific Properties:
+
+- compatible : "samsung,i2s-v5"
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+ region.
+- dmas: list of DMA controller phandle and DMA request line ordered pairs.
+- dma-names: identifier string for each DMA request line in the dmas property.
+ These strings correspond 1:1 with the ordered pairs in dmas.
+
+Optional SoC Specific Properties:
+
+- samsung,supports-6ch: If the I2S Primary sound source has 5.1 Channel
+ support, this flag is enabled.
+- samsung,supports-rstclr: This flag should be set if I2S software reset bit
+ control is required. When this flag is set I2S software reset bit will be
+ enabled or disabled based on need.
+- samsung,supports-secdai:If I2S block has a secondary FIFO and internal DMA,
+ then this flag is enabled.
+- samsung,idma-addr: Internal DMA register base address of the audio
+ sub system(used in secondary sound source).
+
+Required Board Specific Properties:
+
+- gpios: The gpio specifier for data out,data in, LRCLK, CDCLK and SCLK
+ interface lines. The format of the gpio specifier depends on the gpio
+ controller.
+ The syntax of samsung gpio specifier is
+ <[phandle of the gpio controller node]
+ [pin number within the gpio controller]
+ [mux function]
+ [flags and pull up/down]
+ [drive strength]>
+
+Example:
+
+- SoC Specific Portion:
+
+i2s@03830000 {
+ compatible = "samsung,i2s-v5";
+ reg = <0x03830000 0x100>;
+ dmas = <&pdma0 10
+ &pdma0 9
+ &pdma0 8>;
+ dma-names = "tx", "rx", "tx-sec";
+ samsung,supports-6ch;
+ samsung,supports-rstclr;
+ samsung,supports-secdai;
+ samsung,idma-addr = <0x03000000>;
+};
+
+- Board Specific Portion:
+
+i2s@03830000 {
+ gpios = <&gpz 0 2 0 0>, /* I2S_0_SCLK */
+ <&gpz 1 2 0 0>, /* I2S_0_CDCLK */
+ <&gpz 2 2 0 0>, /* I2S_0_LRCK */
+ <&gpz 3 2 0 0>, /* I2S_0_SDI */
+ <&gpz 4 2 0 0>, /* I2S_0_SDO[1] */
+ <&gpz 5 2 0 0>, /* I2S_0_SDO[2] */
+ <&gpz 6 2 0 0>; /* I2S_0_SDO[3] */
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt
index e7b98f41fa5f..f47c3f589fd0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,12 @@ Optional properties:
- gpio-reset - gpio pin number used for codec reset
- ai3x-gpio-func - <array of 2 int> - AIC3X_GPIO1 & AIC3X_GPIO2 Functionality
+- ai3x-micbias-vg - MicBias Voltage required.
+ 1 - MICBIAS output is powered to 2.0V,
+ 2 - MICBIAS output is powered to 2.5V,
+ 3 - MICBIAS output is connected to AVDD,
+ If this node is not mentioned or if the value is incorrect, then MicBias
+ is powered down.
Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8962.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8962.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..dceb3b1c2bb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8962.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+WM8962 audio CODEC
+
+This device supports I2C only.
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - compatible : "wlf,wm8962"
+
+ - reg : the I2C address of the device.
+
+Example:
+
+codec: wm8962@1a {
+ compatible = "wlf,wm8962";
+ reg = <0x1a>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e6222106ca36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+Renesas MSIOF spi controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "renesas,sh-msiof" for SuperH or
+ "renesas,sh-mobile-msiof" for SH Mobile series
+- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+- interrupts : interrupt line used by MSIOF
+
+Optional properties:
+- num-cs : total number of chip-selects
+- renesas,tx-fifo-size : Overrides the default tx fifo size given in words
+- renesas,rx-fifo-size : Overrides the default rx fifo size given in words
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt
index 801d58cb6d4d..46882058b59b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,12 @@ Required properties:
- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device
- interrupts: Should contain the LRADC interrupts
+Optional properties:
+- fsl,lradc-touchscreen-wires: Number of wires used to connect the touchscreen
+ to LRADC. Valid value is either 4 or 5. If this
+ property is not present, then the touchscreen is
+ disabled.
+
Examples:
lradc@80050000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/dove-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/dove-thermal.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6f474677d472
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/dove-thermal.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+* Dove Thermal
+
+This driver is for Dove SoCs which contain a thermal sensor.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "marvell,dove-thermal"
+- reg : Address range of the thermal registers
+
+The reg properties should contain two ranges. The first is for the
+three Thermal Manager registers, while the second range contains the
+Thermal Diode Control Registers.
+
+Example:
+
+ thermal@10078 {
+ compatible = "marvell,dove-thermal";
+ reg = <0xd001c 0x0c>, <0xd005c 0x08>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/kirkwood-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/kirkwood-thermal.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8c0f5eb86da7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/kirkwood-thermal.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+* Kirkwood Thermal
+
+This version is for Kirkwood 88F8262 & 88F6283 SoCs. Other kirkwoods
+don't contain a thermal sensor.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "marvell,kirkwood-thermal"
+- reg : Address range of the thermal registers
+
+Example:
+
+ thermal@10078 {
+ compatible = "marvell,kirkwood-thermal";
+ reg = <0x10078 0x4>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..28ef498a66e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+* Renesas R-Car Thermal
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "renesas,rcar-thermal"
+- reg : Address range of the thermal registers.
+ The 1st reg will be recognized as common register
+ if it has "interrupts".
+
+Option properties:
+
+- interrupts : use interrupt
+
+Example (non interrupt support):
+
+thermal@e61f0100 {
+ compatible = "renesas,rcar-thermal";
+ reg = <0xe61f0100 0x38>;
+};
+
+Example (interrupt support):
+
+thermal@e61f0000 {
+ compatible = "renesas,rcar-thermal";
+ reg = <0xe61f0000 0x14
+ 0xe61f0100 0x38
+ 0xe61f0200 0x38
+ 0xe61f0300 0x38>;
+ interrupts = <0 69 4>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/marvell,armada-370-xp-timer.txt
index 64830118b013..36381129d141 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-timer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/marvell,armada-370-xp-timer.txt
@@ -1,10 +1,13 @@
-Marvell Armada 370 and Armada XP Global Timers
-----------------------------------------------
+Marvell Armada 370 and Armada XP Timers
+---------------------------------------
Required properties:
- compatible: Should be "marvell,armada-370-xp-timer"
-- interrupts: Should contain the list of Global Timer interrupts
-- reg: Should contain the base address of the Global Timer registers
+- interrupts: Should contain the list of Global Timer interrupts and
+ then local timer interrupts
+- reg: Should contain location and length for timers register. First
+ pair for the Global Timer registers, second pair for the
+ local/private timers.
- clocks: clock driving the timer hardware
Optional properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/arc-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/arc-uart.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5cae2eb686f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/arc-uart.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+* Synopsys ARC UART : Non standard UART used in some of the ARC FPGA boards
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "snps,arc-uart"
+- reg : offset and length of the register set for the device.
+- interrupts : device interrupt
+- clock-frequency : the input clock frequency for the UART
+- current-speed : baud rate for UART
+
+e.g.
+
+arcuart0: serial@c0fc1000 {
+ compatible = "snps,arc-uart";
+ reg = <0xc0fc1000 0x100>;
+ interrupts = <5>;
+ clock-frequency = <80000000>;
+ current-speed = <115200>;
+ status = "okay";
+};
+
+Note: Each port should have an alias correctly numbered in "aliases" node.
+
+e.g.
+aliases {
+ serial0 = &arcuart0;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt
index 6588b6950a7f..8e080b893b49 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt
@@ -5,10 +5,16 @@ Required properties:
- reg : Address and length of the register set
- interrupts : Should contain uart interrupt
+Optional properties:
+- location : Decides the location of the USART I/O pins.
+ Allowed range : [0 .. 5]
+ Default: 0
+
Example:
uart@0x4000c400 {
compatible = "efm32,uart";
reg = <0x4000c400 0x400>;
interrupts = <15>;
+ location = <0>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7a95c651ceb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+synopsys DWC3 CORE
+
+DWC3- USB3 CONTROLLER
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: must be "synopsys,dwc3"
+ - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device
+ - interrupts: Interrupts used by the dwc3 controller.
+ - usb-phy : array of phandle for the PHY device
+
+Optional properties:
+ - tx-fifo-resize: determines if the FIFO *has* to be reallocated.
+
+This is usually a subnode to DWC3 glue to which it is connected.
+
+dwc3@4a030000 {
+ compatible = "synopsys,dwc3";
+ reg = <0x4a030000 0xcfff>;
+ interrupts = <0 92 4>
+ usb-phy = <&usb2_phy>, <&usb3,phy>;
+ tx-fifo-resize;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt
index e9b005dc7625..34c952883276 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ Required properties :
- phy_type : Should be one of "ulpi" or "utmi".
- nvidia,vbus-gpio : If present, specifies a gpio that needs to be
activated for the bus to be powered.
+ - nvidia,phy : phandle of the PHY instance, the controller is connected to.
Required properties for phy_type == ulpi:
- nvidia,phy-reset-gpio : The GPIO used to reset the PHY.
@@ -27,3 +28,5 @@ Optional properties:
registers are accessed through the APB_MISC base address instead of
the USB controller. Since this is a legacy issue it probably does not
warrant a compatible string of its own.
+ - nvidia,needs-double-reset : boolean is to be set for some of the Tegra2
+ USB ports, which need reset twice due to hardware issues.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6bdaba2f0aa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+Tegra SOC USB PHY
+
+The device node for Tegra SOC USB PHY:
+
+Required properties :
+ - compatible : Should be "nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy".
+ - reg : Address and length of the register set for the USB PHY interface.
+ - phy_type : Should be one of "ulpi" or "utmi".
+
+Required properties for phy_type == ulpi:
+ - nvidia,phy-reset-gpio : The GPIO used to reset the PHY.
+
+Optional properties:
+ - nvidia,has-legacy-mode : boolean indicates whether this controller can
+ operate in legacy mode (as APX 2500 / 2600). In legacy mode some
+ registers are accessed through the APB_MISC base address instead of
+ the USB controller. \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt
index 29a043ecda52..1ef0ce71f8fa 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt
@@ -1,8 +1,11 @@
-OMAP GLUE
+OMAP GLUE AND OTHER OMAP SPECIFIC COMPONENTS
OMAP MUSB GLUE
- compatible : Should be "ti,omap4-musb" or "ti,omap3-musb"
- ti,hwmods : must be "usb_otg_hs"
+ - ti,has-mailbox : to specify that omap uses an external mailbox
+ (in control module) to communicate with the musb core during device connect
+ and disconnect.
- multipoint : Should be "1" indicating the musb controller supports
multipoint. This is a MUSB configuration-specific setting.
- num_eps : Specifies the number of endpoints. This is also a
@@ -16,13 +19,19 @@ OMAP MUSB GLUE
- power : Should be "50". This signifies the controller can supply upto
100mA when operating in host mode.
+Optional properties:
+ - ctrl-module : phandle of the control module this glue uses to write to
+ mailbox
+
SOC specific device node entry
usb_otg_hs: usb_otg_hs@4a0ab000 {
compatible = "ti,omap4-musb";
ti,hwmods = "usb_otg_hs";
+ ti,has-mailbox;
multipoint = <1>;
num_eps = <16>;
ram_bits = <12>;
+ ctrl-module = <&omap_control_usb>;
};
Board specific device node entry
@@ -31,3 +40,26 @@ Board specific device node entry
mode = <3>;
power = <50>;
};
+
+OMAP CONTROL USB
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Should be "ti,omap-control-usb"
+ - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device. It contains
+ the address of "control_dev_conf" and "otghs_control" or "phy_power_usb"
+ depending upon omap4 or omap5.
+ - reg-names: The names of the register addresses corresponding to the registers
+ filled in "reg".
+ - ti,type: This is used to differentiate whether the control module has
+ usb mailbox or usb3 phy power. omap4 has usb mailbox in control module to
+ notify events to the musb core and omap5 has usb3 phy power register to
+ power on usb3 phy. Should be "1" if it has mailbox and "2" if it has usb3
+ phy power.
+
+omap_control_usb: omap-control-usb@4a002300 {
+ compatible = "ti,omap-control-usb";
+ reg = <0x4a002300 0x4>,
+ <0x4a00233c 0x4>;
+ reg-names = "control_dev_conf", "otghs_control";
+ ti,type = <1>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/samsung-usbphy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/samsung-usbphy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..033194934f64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/samsung-usbphy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+* Samsung's usb phy transceiver
+
+The Samsung's phy transceiver is used for controlling usb phy for
+s3c-hsotg as well as ehci-s5p and ohci-exynos usb controllers
+across Samsung SOCs.
+TODO: Adding the PHY binding with controller(s) according to the under
+developement generic PHY driver.
+
+Required properties:
+
+Exynos4210:
+- compatible : should be "samsung,exynos4210-usbphy"
+- reg : base physical address of the phy registers and length of memory mapped
+ region.
+
+Exynos5250:
+- compatible : should be "samsung,exynos5250-usbphy"
+- reg : base physical address of the phy registers and length of memory mapped
+ region.
+
+Optional properties:
+- #address-cells: should be '1' when usbphy node has a child node with 'reg'
+ property.
+- #size-cells: should be '1' when usbphy node has a child node with 'reg'
+ property.
+- ranges: allows valid translation between child's address space and parent's
+ address space.
+
+- The child node 'usbphy-sys' to the node 'usbphy' is for the system controller
+ interface for usb-phy. It should provide the following information required by
+ usb-phy controller to control phy.
+ - reg : base physical address of PHY_CONTROL registers.
+ The size of this register is the total sum of size of all PHY_CONTROL
+ registers that the SoC has. For example, the size will be
+ '0x4' in case we have only one PHY_CONTROL register (e.g.
+ OTHERS register in S3C64XX or USB_PHY_CONTROL register in S5PV210)
+ and, '0x8' in case we have two PHY_CONTROL registers (e.g.
+ USBDEVICE_PHY_CONTROL and USBHOST_PHY_CONTROL registers in exynos4x).
+ and so on.
+
+Example:
+ - Exynos4210
+
+ usbphy@125B0000 {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+ compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-usbphy";
+ reg = <0x125B0000 0x100>;
+ ranges;
+
+ usbphy-sys {
+ /* USB device and host PHY_CONTROL registers */
+ reg = <0x10020704 0x8>;
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-phy.txt
index 80d4148cb661..61496f5cb095 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-phy.txt
@@ -4,14 +4,39 @@ OMAP USB2 PHY
Required properties:
- compatible: Should be "ti,omap-usb2"
- - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device. Also
-add the address of control module dev conf register until a driver for
-control module is added
+ - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device.
+
+Optional properties:
+ - ctrl-module : phandle of the control module used by PHY driver to power on
+ the PHY.
This is usually a subnode of ocp2scp to which it is connected.
usb2phy@4a0ad080 {
compatible = "ti,omap-usb2";
- reg = <0x4a0ad080 0x58>,
- <0x4a002300 0x4>;
+ reg = <0x4a0ad080 0x58>;
+ ctrl-module = <&omap_control_usb>;
+};
+
+OMAP USB3 PHY
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Should be "ti,omap-usb3"
+ - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device.
+ - reg-names: The names of the register addresses corresponding to the registers
+ filled in "reg".
+
+Optional properties:
+ - ctrl-module : phandle of the control module used by PHY driver to power on
+ the PHY.
+
+This is usually a subnode of ocp2scp to which it is connected.
+
+usb3phy@4a084400 {
+ compatible = "ti,omap-usb3";
+ reg = <0x4a084400 0x80>,
+ <0x4a084800 0x64>,
+ <0x4a084c00 0x40>;
+ reg-names = "phy_rx", "phy_tx", "pll_ctrl";
+ ctrl-module = <&omap_control_usb>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb3503.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb3503.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6813a715fc7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb3503.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+SMSC USB3503 High-Speed Hub Controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "smsc,usb3503".
+- reg: Specifies the i2c slave address, it should be 0x08.
+- connect-gpios: Should specify GPIO for connect.
+- intn-gpios: Should specify GPIO for interrupt.
+- reset-gpios: Should specify GPIO for reset.
+- initial-mode: Should specify initial mode.
+ (1 for HUB mode, 2 for STANDBY mode)
+
+Examples:
+ usb3503@08 {
+ compatible = "smsc,usb3503";
+ reg = <0x08>;
+ connect-gpios = <&gpx3 0 1>;
+ intn-gpios = <&gpx3 4 1>;
+ reset-gpios = <&gpx3 5 1>;
+ initial-mode = <1>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
index 902b1b1f568e..19e1ef73ab0d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ bosch Bosch Sensortec GmbH
brcm Broadcom Corporation
cavium Cavium, Inc.
chrp Common Hardware Reference Platform
+cirrus Cirrus Logic, Inc.
cortina Cortina Systems, Inc.
dallas Maxim Integrated Products (formerly Dallas Semiconductor)
denx Denx Software Engineering
@@ -42,6 +43,7 @@ powervr PowerVR (deprecated, use img)
qcom Qualcomm, Inc.
ramtron Ramtron International
realtek Realtek Semiconductor Corp.
+renesas Renesas Electronics Corporation
samsung Samsung Semiconductor
sbs Smart Battery System
schindler Schindler
@@ -50,8 +52,10 @@ simtek
sirf SiRF Technology, Inc.
snps Synopsys, Inc.
st STMicroelectronics
+ste ST-Ericsson
stericsson ST-Ericsson
ti Texas Instruments
+toshiba Toshiba Corporation
via VIA Technologies, Inc.
wlf Wolfson Microelectronics
wm Wondermedia Technologies, Inc.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/max8925-backlight.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/max8925-backlight.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b4cffdaa4137
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/max8925-backlight.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+88pm860x-backlight bindings
+
+Optional properties:
+ - maxim,max8925-dual-string: whether support dual string
+
+Example:
+
+ backlights {
+ maxim,max8925-dual-string = <0>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/display-timing.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/display-timing.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..150038552bc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/display-timing.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+display-timing bindings
+=======================
+
+display-timings node
+--------------------
+
+required properties:
+ - none
+
+optional properties:
+ - native-mode: The native mode for the display, in case multiple modes are
+ provided. When omitted, assume the first node is the native.
+
+timing subnode
+--------------
+
+required properties:
+ - hactive, vactive: display resolution
+ - hfront-porch, hback-porch, hsync-len: horizontal display timing parameters
+ in pixels
+ vfront-porch, vback-porch, vsync-len: vertical display timing parameters in
+ lines
+ - clock-frequency: display clock in Hz
+
+optional properties:
+ - hsync-active: hsync pulse is active low/high/ignored
+ - vsync-active: vsync pulse is active low/high/ignored
+ - de-active: data-enable pulse is active low/high/ignored
+ - pixelclk-active: with
+ - active high = drive pixel data on rising edge/
+ sample data on falling edge
+ - active low = drive pixel data on falling edge/
+ sample data on rising edge
+ - ignored = ignored
+ - interlaced (bool): boolean to enable interlaced mode
+ - doublescan (bool): boolean to enable doublescan mode
+
+All the optional properties that are not bool follow the following logic:
+ <1>: high active
+ <0>: low active
+ omitted: not used on hardware
+
+There are different ways of describing the capabilities of a display. The
+devicetree representation corresponds to the one commonly found in datasheets
+for displays. If a display supports multiple signal timings, the native-mode
+can be specified.
+
+The parameters are defined as:
+
+ +----------+-------------------------------------+----------+-------+
+ | | ↑ | | |
+ | | |vback_porch | | |
+ | | ↓ | | |
+ +----------#######################################----------+-------+
+ | # ↑ # | |
+ | # | # | |
+ | hback # | # hfront | hsync |
+ | porch # | hactive # porch | len |
+ |<-------->#<-------+--------------------------->#<-------->|<----->|
+ | # | # | |
+ | # |vactive # | |
+ | # | # | |
+ | # ↓ # | |
+ +----------#######################################----------+-------+
+ | | ↑ | | |
+ | | |vfront_porch | | |
+ | | ↓ | | |
+ +----------+-------------------------------------+----------+-------+
+ | | ↑ | | |
+ | | |vsync_len | | |
+ | | ↓ | | |
+ +----------+-------------------------------------+----------+-------+
+
+Example:
+
+ display-timings {
+ native-mode = <&timing0>;
+ timing0: 1080p24 {
+ /* 1920x1080p24 */
+ clock-frequency = <52000000>;
+ hactive = <1920>;
+ vactive = <1080>;
+ hfront-porch = <25>;
+ hback-porch = <25>;
+ hsync-len = <25>;
+ vback-porch = <2>;
+ vfront-porch = <2>;
+ vsync-len = <2>;
+ hsync-active = <1>;
+ };
+ };
+
+Every required property also supports the use of ranges, so the commonly used
+datasheet description with minimum, typical and maximum values can be used.
+
+Example:
+
+ timing1: timing {
+ /* 1920x1080p24 */
+ clock-frequency = <148500000>;
+ hactive = <1920>;
+ vactive = <1080>;
+ hsync-len = <0 44 60>;
+ hfront-porch = <80 88 95>;
+ hback-porch = <100 148 160>;
+ vfront-porch = <0 4 6>;
+ vback-porch = <0 36 50>;
+ vsync-len = <0 5 6>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/fsl-imx-owire.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/fsl-imx-owire.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ecf42c07684d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/fsl-imx-owire.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+* Freescale i.MX One wire bus master controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be "fsl,imx21-owire"
+- reg : Address and length of the register set for the device
+
+Optional properties:
+- clocks : phandle of clock that supplies the module (required if platform
+ clock bindings use device tree)
+
+Example:
+
+- From imx53.dtsi:
+owire: owire@63fa4000 {
+ compatible = "fsl,imx53-owire", "fsl,imx21-owire";
+ reg = <0x63fa4000 0x4000>;
+ clocks = <&clks 159>;
+ status = "disabled";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-at91rm9200-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-at91rm9200-wdt.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d4d86cf8f9eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-at91rm9200-wdt.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+Atmel AT91RM9200 System Timer Watchdog
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must be "atmel,at91sam9260-wdt".
+
+Example:
+ watchdog@fffffd00 {
+ compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-wdt";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-wdt.txt
index 2957ebb5aa71..fcdd48f7dcff 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-wdt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-wdt.txt
@@ -7,9 +7,13 @@ Required properties:
- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
region.
+Optional properties:
+- timeout-sec: contains the watchdog timeout in seconds.
+
Example:
watchdog@fffffd40 {
compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-wdt";
reg = <0xfffffd40 0x10>;
+ timeout-sec = <10>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/marvel.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/marvel.txt
index 0b2503ab0a05..5dc8d30061ce 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/marvel.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/marvel.txt
@@ -5,10 +5,15 @@ Required Properties:
- Compatibility : "marvell,orion-wdt"
- reg : Address of the timer registers
+Optional properties:
+
+- timeout-sec : Contains the watchdog timeout in seconds
+
Example:
wdt@20300 {
compatible = "marvell,orion-wdt";
reg = <0x20300 0x28>;
+ timeout-sec = <10>;
status = "okay";
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/pnx4008-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/pnx4008-wdt.txt
index 7c7f6887c796..556d06c17c92 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/pnx4008-wdt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/pnx4008-wdt.txt
@@ -5,9 +5,13 @@ Required properties:
- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
region.
+Optional properties:
+- timeout-sec: contains the watchdog timeout in seconds.
+
Example:
watchdog@4003C000 {
compatible = "nxp,pnx4008-wdt";
reg = <0x4003C000 0x1000>;
+ timeout-sec = <10>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qca-ar7130-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qca-ar7130-wdt.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7a89e5f85415
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qca-ar7130-wdt.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+* Qualcomm Atheros AR7130 Watchdog Timer (WDT) Controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must be "qca,ar7130-wdt"
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+ region.
+
+Example:
+
+wdt@18060008 {
+ compatible = "qca,ar9330-wdt", "qca,ar7130-wdt";
+ reg = <0x18060008 0x8>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt
index 79ead8263ae4..2aa486cc1ff6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt
@@ -2,10 +2,13 @@
The Samsung's Watchdog controller is used for resuming system operation
after a preset amount of time during which the WDT reset event has not
-occured.
+occurred.
Required properties:
- compatible : should be "samsung,s3c2410-wdt"
- reg : base physical address of the controller and length of memory mapped
region.
- interrupts : interrupt number to the cpu.
+
+Optional properties:
+- timeout-sec : contains the watchdog timeout in seconds.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt
index d4d66757354e..b2fb2f5e1922 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt
@@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@ hierarchy and routing of interrupts in the hardware.
The interrupt tree model is fully described in the
document "Open Firmware Recommended Practice: Interrupt
Mapping Version 0.9". The document is available at:
-<http://playground.sun.com/1275/practice>.
+<http://www.openfirmware.org/ofwg/practice/>
1) interrupts property
----------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt b/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt
index 0188903bc9e1..4966b1be42ac 100644
--- a/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt
+++ b/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt
@@ -302,7 +302,11 @@ Access to a dma_buf from the kernel context involves three steps:
void dma_buf_vunmap(struct dma_buf *dmabuf, void *vaddr)
The vmap call can fail if there is no vmap support in the exporter, or if it
- runs out of vmalloc space. Fallback to kmap should be implemented.
+ runs out of vmalloc space. Fallback to kmap should be implemented. Note that
+ the dma-buf layer keeps a reference count for all vmap access and calls down
+ into the exporter's vmap function only when no vmapping exists, and only
+ unmaps it once. Protection against concurrent vmap/vunmap calls is provided
+ by taking the dma_buf->lock mutex.
3. Finish access
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
index 43cff70465ab..b4671459857f 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
+++ b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
@@ -266,7 +266,8 @@ IOMAP
devm_ioremap()
devm_ioremap_nocache()
devm_iounmap()
- devm_request_and_ioremap() : checks resource, requests region, ioremaps
+ devm_ioremap_resource() : checks resource, requests memory region, ioremaps
+ devm_request_and_ioremap() : obsoleted by devm_ioremap_resource()
pcim_iomap()
pcim_iounmap()
pcim_iomap_table() : array of mapped addresses indexed by BAR
@@ -288,3 +289,7 @@ PINCTRL
PWM
devm_pwm_get()
devm_pwm_put()
+
+PHY
+ devm_usb_get_phy()
+ devm_usb_put_phy()
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware b/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware
index 32bc56b13b1c..5d5ee4c13fa6 100755
--- a/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware
+++ b/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ use IO::Handle;
@components = ( "sp8870", "sp887x", "tda10045", "tda10046",
"tda10046lifeview", "av7110", "dec2000t", "dec2540t",
- "dec3000s", "vp7041", "dibusb", "nxt2002", "nxt2004",
+ "dec3000s", "vp7041", "vp7049", "dibusb", "nxt2002", "nxt2004",
"or51211", "or51132_qam", "or51132_vsb", "bluebird",
"opera1", "cx231xx", "cx18", "cx23885", "pvrusb2", "mpc718",
"af9015", "ngene", "az6027", "lme2510_lg", "lme2510c_s7395",
@@ -289,6 +289,19 @@ sub vp7041 {
$outfile;
}
+sub vp7049 {
+ my $fwfile = "dvb-usb-vp7049-0.95.fw";
+ my $url = "http://ao2.it/sites/default/files/blog/2012/11/06/linux-support-digicom-digitune-s-vp7049-udtt7049/$fwfile";
+ my $hash = "5609fd295168aea88b25ff43a6f79c36";
+
+ checkstandard();
+
+ wgetfile($fwfile, $url);
+ verify($fwfile, $hash);
+
+ $fwfile;
+}
+
sub dibusb {
my $url = "http://www.linuxtv.org/downloads/firmware/dvb-usb-dibusb-5.0.0.11.fw";
my $outfile = "dvb-dibusb-5.0.0.11.fw";
@@ -677,7 +690,7 @@ sub drxk_terratec_h5 {
}
sub drxk_terratec_htc_stick {
- my $url = "http://ftp.terratec.de/Receiver/Cinergy_HTC_Stick/Updates/";
+ my $url = "http://ftp.terratec.de/Receiver/Cinergy_HTC_Stick/Updates/History/";
my $zipfile = "Cinergy_HTC_Stick_Drv_5.09.1202.00_XP_Vista_7.exe";
my $hash = "6722a2442a05423b781721fbc069ed5e";
my $tmpdir = tempdir(DIR => "/tmp", CLEANUP => 0);
diff --git a/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt b/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt
index 6e1684981da2..72322c6d7352 100644
--- a/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt
+++ b/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt
@@ -6,8 +6,16 @@ This document describes how to use the dynamic debug (dyndbg) feature.
Dynamic debug is designed to allow you to dynamically enable/disable
kernel code to obtain additional kernel information. Currently, if
-CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG is set, then all pr_debug()/dev_dbg() calls can
-be dynamically enabled per-callsite.
+CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG is set, then all pr_debug()/dev_dbg() and
+print_hex_dump_debug()/print_hex_dump_bytes() calls can be dynamically
+enabled per-callsite.
+
+If CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG is not set, print_hex_dump_debug() is just
+shortcut for print_hex_dump(KERN_DEBUG).
+
+For print_hex_dump_debug()/print_hex_dump_bytes(), format string is
+its 'prefix_str' argument, if it is constant string; or "hexdump"
+in case 'prefix_str' is build dynamically.
Dynamic debug has even more useful features:
@@ -202,6 +210,9 @@ The flags are:
t Include thread ID in messages not generated from interrupt context
_ No flags are set. (Or'd with others on input)
+For print_hex_dump_debug() and print_hex_dump_bytes(), only 'p' flag
+have meaning, other flags ignored.
+
For display, the flags are preceded by '='
(mnemonic: what the flags are currently equal to).
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking
index f48e0c6b4c42..0706d32a61e6 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ be able to use diff(1).
--------------------------- dentry_operations --------------------------
prototypes:
int (*d_revalidate)(struct dentry *, unsigned int);
+ int (*d_weak_revalidate)(struct dentry *, unsigned int);
int (*d_hash)(const struct dentry *, const struct inode *,
struct qstr *);
int (*d_compare)(const struct dentry *, const struct inode *,
@@ -25,6 +26,7 @@ prototypes:
locking rules:
rename_lock ->d_lock may block rcu-walk
d_revalidate: no no yes (ref-walk) maybe
+d_weak_revalidate:no no yes no
d_hash no no no maybe
d_compare: yes no no maybe
d_delete: no yes no no
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/porting b/Documentation/filesystems/porting
index 0472c31c163b..4db22f6491e0 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/porting
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/porting
@@ -441,3 +441,7 @@ d_make_root() drops the reference to inode if dentry allocation fails.
two, it gets "is it an O_EXCL or equivalent?" boolean argument. Note that
local filesystems can ignore tha argument - they are guaranteed that the
object doesn't exist. It's remote/distributed ones that might care...
+--
+[mandatory]
+ FS_REVAL_DOT is gone; if you used to have it, add ->d_weak_revalidate()
+in your dentry operations instead.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
index e3869098163e..bc4b06b3160a 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
@@ -900,6 +900,7 @@ defined:
struct dentry_operations {
int (*d_revalidate)(struct dentry *, unsigned int);
+ int (*d_weak_revalidate)(struct dentry *, unsigned int);
int (*d_hash)(const struct dentry *, const struct inode *,
struct qstr *);
int (*d_compare)(const struct dentry *, const struct inode *,
@@ -915,8 +916,13 @@ struct dentry_operations {
d_revalidate: called when the VFS needs to revalidate a dentry. This
is called whenever a name look-up finds a dentry in the
- dcache. Most filesystems leave this as NULL, because all their
- dentries in the dcache are valid
+ dcache. Most local filesystems leave this as NULL, because all their
+ dentries in the dcache are valid. Network filesystems are different
+ since things can change on the server without the client necessarily
+ being aware of it.
+
+ This function should return a positive value if the dentry is still
+ valid, and zero or a negative error code if it isn't.
d_revalidate may be called in rcu-walk mode (flags & LOOKUP_RCU).
If in rcu-walk mode, the filesystem must revalidate the dentry without
@@ -927,6 +933,20 @@ struct dentry_operations {
If a situation is encountered that rcu-walk cannot handle, return
-ECHILD and it will be called again in ref-walk mode.
+ d_weak_revalidate: called when the VFS needs to revalidate a "jumped" dentry.
+ This is called when a path-walk ends at dentry that was not acquired by
+ doing a lookup in the parent directory. This includes "/", "." and "..",
+ as well as procfs-style symlinks and mountpoint traversal.
+
+ In this case, we are less concerned with whether the dentry is still
+ fully correct, but rather that the inode is still valid. As with
+ d_revalidate, most local filesystems will set this to NULL since their
+ dcache entries are always valid.
+
+ This function has the same return code semantics as d_revalidate.
+
+ d_weak_revalidate is only called after leaving rcu-walk mode.
+
d_hash: called when the VFS adds a dentry to the hash table. The first
dentry passed to d_hash is the parent directory that the name is
to be hashed into. The inode is the dentry's inode.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275 b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275
index 2cfa25667123..15b4a20d5062 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Supported chips:
Addresses scanned: -
Datasheet: www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADM1276.pdf
-Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
+Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Description
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adt7410 b/Documentation/hwmon/adt7410
index 96004000dc2a..58150c480e56 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/adt7410
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adt7410
@@ -4,9 +4,14 @@ Kernel driver adt7410
Supported chips:
* Analog Devices ADT7410
Prefix: 'adt7410'
- Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48 - 0x4B
+ Addresses scanned: None
Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
http://www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADT7410.pdf
+ * Analog Devices ADT7420
+ Prefix: 'adt7420'
+ Addresses scanned: None
+ Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
+ http://www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADT7420.pdf
Author: Hartmut Knaack <knaack.h@gmx.de>
@@ -27,6 +32,10 @@ value per second or even justget one sample on demand for power saving.
Besides, it can completely power down its ADC, if power management is
required.
+The ADT7420 is register compatible, the only differences being the package,
+a slightly narrower operating temperature range (-40°C to +150°C), and a
+better accuracy (0.25°C instead of 0.50°C.)
+
Configuration Notes
-------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp b/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp
index 3374c085678d..fec5a9bf755f 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp
@@ -66,6 +66,7 @@ Process Processor TjMax(C)
i5 3470T 91
32nm Core i3/i5/i7 Processors
+ i7 2600 98
i7 660UM/640/620, 640LM/620, 620M, 610E 105
i5 540UM/520/430, 540M/520/450/430 105
i3 330E, 370M/350/330 90 rPGA, 105 BGA
@@ -79,7 +80,10 @@ Process Processor TjMax(C)
P4505/P4500 90
32nm Atom Processors
+ S1260/1220 95
+ S1240 102
Z2460 90
+ Z2760 90
D2700/2550/2500 100
N2850/2800/2650/2600 100
@@ -98,6 +102,7 @@ Process Processor TjMax(C)
45nm Atom Processors
D525/510/425/410 100
+ K525/510/425/410 100
Z670/650 90
Z560/550/540/530P/530/520PT/520/515/510PT/510P 90
Z510/500 90
@@ -107,7 +112,11 @@ Process Processor TjMax(C)
330/230 125
E680/660/640/620 90
E680T/660T/640T/620T 110
+ E665C/645C 90
+ E665CT/645CT 110
CE4170/4150/4110 110
+ CE4200 series unknown
+ CE5300 series unknown
45nm Core2 Processors
Solo ULV SU3500/3300 100
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ina209 b/Documentation/hwmon/ina209
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..672501de4509
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ina209
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+Kernel driver ina209
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+ * Burr-Brown / Texas Instruments INA209
+ Prefix: 'ina209'
+ Addresses scanned: -
+ Datasheet:
+ http://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/ina209
+
+Author: Paul Hays <Paul.Hays@cattail.ca>
+Author: Ira W. Snyder <iws@ovro.caltech.edu>
+Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+The TI / Burr-Brown INA209 monitors voltage, current, and power on the high side
+of a D.C. power supply. It can perform measurements and calculations in the
+background to supply readings at any time. It includes a programmable
+calibration multiplier to scale the displayed current and power values.
+
+
+Sysfs entries
+-------------
+
+The INA209 chip is highly configurable both via hardwiring and via
+the I2C bus. See the datasheet for details.
+
+This tries to expose most monitoring features of the hardware via
+sysfs. It does not support every feature of this chip.
+
+
+in0_input shunt voltage (mV)
+in0_input_highest shunt voltage historical maximum reading (mV)
+in0_input_lowest shunt voltage historical minimum reading (mV)
+in0_reset_history reset shunt voltage history
+in0_max shunt voltage max alarm limit (mV)
+in0_min shunt voltage min alarm limit (mV)
+in0_crit_max shunt voltage crit max alarm limit (mV)
+in0_crit_min shunt voltage crit min alarm limit (mV)
+in0_max_alarm shunt voltage max alarm limit exceeded
+in0_min_alarm shunt voltage min alarm limit exceeded
+in0_crit_max_alarm shunt voltage crit max alarm limit exceeded
+in0_crit_min_alarm shunt voltage crit min alarm limit exceeded
+
+in1_input bus voltage (mV)
+in1_input_highest bus voltage historical maximum reading (mV)
+in1_input_lowest bus voltage historical minimum reading (mV)
+in1_reset_history reset bus voltage history
+in1_max bus voltage max alarm limit (mV)
+in1_min bus voltage min alarm limit (mV)
+in1_crit_max bus voltage crit max alarm limit (mV)
+in1_crit_min bus voltage crit min alarm limit (mV)
+in1_max_alarm bus voltage max alarm limit exceeded
+in1_min_alarm bus voltage min alarm limit exceeded
+in1_crit_max_alarm bus voltage crit max alarm limit exceeded
+in1_crit_min_alarm bus voltage crit min alarm limit exceeded
+
+power1_input power measurement (uW)
+power1_input_highest power historical maximum reading (uW)
+power1_reset_history reset power history
+power1_max power max alarm limit (uW)
+power1_crit power crit alarm limit (uW)
+power1_max_alarm power max alarm limit exceeded
+power1_crit_alarm power crit alarm limit exceeded
+
+curr1_input current measurement (mA)
+
+update_interval data conversion time; affects number of samples used
+ to average results for shunt and bus voltages.
+
+General Remarks
+---------------
+
+The power and current registers in this chip require that the calibration
+register is programmed correctly before they are used. Normally this is expected
+to be done in the BIOS. In the absence of BIOS programming, the shunt resistor
+voltage can be provided using platform data. The driver uses platform data from
+the ina2xx driver for this purpose. If calibration register data is not provided
+via platform data, the driver checks if the calibration register has been
+programmed (ie has a value not equal to zero). If so, this value is retained.
+Otherwise, a default value reflecting a shunt resistor value of 10 mOhm is
+programmed into the calibration register.
+
+
+Output Pins
+-----------
+
+Output pin programming is a board feature which depends on the BIOS. It is
+outside the scope of a hardware monitoring driver to enable or disable output
+pins.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/it87 b/Documentation/hwmon/it87
index 8386aadc0a82..c263740f0cba 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/it87
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/it87
@@ -30,6 +30,14 @@ Supported chips:
Prefix: 'it8728'
Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
Datasheet: Not publicly available
+ * IT8771E
+ Prefix: 'it8771'
+ Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
+ Datasheet: Not publicly available
+ * IT8772E
+ Prefix: 'it8772'
+ Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
+ Datasheet: Not publicly available
* IT8782F
Prefix: 'it8782'
Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
@@ -83,8 +91,8 @@ Description
-----------
This driver implements support for the IT8705F, IT8712F, IT8716F,
-IT8718F, IT8720F, IT8721F, IT8726F, IT8728F, IT8758E, IT8781F, IT8782F,
-IT8783E/F, and SiS950 chips.
+IT8718F, IT8720F, IT8721F, IT8726F, IT8728F, IT8758E, IT8771E, IT8772E,
+IT8782F, IT8783E/F, and SiS950 chips.
These chips are 'Super I/O chips', supporting floppy disks, infrared ports,
joysticks and other miscellaneous stuff. For hardware monitoring, they
@@ -118,8 +126,8 @@ The IT8726F is just bit enhanced IT8716F with additional hardware
for AMD power sequencing. Therefore the chip will appear as IT8716F
to userspace applications.
-The IT8728F is considered compatible with the IT8721F, until a datasheet
-becomes available (hopefully.)
+The IT8728F, IT8771E, and IT8772E are considered compatible with the IT8721F,
+until a datasheet becomes available (hopefully.)
Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. An alarm is triggered once
when the Overtemperature Shutdown limit is crossed.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/jc42 b/Documentation/hwmon/jc42
index 66ecb9fc8246..868d74d6b773 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/jc42
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/jc42
@@ -17,12 +17,13 @@ Supported chips:
* Maxim MAX6604
Datasheets:
http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX6604.pdf
- * Microchip MCP9804, MCP9805, MCP98242, MCP98243, MCP9843
+ * Microchip MCP9804, MCP9805, MCP98242, MCP98243, MCP98244, MCP9843
Datasheets:
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/22203C.pdf
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/21977b.pdf
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/21996a.pdf
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/22153c.pdf
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/22327A.pdf
* NXP Semiconductors SE97, SE97B, SE98, SE98A
Datasheets:
http://www.nxp.com/documents/data_sheet/SE97.pdf
@@ -48,7 +49,7 @@ Supported chips:
Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f
Author:
- Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
+ Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Description
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lineage-pem b/Documentation/hwmon/lineage-pem
index 2ba5ed126858..83b2ddc160c8 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/lineage-pem
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lineage-pem
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Supported devices:
Documentation:
http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/CPLI2C.pdf
-Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
+Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Description
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm25066 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm25066
index a21db81c4591..26025e419d35 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm25066
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm25066
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Supported chips:
Datasheet:
http://www.national.com/pf/LM/LM5066.html
-Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
+Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Description
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm73 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm73
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8af059dcb642
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm73
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+Kernel driver lm73
+==================
+
+Supported chips:
+ * Texas Instruments LM73
+ Prefix: 'lm73'
+ Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48, 0x49, 0x4a, 0x4c, 0x4d, and 0x4e
+ Datasheet: Publicly available at the Texas Instruments website
+ http://www.ti.com/product/lm73
+
+Author: Guillaume Ligneul <guillaume.ligneul@gmail.com>
+Documentation: Chris Verges <kg4ysn@gmail.com>
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+The LM73 is a digital temperature sensor. All temperature values are
+given in degrees Celsius.
+
+Measurement Resolution Support
+------------------------------
+
+The LM73 supports four resolutions, defined in terms of degrees C per
+LSB: 0.25, 0.125, 0.0625, and 0.3125. Changing the resolution mode
+affects the conversion time of the LM73's analog-to-digital converter.
+From userspace, the desired resolution can be specified as a function of
+conversion time via the 'update_interval' sysfs attribute for the
+device. This attribute will normalize ranges of input values to the
+maximum times defined for the resolution in the datasheet.
+
+ Resolution Conv. Time Input Range
+ (C/LSB) (msec) (msec)
+ --------------------------------------
+ 0.25 14 0..14
+ 0.125 28 15..28
+ 0.0625 56 29..56
+ 0.03125 112 57..infinity
+ --------------------------------------
+
+The following examples show how the 'update_interval' attribute can be
+used to change the conversion time:
+
+ $ echo 0 > update_interval
+ $ cat update_interval
+ 14
+ $ cat temp1_input
+ 24250
+
+ $ echo 22 > update_interval
+ $ cat update_interval
+ 28
+ $ cat temp1_input
+ 24125
+
+ $ echo 56 > update_interval
+ $ cat update_interval
+ 56
+ $ cat temp1_input
+ 24062
+
+ $ echo 85 > update_interval
+ $ cat update_interval
+ 112
+ $ cat temp1_input
+ 24031
+
+As shown here, the lm73 driver automatically adjusts any user input for
+'update_interval' via a step function. Reading back the
+'update_interval' value after a write operation will confirm the
+conversion time actively in use.
+
+Mathematically, the resolution can be derived from the conversion time
+via the following function:
+
+ g(x) = 0.250 * [log(x/14) / log(2)]
+
+where 'x' is the output from 'update_interval' and 'g(x)' is the
+resolution in degrees C per LSB.
+
+Alarm Support
+-------------
+
+The LM73 features a simple over-temperature alarm mechanism. This
+feature is exposed via the sysfs attributes.
+
+The attributes 'temp1_max_alarm' and 'temp1_min_alarm' are flags
+provided by the LM73 that indicate whether the measured temperature has
+passed the 'temp1_max' and 'temp1_min' thresholds, respectively. These
+values _must_ be read to clear the registers on the LM73.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ltc2978 b/Documentation/hwmon/ltc2978
index c365f9beb5dd..e4d75c606c97 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/ltc2978
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ltc2978
@@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ Supported chips:
* Linear Technology LTC2978
Prefix: 'ltc2978'
Addresses scanned: -
- Datasheet: http://cds.linear.com/docs/Datasheet/2978fa.pdf
+ Datasheet: http://www.linear.com/product/ltc2978
* Linear Technology LTC3880
Prefix: 'ltc3880'
Addresses scanned: -
- Datasheet: http://cds.linear.com/docs/Datasheet/3880f.pdf
+ Datasheet: http://www.linear.com/product/ltc3880
-Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
+Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Description
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ltc4261 b/Documentation/hwmon/ltc4261
index eba2e2c4b94d..9378a75c6134 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/ltc4261
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ltc4261
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Supported chips:
Datasheet:
http://cds.linear.com/docs/Datasheet/42612fb.pdf
-Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
+Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Description
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max16064 b/Documentation/hwmon/max16064
index f8b478076f6d..d59cc7829bec 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/max16064
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max16064
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Supported chips:
Addresses scanned: -
Datasheet: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX16064.pdf
-Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
+Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Description
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max16065 b/Documentation/hwmon/max16065
index c11f64a1f2ad..208a29e43010 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/max16065
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max16065
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Supported chips:
http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX16070-MAX16071.pdf
-Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
+Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Description
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max34440 b/Documentation/hwmon/max34440
index 04482226db20..37cbf472a19d 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/max34440
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max34440
@@ -16,8 +16,18 @@ Supported chips:
Prefixes: 'max34446'
Addresses scanned: -
Datasheet: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX34446.pdf
+ * Maxim MAX34460
+ PMBus 12-Channel Voltage Monitor & Sequencer
+ Prefix: 'max34460'
+ Addresses scanned: -
+ Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX34460.pdf
+ * Maxim MAX34461
+ PMBus 16-Channel Voltage Monitor & Sequencer
+ Prefix: 'max34461'
+ Addresses scanned: -
+ Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX34461.pdf
-Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
+Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Description
@@ -26,6 +36,9 @@ Description
This driver supports hardware montoring for Maxim MAX34440 PMBus 6-Channel
Power-Supply Manager, MAX34441 PMBus 5-Channel Power-Supply Manager
and Intelligent Fan Controller, and MAX34446 PMBus Power-Supply Data Logger.
+It also supports the MAX34460 and MAX34461 PMBus Voltage Monitor & Sequencers.
+The MAX34460 supports 12 voltage channels, and the MAX34461 supports 16 voltage
+channels.
The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. Please see
Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details on PMBus client drivers.
@@ -109,3 +122,6 @@ temp[1-8]_reset_history Write any value to reset history.
temp7 and temp8 attributes only exist for MAX34440.
MAX34446 only supports temp[1-3].
+
+MAX34460 supports attribute groups in[1-12] and temp[1-5].
+MAX34461 supports attribute groups in[1-16] and temp[1-5].
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max6697 b/Documentation/hwmon/max6697
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6594177ededa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max6697
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+Kernel driver max6697
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+ * Maxim MAX6581
+ Prefix: 'max6581'
+ Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6581.pdf
+ * Maxim MAX6602
+ Prefix: 'max6602'
+ Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6602.pdf
+ * Maxim MAX6622
+ Prefix: 'max6622'
+ Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6622.pdf
+ * Maxim MAX6636
+ Prefix: 'max6636'
+ Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6636.pdf
+ * Maxim MAX6689
+ Prefix: 'max6689'
+ Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6689.pdf
+ * Maxim MAX6693
+ Prefix: 'max6693'
+ Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6693.pdf
+ * Maxim MAX6694
+ Prefix: 'max6694'
+ Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6694.pdf
+ * Maxim MAX6697
+ Prefix: 'max6697'
+ Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6697.pdf
+ * Maxim MAX6698
+ Prefix: 'max6698'
+ Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6698.pdf
+ * Maxim MAX6699
+ Prefix: 'max6699'
+ Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6699.pdf
+
+Author:
+ Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver implements support for several MAX6697 compatible temperature sensor
+chips. The chips support one local temperature sensor plus four, six, or seven
+remote temperature sensors. Remote temperature sensors are diode-connected
+thermal transitors, except for MAX6698 which supports three diode-connected
+thermal transistors plus three thermistors in addition to the local temperature
+sensor.
+
+The driver provides the following sysfs attributes. temp1 is the local (chip)
+temperature, temp[2..n] are remote temperatures. The actually supported
+per-channel attributes are chip type and channel dependent.
+
+tempX_input RO temperature
+tempX_max RW temperature maximum threshold
+tempX_max_alarm RO temperature maximum threshold alarm
+tempX_crit RW temperature critical threshold
+tempX_crit_alarm RO temperature critical threshold alarm
+tempX_fault RO temperature diode fault (remote sensors only)
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max8688 b/Documentation/hwmon/max8688
index fe849871df32..e78078638b91 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/max8688
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max8688
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Supported chips:
Addresses scanned: -
Datasheet: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX8688.pdf
-Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
+Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Description
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus b/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus
index 3d3a0f97f966..cf756ed48ff9 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Supported chips:
Addresses scanned: -
Datasheet: n.a.
-Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
+Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Description
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/smm665 b/Documentation/hwmon/smm665
index 59e316140542..a341eeedab75 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/smm665
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/smm665
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Supported chips:
http://www.summitmicro.com/prod_select/summary/SMM766/SMM766_2086.pdf
http://www.summitmicro.com/prod_select/summary/SMM766B/SMM766B_2122.pdf
-Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
+Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Module Parameters
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface b/Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface
index 1f4dd855a299..79f8257dd790 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface
@@ -722,14 +722,14 @@ add/subtract if it has been divided before the add/subtract.
What to do if a value is found to be invalid, depends on the type of the
sysfs attribute that is being set. If it is a continuous setting like a
tempX_max or inX_max attribute, then the value should be clamped to its
-limits using SENSORS_LIMIT(value, min_limit, max_limit). If it is not
-continuous like for example a tempX_type, then when an invalid value is
-written, -EINVAL should be returned.
+limits using clamp_val(value, min_limit, max_limit). If it is not continuous
+like for example a tempX_type, then when an invalid value is written,
+-EINVAL should be returned.
Example1, temp1_max, register is a signed 8 bit value (-128 - 127 degrees):
long v = simple_strtol(buf, NULL, 10) / 1000;
- v = SENSORS_LIMIT(v, -128, 127);
+ v = clamp_val(v, -128, 127);
/* write v to register */
Example2, fan divider setting, valid values 2, 4 and 8:
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9000 b/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9000
index 0df5f276505b..805e33edb978 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9000
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9000
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Supported chips:
http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ucd9090.pdf
http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ucd90910.pdf
-Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
+Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Description
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9200 b/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9200
index fd7d07b1908a..1e8060e631bd 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9200
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9200
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Supported chips:
http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ucd9246.pdf
http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ucd9248.pdf
-Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
+Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Description
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100 b/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100
index a995b41724fd..756b57c6b73e 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ http://archive.ericsson.net/service/internet/picov/get?DocNo=28701-EN/LZT146401
http://archive.ericsson.net/service/internet/picov/get?DocNo=28701-EN/LZT146256
-Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
+Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Description
@@ -121,12 +121,26 @@ in1_max_alarm Input voltage high alarm.
in1_lcrit_alarm Input voltage critical low alarm.
in1_crit_alarm Input voltage critical high alarm.
-in2_label "vout1"
-in2_input Measured output voltage.
-in2_lcrit Critical minimum output Voltage.
-in2_crit Critical maximum output voltage.
-in2_lcrit_alarm Critical output voltage critical low alarm.
-in2_crit_alarm Critical output voltage critical high alarm.
+in2_label "vmon"
+in2_input Measured voltage on VMON (ZL2004) or VDRV (ZL9101M,
+ ZL9117M) pin. Reported voltage is 16x the voltage on the
+ pin (adjusted internally by the chip).
+in2_lcrit Critical minumum VMON/VDRV Voltage.
+in2_crit Critical maximum VMON/VDRV voltage.
+in2_lcrit_alarm VMON/VDRV voltage critical low alarm.
+in2_crit_alarm VMON/VDRV voltage critical high alarm.
+
+ vmon attributes are supported on ZL2004, ZL9101M,
+ and ZL9117M only.
+
+inX_label "vout1"
+inX_input Measured output voltage.
+inX_lcrit Critical minimum output Voltage.
+inX_crit Critical maximum output voltage.
+inX_lcrit_alarm Critical output voltage critical low alarm.
+inX_crit_alarm Critical output voltage critical high alarm.
+
+ X is 3 for ZL2004, ZL9101M, and ZL9117M, 2 otherwise.
curr1_label "iout1"
curr1_input Measured output current.
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801
index 157416e78cc4..d55b8ab2d10f 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801
@@ -22,6 +22,8 @@ Supported adapters:
* Intel Panther Point (PCH)
* Intel Lynx Point (PCH)
* Intel Lynx Point-LP (PCH)
+ * Intel Avoton (SOC)
+ * Intel Wellsburg (PCH)
Datasheets: Publicly available at the Intel website
On Intel Patsburg and later chipsets, both the normal host SMBus controller
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ismt b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ismt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..737355822c0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ismt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+Kernel driver i2c-ismt
+
+Supported adapters:
+ * Intel S12xx series SOCs
+
+Authors:
+ Bill Brown <bill.e.brown@intel.com>
+
+
+Module Parameters
+-----------------
+
+* bus_speed (unsigned int)
+Allows changing of the bus speed. Normally, the bus speed is set by the BIOS
+and never needs to be changed. However, some SMBus analyzers are too slow for
+monitoring the bus during debug, thus the need for this module parameter.
+Specify the bus speed in kHz.
+Available bus frequency settings:
+ 0 no change
+ 80 kHz
+ 100 kHz
+ 400 kHz
+ 1000 kHz
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+The S12xx series of SOCs have a pair of integrated SMBus 2.0 controllers
+targeted primarily at the microserver and storage markets.
+
+The S12xx series contain a pair of PCI functions. An output of lspci will show
+something similar to the following:
+
+ 00:13.0 System peripheral: Intel Corporation Centerton SMBus 2.0 Controller 0
+ 00:13.1 System peripheral: Intel Corporation Centerton SMBus 2.0 Controller 1
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis630 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis630
index 0b9697366930..ee7943631074 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis630
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis630
@@ -4,9 +4,11 @@ Supported adapters:
* Silicon Integrated Systems Corp (SiS)
630 chipset (Datasheet: available at http://www.sfr-fresh.com/linux)
730 chipset
+ 964 chipset
* Possible other SiS chipsets ?
Author: Alexander Malysh <amalysh@web.de>
+ Amaury Decrême <amaury.decreme@gmail.com> - SiS964 support
Module Parameters
-----------------
@@ -18,6 +20,7 @@ Module Parameters
* high_clock = [1|0] Forcibly set Host Master Clock to 56KHz (default,
what your BIOS use). DANGEROUS! This should be a bit
faster, but freeze some systems (i.e. my Laptop).
+ SIS630/730 chip only.
Description
@@ -36,6 +39,12 @@ or like this:
00:00.0 Host bridge: Silicon Integrated Systems [SiS] 730 Host (rev 02)
00:01.0 ISA bridge: Silicon Integrated Systems [SiS] 85C503/5513
+or like this:
+
+00:00.0 Host bridge: Silicon Integrated Systems [SiS] 760/M760 Host (rev 02)
+00:02.0 ISA bridge: Silicon Integrated Systems [SiS] SiS964 [MuTIOL Media IO]
+ LPC Controller (rev 36)
+
in your 'lspci' output , then this driver is for your chipset.
Thank You
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/smbus-protocol b/Documentation/i2c/smbus-protocol
index d1f22618e14b..6012b12b3510 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/smbus-protocol
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/smbus-protocol
@@ -137,8 +137,8 @@ available for writes where the two data bytes are the other way
around (not SMBus compliant, but very popular.)
-SMBus Process Call: i2c_smbus_process_call()
-=============================================
+SMBus Process Call:
+===================
This command selects a device register (through the Comm byte), sends
16 bits of data to it, and reads 16 bits of data in return.
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients b/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients
index 3a94b0e6f601..6b344b516bff 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients
@@ -365,8 +365,6 @@ in terms of it. Never use this function directly!
s32 i2c_smbus_read_word_data(struct i2c_client *client, u8 command);
s32 i2c_smbus_write_word_data(struct i2c_client *client,
u8 command, u16 value);
- s32 i2c_smbus_process_call(struct i2c_client *client,
- u8 command, u16 value);
s32 i2c_smbus_read_block_data(struct i2c_client *client,
u8 command, u8 *values);
s32 i2c_smbus_write_block_data(struct i2c_client *client,
@@ -381,6 +379,8 @@ These ones were removed from i2c-core because they had no users, but could
be added back later if needed:
s32 i2c_smbus_write_quick(struct i2c_client *client, u8 value);
+ s32 i2c_smbus_process_call(struct i2c_client *client,
+ u8 command, u16 value);
s32 i2c_smbus_block_process_call(struct i2c_client *client,
u8 command, u8 length, u8 *values);
diff --git a/Documentation/input/alps.txt b/Documentation/input/alps.txt
index 3262b6e4d686..e544c7ff8cfa 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/alps.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/alps.txt
@@ -3,10 +3,26 @@ ALPS Touchpad Protocol
Introduction
------------
-
-Currently the ALPS touchpad driver supports four protocol versions in use by
-ALPS touchpads, called versions 1, 2, 3, and 4. Information about the various
-protocol versions is contained in the following sections.
+Currently the ALPS touchpad driver supports five protocol versions in use by
+ALPS touchpads, called versions 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5.
+
+Since roughly mid-2010 several new ALPS touchpads have been released and
+integrated into a variety of laptops and netbooks. These new touchpads
+have enough behavior differences that the alps_model_data definition
+table, describing the properties of the different versions, is no longer
+adequate. The design choices were to re-define the alps_model_data
+table, with the risk of regression testing existing devices, or isolate
+the new devices outside of the alps_model_data table. The latter design
+choice was made. The new touchpad signatures are named: "Rushmore",
+"Pinnacle", and "Dolphin", which you will see in the alps.c code.
+For the purposes of this document, this group of ALPS touchpads will
+generically be called "new ALPS touchpads".
+
+We experimented with probing the ACPI interface _HID (Hardware ID)/_CID
+(Compatibility ID) definition as a way to uniquely identify the
+different ALPS variants but there did not appear to be a 1:1 mapping.
+In fact, it appeared to be an m:n mapping between the _HID and actual
+hardware type.
Detection
---------
@@ -20,9 +36,13 @@ If the E6 report is successful, the touchpad model is identified using the "E7
report" sequence: E8-E7-E7-E7-E9. The response is the model signature and is
matched against known models in the alps_model_data_array.
-With protocol versions 3 and 4, the E7 report model signature is always
-73-02-64. To differentiate between these versions, the response from the
-"Enter Command Mode" sequence must be inspected as described below.
+For older touchpads supporting protocol versions 3 and 4, the E7 report
+model signature is always 73-02-64. To differentiate between these
+versions, the response from the "Enter Command Mode" sequence must be
+inspected as described below.
+
+The new ALPS touchpads have an E7 signature of 73-03-50 or 73-03-0A but
+seem to be better differentiated by the EC Command Mode response.
Command Mode
------------
@@ -47,6 +67,14 @@ address of the register being read, and the third contains the value of the
register. Registers are written by writing the value one nibble at a time
using the same encoding used for addresses.
+For the new ALPS touchpads, the EC command is used to enter command
+mode. The response in the new ALPS touchpads is significantly different,
+and more important in determining the behavior. This code has been
+separated from the original alps_model_data table and put in the
+alps_identify function. For example, there seem to be two hardware init
+sequences for the "Dolphin" touchpads as determined by the second byte
+of the EC response.
+
Packet Format
-------------
@@ -187,3 +215,28 @@ There are several things worth noting here.
well.
So far no v4 devices with tracksticks have been encountered.
+
+ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 5
+---------------------------------------
+This is basically Protocol Version 3 but with different logic for packet
+decode. It uses the same alps_process_touchpad_packet_v3 call with a
+specialized decode_fields function pointer to correctly interpret the
+packets. This appears to only be used by the Dolphin devices.
+
+For single-touch, the 6-byte packet format is:
+
+ byte 0: 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0
+ byte 1: 0 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0
+ byte 2: 0 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0
+ byte 3: 0 M R L 1 m r l
+ byte 4: y10 y9 y8 y7 x10 x9 x8 x7
+ byte 5: 0 z6 z5 z4 z3 z2 z1 z0
+
+For mt, the format is:
+
+ byte 0: 1 1 1 n3 1 n2 n1 x24
+ byte 1: 1 y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1
+ byte 2: ? x2 x1 y12 y11 y10 y9 y8
+ byte 3: 0 x23 x22 x21 x20 x19 x18 x17
+ byte 4: 0 x9 x8 x7 x6 x5 x4 x3
+ byte 5: 0 x16 x15 x14 x13 x12 x11 x10
diff --git a/Documentation/intel_txt.txt b/Documentation/intel_txt.txt
index 849de1a78e77..91d89c540709 100644
--- a/Documentation/intel_txt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/intel_txt.txt
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ grub.conf needs to be modified as follows:
The kernel option for enabling Intel TXT support is found under the
Security top-level menu and is called "Enable Intel(R) Trusted
-Execution Technology (TXT)". It is marked as EXPERIMENTAL and
+Execution Technology (TXT)". It is considered EXPERIMENTAL and
depends on the generic x86 support (to allow maximum flexibility in
kernel build options), since the tboot code will detect whether the
platform actually supports Intel TXT and thus whether any of the
diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
index 2152b0e7237d..3210540f8bd3 100644
--- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments
'V' C0 media/davinci/vpfe_capture.h conflict!
'V' C0 media/si4713.h conflict!
'W' 00-1F linux/watchdog.h conflict!
-'W' 00-1F linux/wanrouter.h conflict!
+'W' 00-1F linux/wanrouter.h conflict! (pre 3.9)
'W' 00-3F sound/asound.h conflict!
'X' all fs/xfs/xfs_fs.h conflict!
and fs/xfs/linux-2.6/xfs_ioctl32.h
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt
index a686f9cd69c1..c858f8419eba 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt
@@ -388,26 +388,3 @@ config FOO
depends on BAR && m
limits FOO to module (=m) or disabled (=n).
-
-Kconfig symbol existence
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-The following two methods produce the same kconfig symbol dependencies
-but differ greatly in kconfig symbol existence (production) in the
-generated config file.
-
-case 1:
-
-config FOO
- tristate "about foo"
- depends on BAR
-
-vs. case 2:
-
-if BAR
-config FOO
- tristate "about foo"
-endif
-
-In case 1, the symbol FOO will always exist in the config file (given
-no other dependencies). In case 2, the symbol FOO will only exist in
-the config file if BAR is enabled.
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt
index a09f1a6a830c..b8b77bbc784f 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt
@@ -46,6 +46,12 @@ KCONFIG_OVERWRITECONFIG
If you set KCONFIG_OVERWRITECONFIG in the environment, Kconfig will not
break symlinks when .config is a symlink to somewhere else.
+CONFIG_
+--------------------------------------------------
+If you set CONFIG_ in the environment, Kconfig will prefix all symbols
+with its value when saving the configuration, instead of using the default,
+"CONFIG_".
+
______________________________________________________________________
Environment variables for '{allyes/allmod/allno/rand}config'
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
index 14c3f4f1b617..5198b742fde1 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
@@ -1186,6 +1186,29 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly):
clean-files += *.dtb
DTC_FLAGS ?= -p 1024
+ dtc_cpp
+ This is just like dtc as describe above, except that the C pre-
+ processor is invoked upon the .dtsp file before compiling the result
+ with dtc.
+
+ In order for build dependencies to work, all files compiled using
+ dtc_cpp must use the C pre-processor's #include functionality and not
+ dtc's /include/ functionality.
+
+ Using the C pre-processor allows use of #define to create named
+ constants. In turn, the #defines will typically appear in a header
+ file, which may be shared with regular C code. Since the dtc language
+ represents a data structure rather than code in C syntax, similar
+ restrictions are placed on a header file included by a device tree
+ file as for a header file included by an assembly language file.
+ In particular, the C pre-processor is passed -x assembler-with-cpp,
+ which sets macro __ASSEMBLY__. __DTS__ is also set. These allow header
+ files to restrict their content to that compatible with device tree
+ source.
+
+ A central rule exists to create $(obj)/%.dtb from $(src)/%.dtsp;
+ architecture Makefiles do no need to explicitly write out that rule.
+
--- 6.8 Custom kbuild commands
When kbuild is executing with KBUILD_VERBOSE=0, then only a shorthand
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
index 6c723811c0a0..4609e81dbc37 100644
--- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -564,6 +564,8 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
UART at the specified I/O port or MMIO address,
switching to the matching ttyS device later. The
options are the same as for ttyS, above.
+ hvc<n> Use the hypervisor console device <n>. This is for
+ both Xen and PowerPC hypervisors.
If the device connected to the port is not a TTY but a braille
device, prepend "brl," before the device type, for instance
@@ -594,6 +596,9 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
is selected automatically. Check
Documentation/kdump/kdump.txt for further details.
+ crashkernel_low=size[KMG]
+ [KNL, x86] parts under 4G.
+
crashkernel=range1:size1[,range2:size2,...][@offset]
[KNL] Same as above, but depends on the memory
in the running system. The syntax of range is
@@ -754,6 +759,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
earlyprintk= [X86,SH,BLACKFIN]
earlyprintk=vga
+ earlyprintk=xen
earlyprintk=serial[,ttySn[,baudrate]]
earlyprintk=ttySn[,baudrate]
earlyprintk=dbgp[debugController#]
@@ -771,6 +777,8 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
The VGA output is eventually overwritten by the real
console.
+ The xen output can only be used by Xen PV guests.
+
ekgdboc= [X86,KGDB] Allow early kernel console debugging
ekgdboc=kbd
@@ -970,6 +978,10 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
If specified, z/VM IUCV HVC accepts connections
from listed z/VM user IDs only.
+ hwthread_map= [METAG] Comma-separated list of Linux cpu id to
+ hardware thread id mappings.
+ Format: <cpu>:<hwthread>
+
keep_bootcon [KNL]
Do not unregister boot console at start. This is only
useful for debugging when something happens in the window
@@ -1039,16 +1051,11 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
Claim all unknown PCI IDE storage controllers.
idle= [X86]
- Format: idle=poll, idle=mwait, idle=halt, idle=nomwait
+ Format: idle=poll, idle=halt, idle=nomwait
Poll forces a polling idle loop that can slightly
improve the performance of waking up a idle CPU, but
will use a lot of power and make the system run hot.
Not recommended.
- idle=mwait: On systems which support MONITOR/MWAIT but
- the kernel chose to not use it because it doesn't save
- as much power as a normal idle loop, use the
- MONITOR/MWAIT idle loop anyways. Performance should be
- the same as idle=poll.
idle=halt: Halt is forced to be used for CPU idle.
In such case C2/C3 won't be used again.
idle=nomwait: Disable mwait for CPU C-states
@@ -1131,6 +1138,11 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
0 disables intel_idle and fall back on acpi_idle.
1 to 6 specify maximum depth of C-state.
+ intel_pstate= [X86]
+ disable
+ Do not enable intel_pstate as the default
+ scaling driver for the supported processors
+
intremap= [X86-64, Intel-IOMMU]
on enable Interrupt Remapping (default)
off disable Interrupt Remapping
@@ -1886,10 +1898,6 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
wfi(ARM) instruction doesn't work correctly and not to
use it. This is also useful when using JTAG debugger.
- no-hlt [BUGS=X86-32] Tells the kernel that the hlt
- instruction doesn't work correctly and not to
- use it.
-
no_file_caps Tells the kernel not to honor file capabilities. The
only way then for a file to be executed with privilege
is to be setuid root or executed by root.
@@ -2227,6 +2235,21 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
This sorting is done to get a device
order compatible with older (<= 2.4) kernels.
nobfsort Don't sort PCI devices into breadth-first order.
+ pcie_bus_tune_off Disable PCIe MPS (Max Payload Size)
+ tuning and use the BIOS-configured MPS defaults.
+ pcie_bus_safe Set every device's MPS to the largest value
+ supported by all devices below the root complex.
+ pcie_bus_perf Set device MPS to the largest allowable MPS
+ based on its parent bus. Also set MRRS (Max
+ Read Request Size) to the largest supported
+ value (no larger than the MPS that the device
+ or bus can support) for best performance.
+ pcie_bus_peer2peer Set every device's MPS to 128B, which
+ every device is guaranteed to support. This
+ configuration allows peer-to-peer DMA between
+ any pair of devices, possibly at the cost of
+ reduced performance. This also guarantees
+ that hot-added devices will work.
cbiosize=nn[KMG] The fixed amount of bus space which is
reserved for the CardBus bridge's IO window.
The default value is 256 bytes.
@@ -2248,6 +2271,12 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
the default.
off: Turn ECRC off
on: Turn ECRC on.
+ hpiosize=nn[KMG] The fixed amount of bus space which is
+ reserved for hotplug bridge's IO window.
+ Default size is 256 bytes.
+ hpmemsize=nn[KMG] The fixed amount of bus space which is
+ reserved for hotplug bridge's memory window.
+ Default size is 2 megabytes.
realloc= Enable/disable reallocating PCI bridge resources
if allocations done by BIOS are too small to
accommodate resources required by all child
diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt b/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt
index 9d666828915a..cf7bc6cb9719 100644
--- a/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt
@@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@ Sysfs notes:
EXPERIMENTAL: UWB
-----------------
-This feature is marked EXPERIMENTAL because it has not been extensively
+This feature is considered EXPERIMENTAL because it has not been extensively
tested and validated in various ThinkPad models yet. The feature may not
work as expected. USE WITH CAUTION! To use this feature, you need to supply
the experimental=1 parameter when loading the module.
diff --git a/Documentation/leds/00-INDEX b/Documentation/leds/00-INDEX
index 5fefe374892f..5246090ef15c 100644
--- a/Documentation/leds/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/leds/00-INDEX
@@ -6,5 +6,7 @@ leds-lp5521.txt
- notes on how to use the leds-lp5521 driver.
leds-lp5523.txt
- notes on how to use the leds-lp5523 driver.
+leds-lp55xx.txt
+ - description about lp55xx common driver.
leds-lm3556.txt
- notes on how to use the leds-lm3556 driver.
diff --git a/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5521.txt b/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5521.txt
index 0e542ab3d4a0..270f57196339 100644
--- a/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5521.txt
+++ b/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5521.txt
@@ -17,19 +17,8 @@ lp5521:channelx, where x is 0 .. 2
All three channels can be also controlled using the engine micro programs.
More details of the instructions can be found from the public data sheet.
-Control interface for the engines:
-x is 1 .. 3
-enginex_mode : disabled, load, run
-enginex_load : store program (visible only in engine load mode)
-
-Example (start to blink the channel 2 led):
-cd /sys/class/leds/lp5521:channel2/device
-echo "load" > engine3_mode
-echo "037f4d0003ff6000" > engine3_load
-echo "run" > engine3_mode
-
-stop the engine:
-echo "disabled" > engine3_mode
+LP5521 has the internal program memory for running various LED patterns.
+For the details, please refer to 'firmware' section in leds-lp55xx.txt
sysfs contains a selftest entry.
The test communicates with the chip and checks that
@@ -47,7 +36,7 @@ The name of each channel can be configurable.
If the name field is not defined, the default name will be set to 'xxxx:channelN'
(XXXX : pdata->label or i2c client name, N : channel number)
-static struct lp5521_led_config lp5521_led_config[] = {
+static struct lp55xx_led_config lp5521_led_config[] = {
{
.name = "red",
.chan_nr = 0,
@@ -81,10 +70,10 @@ static void lp5521_enable(bool state)
/* Control of chip enable signal */
}
-static struct lp5521_platform_data lp5521_platform_data = {
+static struct lp55xx_platform_data lp5521_platform_data = {
.led_config = lp5521_led_config,
.num_channels = ARRAY_SIZE(lp5521_led_config),
- .clock_mode = LP5521_CLOCK_EXT,
+ .clock_mode = LP55XX_CLOCK_EXT,
.setup_resources = lp5521_setup,
.release_resources = lp5521_release,
.enable = lp5521_enable,
@@ -105,47 +94,9 @@ example of update_config :
LP5521_CP_MODE_AUTO | LP5521_R_TO_BATT | \
LP5521_CLK_INT)
-static struct lp5521_platform_data lp5521_pdata = {
+static struct lp55xx_platform_data lp5521_pdata = {
.led_config = lp5521_led_config,
.num_channels = ARRAY_SIZE(lp5521_led_config),
- .clock_mode = LP5521_CLOCK_INT,
+ .clock_mode = LP55XX_CLOCK_INT,
.update_config = LP5521_CONFIGS,
};
-
-LED patterns : LP5521 has autonomous operation without external control.
-Pattern data can be defined in the platform data.
-
-example of led pattern data :
-
-/* RGB(50,5,0) 500ms on, 500ms off, infinite loop */
-static u8 pattern_red[] = {
- 0x40, 0x32, 0x60, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x60, 0x00,
- };
-
-static u8 pattern_green[] = {
- 0x40, 0x05, 0x60, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x60, 0x00,
- };
-
-static struct lp5521_led_pattern board_led_patterns[] = {
- {
- .r = pattern_red,
- .g = pattern_green,
- .size_r = ARRAY_SIZE(pattern_red),
- .size_g = ARRAY_SIZE(pattern_green),
- },
-};
-
-static struct lp5521_platform_data lp5521_platform_data = {
- .led_config = lp5521_led_config,
- .num_channels = ARRAY_SIZE(lp5521_led_config),
- .clock_mode = LP5521_CLOCK_EXT,
- .patterns = board_led_patterns,
- .num_patterns = ARRAY_SIZE(board_led_patterns),
-};
-
-Then predefined led pattern(s) can be executed via the sysfs.
-To start the pattern #1,
-# echo 1 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxxx/led_pattern
-(xxxx : i2c bus & slave address)
-To end the pattern,
-# echo 0 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxxx/led_pattern
diff --git a/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.txt b/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.txt
index c2743f59f9ac..899fdad509fe 100644
--- a/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.txt
+++ b/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.txt
@@ -27,25 +27,8 @@ c) Default
If both fields are NULL, 'lp5523' is used by default.
/sys/class/leds/lp5523:channelN (N: 0 ~ 8)
-The chip provides 3 engines. Each engine can control channels without
-interaction from the main CPU. Details of the micro engine code can be found
-from the public data sheet. Leds can be muxed to different channels.
-
-Control interface for the engines:
-x is 1 .. 3
-enginex_mode : disabled, load, run
-enginex_load : microcode load (visible only in load mode)
-enginex_leds : led mux control (visible only in load mode)
-
-cd /sys/class/leds/lp5523:channel2/device
-echo "load" > engine3_mode
-echo "9d80400004ff05ff437f0000" > engine3_load
-echo "111111111" > engine3_leds
-echo "run" > engine3_mode
-
-sysfs contains a selftest entry. It measures each channel
-voltage level and checks if it looks reasonable. If the level is too high,
-the led is missing; if the level is too low, there is a short circuit.
+LP5523 has the internal program memory for running various LED patterns.
+For the details, please refer to 'firmware' section in leds-lp55xx.txt
Selftest uses always the current from the platform data.
@@ -58,7 +41,7 @@ Example platform data:
Note - chan_nr can have values between 0 and 8.
-static struct lp5523_led_config lp5523_led_config[] = {
+static struct lp55xx_led_config lp5523_led_config[] = {
{
.name = "D1",
.chan_nr = 0,
@@ -88,10 +71,10 @@ static void lp5523_enable(bool state)
/* Control chip enable signal */
}
-static struct lp5523_platform_data lp5523_platform_data = {
+static struct lp55xx_platform_data lp5523_platform_data = {
.led_config = lp5523_led_config,
.num_channels = ARRAY_SIZE(lp5523_led_config),
- .clock_mode = LP5523_CLOCK_EXT,
+ .clock_mode = LP55XX_CLOCK_EXT,
.setup_resources = lp5523_setup,
.release_resources = lp5523_release,
.enable = lp5523_enable,
diff --git a/Documentation/leds/leds-lp55xx.txt b/Documentation/leds/leds-lp55xx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ced41868d2d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/leds/leds-lp55xx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+LP5521/LP5523/LP55231 Common Driver
+===================================
+
+Authors: Milo(Woogyom) Kim <milo.kim@ti.com>
+
+Description
+-----------
+LP5521, LP5523/55231 have common features as below.
+
+ Register access via the I2C
+ Device initialization/deinitialization
+ Create LED class devices for multiple output channels
+ Device attributes for user-space interface
+ Program memory for running LED patterns
+
+The LP55xx common driver provides these features using exported functions.
+ lp55xx_init_device() / lp55xx_deinit_device()
+ lp55xx_register_leds() / lp55xx_unregister_leds()
+ lp55xx_regsister_sysfs() / lp55xx_unregister_sysfs()
+
+( Driver Structure Data )
+
+In lp55xx common driver, two different data structure is used.
+
+o lp55xx_led
+ control multi output LED channels such as led current, channel index.
+o lp55xx_chip
+ general chip control such like the I2C and platform data.
+
+For example, LP5521 has maximum 3 LED channels.
+LP5523/55231 has 9 output channels.
+
+lp55xx_chip for LP5521 ... lp55xx_led #1
+ lp55xx_led #2
+ lp55xx_led #3
+
+lp55xx_chip for LP5523 ... lp55xx_led #1
+ lp55xx_led #2
+ .
+ .
+ lp55xx_led #9
+
+( Chip Dependent Code )
+
+To support device specific configurations, special structure
+'lpxx_device_config' is used.
+
+ Maximum number of channels
+ Reset command, chip enable command
+ Chip specific initialization
+ Brightness control register access
+ Setting LED output current
+ Program memory address access for running patterns
+ Additional device specific attributes
+
+( Firmware Interface )
+
+LP55xx family devices have the internal program memory for running
+various LED patterns.
+This pattern data is saved as a file in the user-land or
+hex byte string is written into the memory through the I2C.
+LP55xx common driver supports the firmware interface.
+
+LP55xx chips have three program engines.
+To load and run the pattern, the programming sequence is following.
+ (1) Select an engine number (1/2/3)
+ (2) Mode change to load
+ (3) Write pattern data into selected area
+ (4) Mode change to run
+
+The LP55xx common driver provides simple interfaces as below.
+select_engine : Select which engine is used for running program
+run_engine : Start program which is loaded via the firmware interface
+firmware : Load program data
+
+For example, run blinking pattern in engine #1 of LP5521
+echo 1 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxxx/select_engine
+echo 1 > /sys/class/firmware/lp5521/loading
+echo "4000600040FF6000" > /sys/class/firmware/lp5521/data
+echo 0 > /sys/class/firmware/lp5521/loading
+echo 1 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxxx/run_engine
+
+For example, run blinking pattern in engine #3 of LP55231
+echo 3 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxxx/select_engine
+echo 1 > /sys/class/firmware/lp55231/loading
+echo "9d0740ff7e0040007e00a0010000" > /sys/class/firmware/lp55231/data
+echo 0 > /sys/class/firmware/lp55231/loading
+echo 1 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxxx/run_engine
+
+To start blinking patterns in engine #2 and #3 simultaneously,
+for idx in 2 3
+do
+ echo $idx > /sys/class/leds/red/device/select_engine
+ sleep 0.1
+ echo 1 > /sys/class/firmware/lp5521/loading
+ echo "4000600040FF6000" > /sys/class/firmware/lp5521/data
+ echo 0 > /sys/class/firmware/lp5521/loading
+done
+echo 1 > /sys/class/leds/red/device/run_engine
+
+Here is another example for LP5523.
+echo 2 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxxx/select_engine
+echo 1 > /sys/class/firmware/lp5523/loading
+echo "9d80400004ff05ff437f0000" > /sys/class/firmware/lp5523/data
+echo 0 > /sys/class/firmware/lp5523/loading
+echo 1 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxxx/run_engine
+
+As soon as 'loading' is set to 0, registered callback is called.
+Inside the callback, the selected engine is loaded and memory is updated.
+To run programmed pattern, 'run_engine' attribute should be enabled.
+
+( 'run_engine' and 'firmware_cb' )
+The sequence of running the program data is common.
+But each device has own specific register addresses for commands.
+To support this, 'run_engine' and 'firmware_cb' are configurable in each driver.
+run_engine : Control the selected engine
+firmware_cb : The callback function after loading the firmware is done.
+ Chip specific commands for loading and updating program memory.
diff --git a/Documentation/lockstat.txt b/Documentation/lockstat.txt
index cef00d42ed5b..dd2f7b26ca30 100644
--- a/Documentation/lockstat.txt
+++ b/Documentation/lockstat.txt
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ that had to wait on lock acquisition.
- CONFIGURATION
-Lock statistics are enabled via CONFIG_LOCK_STATS.
+Lock statistics are enabled via CONFIG_LOCK_STAT.
- USAGE
diff --git a/Documentation/magic-number.txt b/Documentation/magic-number.txt
index 82761a31d64d..76d80a64bbe1 100644
--- a/Documentation/magic-number.txt
+++ b/Documentation/magic-number.txt
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ SLAB_C_MAGIC 0x4f17a36d kmem_cache mm/slab.c
COW_MAGIC 0x4f4f4f4d cow_header_v1 arch/um/drivers/ubd_user.c
I810_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E i810_card sound/oss/i810_audio.c
TRIDENT_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E trident_card sound/oss/trident.c
-ROUTER_MAGIC 0x524d4157 wan_device include/linux/wanrouter.h
+ROUTER_MAGIC 0x524d4157 wan_device [in wanrouter.h pre 3.9]
SCC_MAGIC 0x52696368 gs_port drivers/char/scc.h
SAVEKMSG_MAGIC1 0x53415645 savekmsg arch/*/amiga/config.c
GDA_MAGIC 0x58464552 gda arch/mips/include/asm/sn/gda.h
diff --git a/Documentation/media-framework.txt b/Documentation/media-framework.txt
index 802875413873..77bd0a42f19d 100644
--- a/Documentation/media-framework.txt
+++ b/Documentation/media-framework.txt
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ Calls to media_entity_pipeline_start() can be nested. The pipeline pointer must
be identical for all nested calls to the function.
media_entity_pipeline_start() may return an error. In that case, it will
-clean up any the changes it did by itself.
+clean up any of the changes it did by itself.
When stopping the stream, drivers must notify the entities with
diff --git a/Documentation/metag/00-INDEX b/Documentation/metag/00-INDEX
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..db11c513bd5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/metag/00-INDEX
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+00-INDEX
+ - this file
+kernel-ABI.txt
+ - Documents metag ABI details
diff --git a/Documentation/metag/kernel-ABI.txt b/Documentation/metag/kernel-ABI.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7b8dee83b9c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/metag/kernel-ABI.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+ ==========================
+ KERNEL ABIS FOR METAG ARCH
+ ==========================
+
+This document describes the Linux ABIs for the metag architecture, and has the
+following sections:
+
+ (*) Outline of registers
+ (*) Userland registers
+ (*) Kernel registers
+ (*) System call ABI
+ (*) Calling conventions
+
+
+====================
+OUTLINE OF REGISTERS
+====================
+
+The main Meta core registers are arranged in units:
+
+ UNIT Type DESCRIPTION GP EXT PRIV GLOBAL
+ ======= ======= =============== ======= ======= ======= =======
+ CT Special Control unit
+ D0 General Data unit 0 0-7 8-15 16-31 16-31
+ D1 General Data unit 1 0-7 8-15 16-31 16-31
+ A0 General Address unit 0 0-3 4-7 8-15 8-15
+ A1 General Address unit 1 0-3 4-7 8-15 8-15
+ PC Special PC unit 0 1
+ PORT Special Ports
+ TR Special Trigger unit 0-7
+ TT Special Trace unit 0-5
+ FX General FP unit 0-15
+
+GP registers form part of the main context.
+
+Extended context registers (EXT) may not be present on all hardware threads and
+can be context switched if support is enabled and the appropriate bits are set
+in e.g. the D0.8 register to indicate what extended state to preserve.
+
+Global registers are shared between threads and are privilege protected.
+
+See arch/metag/include/asm/metag_regs.h for definitions relating to core
+registers and the fields and bits they contain. See the TRMs for further details
+about special registers.
+
+Several special registers are preserved in the main context, these are the
+interesting ones:
+
+ REG (ALIAS) PURPOSE
+ ======================= ===============================================
+ CT.1 (TXMODE) Processor mode bits (particularly for DSP)
+ CT.2 (TXSTATUS) Condition flags and LSM_STEP (MGET/MSET step)
+ CT.3 (TXRPT) Branch repeat counter
+ PC.0 (PC) Program counter
+
+Some of the general registers have special purposes in the ABI and therefore
+have aliases:
+
+ D0 REG (ALIAS) PURPOSE D1 REG (ALIAS) PURPOSE
+ =============== =============== =============== =======================
+ D0.0 (D0Re0) 32bit result D1.0 (D1Re0) Top half of 64bit result
+ D0.1 (D0Ar6) Argument 6 D1.1 (D1Ar5) Argument 5
+ D0.2 (D0Ar4) Argument 4 D1.2 (D1Ar3) Argument 3
+ D0.3 (D0Ar2) Argument 2 D1.3 (D1Ar1) Argument 1
+ D0.4 (D0FrT) Frame temp D1.4 (D1RtP) Return pointer
+ D0.5 Call preserved D1.5 Call preserved
+ D0.6 Call preserved D1.6 Call preserved
+ D0.7 Call preserved D1.7 Call preserved
+
+ A0 REG (ALIAS) PURPOSE A1 REG (ALIAS) PURPOSE
+ =============== =============== =============== =======================
+ A0.0 (A0StP) Stack pointer A1.0 (A1GbP) Global base pointer
+ A0.1 (A0FrP) Frame pointer A1.1 (A1LbP) Local base pointer
+ A0.2 A1.2
+ A0.3 A1.3
+
+
+==================
+USERLAND REGISTERS
+==================
+
+All the general purpose D0, D1, A0, A1 registers are preserved when entering the
+kernel (including asynchronous events such as interrupts and timer ticks) except
+the following which have special purposes in the ABI:
+
+ REGISTERS WHEN STATUS PURPOSE
+ =============== ======= =============== ===============================
+ D0.8 DSP Preserved ECH, determines what extended
+ DSP state to preserve.
+ A0.0 (A0StP) ALWAYS Preserved Stack >= A0StP may be clobbered
+ at any time by the creation of a
+ signal frame.
+ A1.0 (A1GbP) SMP Clobbered Used as temporary for loading
+ kernel stack pointer and saving
+ core context.
+ A0.15 !SMP Protected Stores kernel stack pointer.
+ A1.15 ALWAYS Protected Stores kernel base pointer.
+
+On UP A0.15 is used to store the kernel stack pointer for storing the userland
+context. A0.15 is global between hardware threads though which means it cannot
+be used on SMP for this purpose. Since no protected local registers are
+available A1GbP is reserved for use as a temporary to allow a percpu stack
+pointer to be loaded for storing the rest of the context.
+
+
+================
+KERNEL REGISTERS
+================
+
+When in the kernel the following registers have special purposes in the ABI:
+
+ REGISTERS WHEN STATUS PURPOSE
+ =============== ======= =============== ===============================
+ A0.0 (A0StP) ALWAYS Preserved Stack >= A0StP may be clobbered
+ at any time by the creation of
+ an irq signal frame.
+ A1.0 (A1GbP) ALWAYS Preserved Reserved (kernel base pointer).
+
+
+===============
+SYSTEM CALL ABI
+===============
+
+When a system call is made, the following registers are effective:
+
+ REGISTERS CALL RETURN
+ =============== ======================= ===============================
+ D0.0 (D0Re0) Return value (or -errno)
+ D1.0 (D1Re0) System call number Clobbered
+ D0.1 (D0Ar6) Syscall arg #6 Preserved
+ D1.1 (D1Ar5) Syscall arg #5 Preserved
+ D0.2 (D0Ar4) Syscall arg #4 Preserved
+ D1.2 (D1Ar3) Syscall arg #3 Preserved
+ D0.3 (D0Ar2) Syscall arg #2 Preserved
+ D1.3 (D1Ar1) Syscall arg #1 Preserved
+
+Due to the limited number of argument registers and some system calls with badly
+aligned 64-bit arguments, 64-bit values are always packed in consecutive
+arguments, even if this is contrary to the normal calling conventions (where the
+two halves would go in a matching pair of data registers).
+
+For example fadvise64_64 usually has the signature:
+
+ long sys_fadvise64_64(i32 fd, i64 offs, i64 len, i32 advice);
+
+But for metag fadvise64_64 is wrapped so that the 64-bit arguments are packed:
+
+ long sys_fadvise64_64_metag(i32 fd, i32 offs_lo,
+ i32 offs_hi, i32 len_lo,
+ i32 len_hi, i32 advice)
+
+So the arguments are packed in the registers like this:
+
+ D0 REG (ALIAS) VALUE D1 REG (ALIAS) VALUE
+ =============== =============== =============== =======================
+ D0.1 (D0Ar6) advice D1.1 (D1Ar5) hi(len)
+ D0.2 (D0Ar4) lo(len) D1.2 (D1Ar3) hi(offs)
+ D0.3 (D0Ar2) lo(offs) D1.3 (D1Ar1) fd
+
+
+===================
+CALLING CONVENTIONS
+===================
+
+These calling conventions apply to both user and kernel code. The stack grows
+from low addresses to high addresses in the metag ABI. The stack pointer (A0StP)
+should always point to the next free address on the stack and should at all
+times be 64-bit aligned. The following registers are effective at the point of a
+call:
+
+ REGISTERS CALL RETURN
+ =============== ======================= ===============================
+ D0.0 (D0Re0) 32bit return value
+ D1.0 (D1Re0) Upper half of 64bit return value
+ D0.1 (D0Ar6) 32bit argument #6 Clobbered
+ D1.1 (D1Ar5) 32bit argument #5 Clobbered
+ D0.2 (D0Ar4) 32bit argument #4 Clobbered
+ D1.2 (D1Ar3) 32bit argument #3 Clobbered
+ D0.3 (D0Ar2) 32bit argument #2 Clobbered
+ D1.3 (D1Ar1) 32bit argument #1 Clobbered
+ D0.4 (D0FrT) Clobbered
+ D1.4 (D1RtP) Return pointer Clobbered
+ D{0-1}.{5-7} Preserved
+ A0.0 (A0StP) Stack pointer Preserved
+ A1.0 (A0GbP) Preserved
+ A0.1 (A0FrP) Frame pointer Preserved
+ A1.1 (A0LbP) Preserved
+ A{0-1},{2-3} Clobbered
+
+64-bit arguments are placed in matching pairs of registers (i.e. the same
+register number in both D0 and D1 units), with the least significant half in D0
+and the most significant half in D1, leaving a gap where necessary. Futher
+arguments are stored on the stack in reverse order (earlier arguments at higher
+addresses):
+
+ ADDRESS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
+ =============== ===== ===== ===== ===== ===== ===== ===== =====
+ A0StP -->
+ A0StP-0x08 32bit argument #8 32bit argument #7
+ A0StP-0x10 32bit argument #10 32bit argument #9
+
+Function prologues tend to look a bit like this:
+
+ /* If frame pointer in use, move it to frame temp register so it can be
+ easily pushed onto stack */
+ MOV D0FrT,A0FrP
+
+ /* If frame pointer in use, set it to stack pointer */
+ ADD A0FrP,A0StP,#0
+
+ /* Preserve D0FrT, D1RtP, D{0-1}.{5-7} on stack, incrementing A0StP */
+ MSETL [A0StP++],D0FrT,D0.5,D0.6,D0.7
+
+ /* Allocate some stack space for local variables */
+ ADD A0StP,A0StP,#0x10
+
+At this point the stack would look like this:
+
+ ADDRESS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
+ =============== ===== ===== ===== ===== ===== ===== ===== =====
+ A0StP -->
+ A0StP-0x08
+ A0StP-0x10
+ A0StP-0x18 Old D0.7 Old D1.7
+ A0StP-0x20 Old D0.6 Old D1.6
+ A0StP-0x28 Old D0.5 Old D1.5
+ A0FrP --> Old A0FrP (frame ptr) Old D1RtP (return ptr)
+ A0FrP-0x08 32bit argument #8 32bit argument #7
+ A0FrP-0x10 32bit argument #10 32bit argument #9
+
+Function epilogues tend to differ depending on the use of a frame pointer. An
+example of a frame pointer epilogue:
+
+ /* Restore D0FrT, D1RtP, D{0-1}.{5-7} from stack, incrementing A0FrP */
+ MGETL D0FrT,D0.5,D0.6,D0.7,[A0FrP++]
+ /* Restore stack pointer to where frame pointer was before increment */
+ SUB A0StP,A0FrP,#0x20
+ /* Restore frame pointer from frame temp */
+ MOV A0FrP,D0FrT
+ /* Return to caller via restored return pointer */
+ MOV PC,D1RtP
+
+If the function hasn't touched the frame pointer, MGETL cannot be safely used
+with A0StP as it always increments and that would expose the stack to clobbering
+by interrupts (kernel) or signals (user). Therefore it's common to see the MGETL
+split into separate GETL instructions:
+
+ /* Restore D0FrT, D1RtP, D{0-1}.{5-7} from stack */
+ GETL D0FrT,D1RtP,[A0StP+#-0x30]
+ GETL D0.5,D1.5,[A0StP+#-0x28]
+ GETL D0.6,D1.6,[A0StP+#-0x20]
+ GETL D0.7,D1.7,[A0StP+#-0x18]
+ /* Restore stack pointer */
+ SUB A0StP,A0StP,#0x30
+ /* Return to caller via restored return pointer */
+ MOV PC,D1RtP
diff --git a/Documentation/namespaces/resource-control.txt b/Documentation/namespaces/resource-control.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..abc13c394738
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/namespaces/resource-control.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+There are a lot of kinds of objects in the kernel that don't have
+individual limits or that have limits that are ineffective when a set
+of processes is allowed to switch user ids. With user namespaces
+enabled in a kernel for people who don't trust their users or their
+users programs to play nice this problems becomes more acute.
+
+Therefore it is recommended that memory control groups be enabled in
+kernels that enable user namespaces, and it is further recommended
+that userspace configure memory control groups to limit how much
+memory user's they don't trust to play nice can use.
+
+Memory control groups can be configured by installing the libcgroup
+package present on most distros editing /etc/cgrules.conf,
+/etc/cgconfig.conf and setting up libpam-cgroup.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX b/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX
index 2cc3c7733a2f..258d9b92c36f 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX
@@ -52,8 +52,6 @@ de4x5.txt
- the Digital EtherWORKS DE4?? and DE5?? PCI Ethernet driver
decnet.txt
- info on using the DECnet networking layer in Linux.
-depca.txt
- - the Digital DEPCA/EtherWORKS DE1?? and DE2?? LANCE Ethernet driver
dl2k.txt
- README for D-Link DL2000-based Gigabit Ethernet Adapters (dl2k.ko).
dm9000.txt
@@ -72,8 +70,6 @@ e1000e.txt
- README for the Intel Gigabit Ethernet Driver (e1000e).
eql.txt
- serial IP load balancing
-ewrk3.txt
- - the Digital EtherWORKS 3 DE203/4/5 Ethernet driver
fib_trie.txt
- Level Compressed Trie (LC-trie) notes: a structure for routing.
filter.txt
@@ -126,8 +122,6 @@ ltpc.txt
- the Apple or Farallon LocalTalk PC card driver
mac80211-injection.txt
- HOWTO use packet injection with mac80211
-multicast.txt
- - Behaviour of cards under Multicast
multiqueue.txt
- HOWTO for multiqueue network device support.
netconsole.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt b/Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 55d24433d151..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,203 +0,0 @@
-Released 1994-06-13
-
-
- CONTENTS:
-
- 1. Introduction.
- 2. License.
- 3. Files in this release.
- 4. Installation.
- 5. Problems and tuning.
- 6. Using the drivers with earlier releases.
- 7. Acknowledgments.
-
-
- 1. INTRODUCTION.
-
- This is a set of Ethernet drivers for the D-Link DE-600/DE-620
- pocket adapters, for the parallel port on a Linux based machine.
- Some adapter "clones" will also work. Xircom is _not_ a clone...
- These drivers _can_ be used as loadable modules,
- and were developed for use on Linux 1.1.13 and above.
- For use on Linux 1.0.X, or earlier releases, see below.
-
- I have used these drivers for NFS, ftp, telnet and X-clients on
- remote machines. Transmissions with ftp seems to work as
- good as can be expected (i.e. > 80k bytes/sec) from a
- parallel port...:-) Receive speeds will be about 60-80% of this.
- Depending on your machine, somewhat higher speeds can be achieved.
-
- All comments/fixes to Bjorn Ekwall (bj0rn@blox.se).
-
-
- 2. LICENSE.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it
- and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
- useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
- warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
- details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA
- 02139, USA.
-
-
- 3. FILES IN THIS RELEASE.
-
- README.DLINK This file.
- de600.c The Source (may it be with You :-) for the DE-600
- de620.c ditto for the DE-620
- de620.h Macros for de620.c
-
- If you are upgrading from the d-link tar release, there will
- also be a "dlink-patches" file that will patch Linux 1.1.18:
- linux/drivers/net/Makefile
- linux/drivers/net/CONFIG
- linux/drivers/net/MODULES
- linux/drivers/net/Space.c
- linux/config.in
- Apply the patch by:
- "cd /usr/src; patch -p0 < linux/drivers/net/dlink-patches"
- The old source, "linux/drivers/net/d_link.c", can be removed.
-
-
- 4. INSTALLATION.
-
- o Get the latest net binaries, according to current net.wisdom.
-
- o Read the NET-2 and Ethernet HOWTOs and modify your setup.
-
- o If your parallel port has a strange address or irq,
- modify "linux/drivers/net/CONFIG" accordingly, or adjust
- the parameters in the "tuning" section in the sources.
-
- If you are going to use the drivers as loadable modules, do _not_
- enable them while doing "make config", but instead make sure that
- the drivers are included in "linux/drivers/net/MODULES".
-
- If you are _not_ going to use the driver(s) as loadable modules,
- but instead have them included in the kernel, remember to enable
- the drivers while doing "make config".
-
- o To include networking and DE600/DE620 support in your kernel:
- # cd /linux
- (as modules:)
- # make config (answer yes on CONFIG_NET and CONFIG_INET)
- (else included in the kernel:)
- # make config (answer yes on CONFIG _NET, _INET and _DE600 or _DE620)
- # make clean
- # make zImage (or whatever magic you usually do)
-
- o I use lilo to boot multiple kernels, so that I at least
- can have one working kernel :-). If you do too, append
- these lines to /etc/lilo/config:
-
- image = /linux/zImage
- label = newlinux
- root = /dev/hda2 (or whatever YOU have...)
-
- # /etc/lilo/install
-
- o Do "sync" and reboot the new kernel with a D-Link
- DE-600/DE-620 pocket adapter connected.
-
- o The adapter can be configured with ifconfig eth?
- where the actual number is decided by the kernel
- when the drivers are initialized.
-
-
- 5. "PROBLEMS" AND TUNING,
-
- o If you see error messages from the driver, and if the traffic
- stops on the adapter, try to do "ifconfig" and "route" once
- more, just as in "rc.inet1". This should take care of most
- problems, including effects from power loss, or adapters that
- aren't connected to the printer port in some way or another.
- You can somewhat change the behaviour by enabling/disabling
- the macro SHUTDOWN_WHEN_LOST in the "tuning" section.
- For the DE-600 there is another macro, CHECK_LOST_DE600,
- that you might want to read about in the "tuning" section.
-
- o Some machines have trouble handling the parallel port and
- the adapter at high speed. If you experience problems:
-
- DE-600:
- - The adapter is not recognized at boot, i.e. an Ethernet
- address of 00:80:c8:... is not shown, try to add another
- "; SLOW_DOWN_IO"
- at DE600_SLOW_DOWN in the "tuning" section. As a last resort,
- uncomment: "#define REALLY_SLOW_IO" (see <asm/io.h> for hints).
-
- - You experience "timeout" messages: first try to add another
- "; SLOW_DOWN_IO"
- at DE600_SLOW_DOWN in the "tuning" section, _then_ try to
- increase the value (original value: 5) at
- "if (tickssofar < 5)" near line 422.
-
- DE-620:
- - Your parallel port might be "sluggish". To cater for
- this, there are the macros LOWSPEED and READ_DELAY/WRITE_DELAY
- in the "tuning" section. Your first step should be to enable
- LOWSPEED, and after that you can "tune" the XXX_DELAY values.
-
- o If the adapter _is_ recognized at boot but you get messages
- about "Network Unreachable", then the problem is probably
- _not_ with the driver. Check your net configuration instead
- (ifconfig and route) in "rc.inet1".
-
- o There is some rudimentary support for debugging, look at
- the source. Use "-DDE600_DEBUG=3" or "-DDE620_DEBUG=3"
- when compiling, or include it in "linux/drivers/net/CONFIG".
- IF YOU HAVE PROBLEMS YOU CAN'T SOLVE: PLEASE COMPILE THE DRIVER
- WITH DEBUGGING ENABLED, AND SEND ME THE RESULTING OUTPUT!
-
-
- 6. USING THE DRIVERS WITH EARLIER RELEASES.
-
- The later 1.1.X releases of the Linux kernel include some
- changes in the networking layer (a.k.a. NET3). This affects
- these drivers in a few places. The hints that follow are
- _not_ tested by me, since I don't have the disk space to keep
- all releases on-line.
- Known needed changes to date:
- - release patchfile: some patches will fail, but they should
- be easy to apply "by hand", since they are trivial.
- (Space.c: d_link_init() is now called de600_probe())
- - de600.c: change "mark_bh(NET_BH)" to "mark_bh(INET_BH)".
- - de620.c: (maybe) change the code around "netif_rx(skb);" to be
- similar to the code around "dev_rint(...)" in de600.c
-
-
- 7. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.
-
- These drivers wouldn't have been done without the base
- (and support) from Ross Biro, and D-Link Systems Inc.
- The driver relies upon GPL-ed source from D-Link Systems Inc.
- and from Russel Nelson at Crynwr Software <nelson@crynwr.com>.
-
- Additional input also from:
- Donald Becker <becker@super.org>, Alan Cox <A.Cox@swansea.ac.uk>
- and Fred N. van Kempen <waltje@uWalt.NL.Mugnet.ORG>
-
- DE-600 alpha release primary victim^H^H^H^H^H^Htester:
- - Erik Proper <erikp@cs.kun.nl>.
- Good input also from several users, most notably
- - Mark Burton <markb@ordern.demon.co.uk>.
-
- DE-620 alpha release victims^H^H^H^H^H^H^Htesters:
- - J. Joshua Kopper <kopper@rtsg.mot.com>
- - Olav Kvittem <Olav.Kvittem@uninett.no>
- - Germano Caronni <caronni@nessie.cs.id.ethz.ch>
- - Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@suite.sw.oz.au>
-
-
- Happy hacking!
-
- Bjorn Ekwall == bj0rn@blox.se
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlcnic b/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlcnic
index e7fb2c6023bc..2ae3b64983ab 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlcnic
+++ b/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlcnic
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-Copyright (c) 2009-2011 QLogic Corporation
+Copyright (c) 2009-2013 QLogic Corporation
QLogic Linux qlcnic NIC Driver
You may modify and redistribute the device driver code under the
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt b/Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt
index c725d33b316f..0e190180eec8 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt
@@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ TABLE OF CONTENTS
4.1 Compiling the Driver as a Loadable Module
4.2 Compiling the driver to support memory mode
4.3 Compiling the driver to support Rx DMA
- 4.4 Compiling the Driver into the Kernel
5.0 TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING
5.1 Known Defects and Limitations
@@ -364,84 +363,6 @@ The compile-time optionality for DMA was removed in the 2.3 kernel
series. DMA support is now unconditionally part of the driver. It is
enabled by the 'use_dma=1' module option.
-4.4 COMPILING THE DRIVER INTO THE KERNEL
-
-If your Linux distribution already has support for the cs89x0 driver
-then simply copy the source file to the /usr/src/linux/drivers/net
-directory to replace the original ones and run the make utility to
-rebuild the kernel. See Step 3 for rebuilding the kernel.
-
-If your Linux does not include the cs89x0 driver, you need to edit three
-configuration files, copy the source file to the /usr/src/linux/drivers/net
-directory, and then run the make utility to rebuild the kernel.
-
-1. Edit the following configuration files by adding the statements as
-indicated. (When possible, try to locate the added text to the section of the
-file containing similar statements).
-
-
-a.) In /usr/src/linux/drivers/net/Config.in, add:
-
-tristate 'CS89x0 support' CONFIG_CS89x0
-
-Example:
-
- if [ "$CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL" = "y" ]; then
- tristate 'ICL EtherTeam 16i/32 support' CONFIG_ETH16I
- fi
-
- tristate 'CS89x0 support' CONFIG_CS89x0
-
- tristate 'NE2000/NE1000 support' CONFIG_NE2000
- if [ "$CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL" = "y" ]; then
- tristate 'NI5210 support' CONFIG_NI52
-
-
-b.) In /usr/src/linux/drivers/net/Makefile, add the following lines:
-
-ifeq ($(CONFIG_CS89x0),y)
-L_OBJS += cs89x0.o
-else
- ifeq ($(CONFIG_CS89x0),m)
- M_OBJS += cs89x0.o
- endif
-endif
-
-
-c.) In /linux/drivers/net/Space.c file, add the line:
-
-extern int cs89x0_probe(struct device *dev);
-
-
-Example:
-
- extern int ultra_probe(struct device *dev);
- extern int wd_probe(struct device *dev);
- extern int el2_probe(struct device *dev);
-
- extern int cs89x0_probe(struct device *dev);
-
- extern int ne_probe(struct device *dev);
- extern int hp_probe(struct device *dev);
- extern int hp_plus_probe(struct device *dev);
-
-
-Also add:
-
- #ifdef CONFIG_CS89x0
- { cs89x0_probe,0 },
- #endif
-
-
-2.) Copy the driver source files (cs89x0.c and cs89x0.h)
-into the /usr/src/linux/drivers/net directory.
-
-
-3.) Go to /usr/src/linux directory and run 'make config' followed by 'make'
-(or make bzImage) to rebuild the kernel.
-
-4.) Use the DOS 'setup' utility to disable plug and play on the NIC.
-
5.0 TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING
===============================================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/depca.txt b/Documentation/networking/depca.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 24c6b26e5658..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/networking/depca.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-
-DE10x
-=====
-
-Memory Addresses:
-
- SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4
-64K on on on on d0000 dbfff
- off on on on c0000 cbfff
- off off on on e0000 ebfff
-
-32K on on off on d8000 dbfff
- off on off on c8000 cbfff
- off off off on e8000 ebfff
-
-DBR ROM on on dc000 dffff
- off on cc000 cffff
- off off ec000 effff
-
-Note that the 2K mode is set by SW3/SW4 on/off or off/off. Address
-assignment is through the RBSA register.
-
-I/O Address:
- SW5
-0x300 on
-0x200 off
-
-Remote Boot:
- SW6
-Disable on
-Enable off
-
-Remote Boot Timeout:
- SW7
-2.5min on
-30s off
-
-IRQ:
- SW8 SW9 SW10 SW11 SW12
-2 on off off off off
-3 off on off off off
-4 off off on off off
-5 off off off on off
-7 off off off off on
-
-DE20x
-=====
-
-Memory Size:
-
- SW3 SW4
-64K on on
-32K off on
-2K on off
-2K off off
-
-Start Addresses:
-
- SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4
-64K on on on on c0000 cffff
- on off on on d0000 dffff
- off on on on e0000 effff
-
-32K on on off off c8000 cffff
- on off off off d8000 dffff
- off on off off e8000 effff
-
-Illegal off off - - - -
-
-I/O Address:
- SW5
-0x300 on
-0x200 off
-
-Remote Boot:
- SW6
-Disable on
-Enable off
-
-Remote Boot Timeout:
- SW7
-2.5min on
-30s off
-
-IRQ:
- SW8 SW9 SW10 SW11 SW12
-5 on off off off off
-9 off on off off off
-10 off off on off off
-11 off off off on off
-15 off off off off on
-
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ewrk3.txt b/Documentation/networking/ewrk3.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 90e9e5f16e6b..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/networking/ewrk3.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-The EtherWORKS 3 driver in this distribution is designed to work with all
-kernels > 1.1.33 (approx) and includes tools in the 'ewrk3tools'
-subdirectory to allow set up of the card, similar to the MSDOS
-'NICSETUP.EXE' tools provided on the DOS drivers disk (type 'make' in that
-subdirectory to make the tools).
-
-The supported cards are DE203, DE204 and DE205. All other cards are NOT
-supported - refer to 'depca.c' for running the LANCE based network cards and
-'de4x5.c' for the DIGITAL Semiconductor PCI chip based adapters from
-Digital.
-
-The ability to load this driver as a loadable module has been included and
-used extensively during the driver development (to save those long reboot
-sequences). To utilise this ability, you have to do 8 things:
-
- 0) have a copy of the loadable modules code installed on your system.
- 1) copy ewrk3.c from the /linux/drivers/net directory to your favourite
- temporary directory.
- 2) edit the source code near line 1898 to reflect the I/O address and
- IRQ you're using.
- 3) compile ewrk3.c, but include -DMODULE in the command line to ensure
- that the correct bits are compiled (see end of source code).
- 4) if you are wanting to add a new card, goto 5. Otherwise, recompile a
- kernel with the ewrk3 configuration turned off and reboot.
- 5) insmod ewrk3.o
- [Alan Cox: Changed this so you can insmod ewrk3.o irq=x io=y]
- [Adam Kropelin: Multiple cards now supported by irq=x1,x2 io=y1,y2]
- 6) run the net startup bits for your new eth?? interface manually
- (usually /etc/rc.inet[12] at boot time).
- 7) enjoy!
-
- Note that autoprobing is not allowed in loadable modules - the system is
- already up and running and you're messing with interrupts.
-
- To unload a module, turn off the associated interface
- 'ifconfig eth?? down' then 'rmmod ewrk3'.
-
-The performance we've achieved so far has been measured through the 'ttcp'
-tool at 975kB/s. This measures the total TCP stack performance which
-includes the card, so don't expect to get much nearer the 1.25MB/s
-theoretical Ethernet rate.
-
-
-Enjoy!
-
-Dave
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/filter.txt b/Documentation/networking/filter.txt
index bbf2005270b5..cdb3e40b9d14 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/filter.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/filter.txt
@@ -17,12 +17,12 @@ creating filters.
LSF is much simpler than BPF. One does not have to worry about
devices or anything like that. You simply create your filter
-code, send it to the kernel via the SO_ATTACH_FILTER ioctl and
+code, send it to the kernel via the SO_ATTACH_FILTER option and
if your filter code passes the kernel check on it, you then
immediately begin filtering data on that socket.
You can also detach filters from your socket via the
-SO_DETACH_FILTER ioctl. This will probably not be used much
+SO_DETACH_FILTER option. This will probably not be used much
since when you close a socket that has a filter on it the
filter is automagically removed. The other less common case
may be adding a different filter on the same socket where you had another
@@ -31,12 +31,19 @@ the old one and placing your new one in its place, assuming your
filter has passed the checks, otherwise if it fails the old filter
will remain on that socket.
+SO_LOCK_FILTER option allows to lock the filter attached to a
+socket. Once set, a filter cannot be removed or changed. This allows
+one process to setup a socket, attach a filter, lock it then drop
+privileges and be assured that the filter will be kept until the
+socket is closed.
+
Examples
========
Ioctls-
setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ATTACH_FILTER, &Filter, sizeof(Filter));
setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_DETACH_FILTER, &value, sizeof(value));
+setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_LOCK_FILTER, &value, sizeof(value));
See the BSD bpf.4 manpage and the BSD Packet Filter paper written by
Steven McCanne and Van Jacobson of Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
index dbca66182089..dc2dc87d2557 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
@@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ route/max_size - INTEGER
Maximum number of routes allowed in the kernel. Increase
this when using large numbers of interfaces and/or routes.
+neigh/default/gc_thresh1 - INTEGER
+ Minimum number of entries to keep. Garbage collector will not
+ purge entries if there are fewer than this number.
+ Default: 256
+
neigh/default/gc_thresh3 - INTEGER
Maximum number of neighbor entries allowed. Increase this
when using large numbers of interfaces and when communicating
@@ -125,17 +130,6 @@ somaxconn - INTEGER
Defaults to 128. See also tcp_max_syn_backlog for additional tuning
for TCP sockets.
-tcp_abc - INTEGER
- Controls Appropriate Byte Count (ABC) defined in RFC3465.
- ABC is a way of increasing congestion window (cwnd) more slowly
- in response to partial acknowledgments.
- Possible values are:
- 0 increase cwnd once per acknowledgment (no ABC)
- 1 increase cwnd once per acknowledgment of full sized segment
- 2 allow increase cwnd by two if acknowledgment is
- of two segments to compensate for delayed acknowledgments.
- Default: 0 (off)
-
tcp_abort_on_overflow - BOOLEAN
If listening service is too slow to accept new connections,
reset them. Default state is FALSE. It means that if overflow
@@ -214,7 +208,8 @@ tcp_ecn - INTEGER
congestion before having to drop packets.
Possible values are:
0 Disable ECN. Neither initiate nor accept ECN.
- 1 Always request ECN on outgoing connection attempts.
+ 1 Enable ECN when requested by incoming connections and
+ also request ECN on outgoing connection attempts.
2 Enable ECN when requested by incoming connections
but do not request ECN on outgoing connections.
Default: 2
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/multicast.txt b/Documentation/networking/multicast.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index b06c8c69266f..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/networking/multicast.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-Behaviour of Cards Under Multicast
-==================================
-
-This is how they currently behave, not what the hardware can do--for example,
-the Lance driver doesn't use its filter, even though the code for loading
-it is in the DEC Lance-based driver.
-
-The following are requirements for multicasting
------------------------------------------------
-AppleTalk Multicast hardware filtering not important but
- avoid cards only doing promisc
-IP-Multicast Multicast hardware filters really help
-IP-MRoute AllMulti hardware filters are of no help
-
-
-Board Multicast AllMulti Promisc Filter
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-3c501 YES YES YES Software
-3c503 YES YES YES Hardware
-3c505 YES NO YES Hardware
-3c507 NO NO NO N/A
-3c509 YES YES YES Software
-3c59x YES YES YES Software
-ac3200 YES YES YES Hardware
-apricot YES PROMISC YES Hardware
-arcnet NO NO NO N/A
-at1700 PROMISC PROMISC YES Software
-atp PROMISC PROMISC YES Software
-cs89x0 YES YES YES Software
-de4x5 YES YES YES Hardware
-de600 NO NO NO N/A
-de620 PROMISC PROMISC YES Software
-depca YES PROMISC YES Hardware
-dmfe YES YES YES Software(*)
-e2100 YES YES YES Hardware
-eepro YES PROMISC YES Hardware
-eexpress NO NO NO N/A
-ewrk3 YES PROMISC YES Hardware
-hp-plus YES YES YES Hardware
-hp YES YES YES Hardware
-hp100 YES YES YES Hardware
-ibmtr NO NO NO N/A
-ioc3-eth YES YES YES Hardware
-lance YES YES YES Software(#)
-ne YES YES YES Hardware
-ni52 <------------------ Buggy ------------------>
-ni65 YES YES YES Software(#)
-seeq NO NO NO N/A
-sgiseek <------------------ Buggy ------------------>
-smc-ultra YES YES YES Hardware
-sunlance YES YES YES Hardware
-tulip YES YES YES Hardware
-wavelan YES PROMISC YES Hardware
-wd YES YES YES Hardware
-xirc2ps_cs YES YES YES Hardware
-znet YES YES YES Software
-
-
-PROMISC = This multicast mode is in fact promiscuous mode. Avoid using
-cards who go PROMISC on any multicast in a multicast kernel.
-
-(#) = Hardware multicast support is not used yet.
-(*) = Hardware support for Davicom 9132 chipset only.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt b/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt
index 2e9e0ae2cd45..a5d574a9ae09 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt
@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
started by Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>, 2001.09.17
2.6 port and netpoll api by Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>, Sep 9 2003
+IPv6 support by Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>, Jan 1 2013
Please send bug reports to Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
-and Satyam Sharma <satyam.sharma@gmail.com>
+Satyam Sharma <satyam.sharma@gmail.com>, and Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Introduction:
=============
@@ -41,6 +42,10 @@ Examples:
insmod netconsole netconsole=@/,@10.0.0.2/
+ or using IPv6
+
+ insmod netconsole netconsole=@/,@fd00:1:2:3::1/
+
It also supports logging to multiple remote agents by specifying
parameters for the multiple agents separated by semicolons and the
complete string enclosed in "quotes", thusly:
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/nf_conntrack-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/nf_conntrack-sysctl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..70da5086153d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/networking/nf_conntrack-sysctl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_* Variables:
+
+nf_conntrack_acct - BOOLEAN
+ 0 - disabled (default)
+ not 0 - enabled
+
+ Enable connection tracking flow accounting. 64-bit byte and packet
+ counters per flow are added.
+
+nf_conntrack_buckets - INTEGER (read-only)
+ Size of hash table. If not specified as parameter during module
+ loading, the default size is calculated by dividing total memory
+ by 16384 to determine the number of buckets but the hash table will
+ never have fewer than 32 or more than 16384 buckets.
+
+nf_conntrack_checksum - BOOLEAN
+ 0 - disabled
+ not 0 - enabled (default)
+
+ Verify checksum of incoming packets. Packets with bad checksums are
+ in INVALID state. If this is enabled, such packets will not be
+ considered for connection tracking.
+
+nf_conntrack_count - INTEGER (read-only)
+ Number of currently allocated flow entries.
+
+nf_conntrack_events - BOOLEAN
+ 0 - disabled
+ not 0 - enabled (default)
+
+ If this option is enabled, the connection tracking code will
+ provide userspace with connection tracking events via ctnetlink.
+
+nf_conntrack_events_retry_timeout - INTEGER (seconds)
+ default 15
+
+ This option is only relevant when "reliable connection tracking
+ events" are used. Normally, ctnetlink is "lossy", that is,
+ events are normally dropped when userspace listeners can't keep up.
+
+ Userspace can request "reliable event mode". When this mode is
+ active, the conntrack will only be destroyed after the event was
+ delivered. If event delivery fails, the kernel periodically
+ re-tries to send the event to userspace.
+
+ This is the maximum interval the kernel should use when re-trying
+ to deliver the destroy event.
+
+ A higher number means there will be fewer delivery retries and it
+ will take longer for a backlog to be processed.
+
+nf_conntrack_expect_max - INTEGER
+ Maximum size of expectation table. Default value is
+ nf_conntrack_buckets / 256. Minimum is 1.
+
+nf_conntrack_frag6_high_thresh - INTEGER
+ default 262144
+
+ Maximum memory used to reassemble IPv6 fragments. When
+ nf_conntrack_frag6_high_thresh bytes of memory is allocated for this
+ purpose, the fragment handler will toss packets until
+ nf_conntrack_frag6_low_thresh is reached.
+
+nf_conntrack_frag6_low_thresh - INTEGER
+ default 196608
+
+ See nf_conntrack_frag6_low_thresh
+
+nf_conntrack_frag6_timeout - INTEGER (seconds)
+ default 60
+
+ Time to keep an IPv6 fragment in memory.
+
+nf_conntrack_generic_timeout - INTEGER (seconds)
+ default 600
+
+ Default for generic timeout. This refers to layer 4 unknown/unsupported
+ protocols.
+
+nf_conntrack_helper - BOOLEAN
+ 0 - disabled
+ not 0 - enabled (default)
+
+ Enable automatic conntrack helper assignment.
+
+nf_conntrack_icmp_timeout - INTEGER (seconds)
+ default 30
+
+ Default for ICMP timeout.
+
+nf_conntrack_icmpv6_timeout - INTEGER (seconds)
+ default 30
+
+ Default for ICMP6 timeout.
+
+nf_conntrack_log_invalid - INTEGER
+ 0 - disable (default)
+ 1 - log ICMP packets
+ 6 - log TCP packets
+ 17 - log UDP packets
+ 33 - log DCCP packets
+ 41 - log ICMPv6 packets
+ 136 - log UDPLITE packets
+ 255 - log packets of any protocol
+
+ Log invalid packets of a type specified by value.
+
+nf_conntrack_max - INTEGER
+ Size of connection tracking table. Default value is
+ nf_conntrack_buckets value * 4.
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_be_liberal - BOOLEAN
+ 0 - disabled (default)
+ not 0 - enabled
+
+ Be conservative in what you do, be liberal in what you accept from others.
+ If it's non-zero, we mark only out of window RST segments as INVALID.
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_loose - BOOLEAN
+ 0 - disabled
+ not 0 - enabled (default)
+
+ If it is set to zero, we disable picking up already established
+ connections.
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_max_retrans - INTEGER
+ default 3
+
+ Maximum number of packets that can be retransmitted without
+ received an (acceptable) ACK from the destination. If this number
+ is reached, a shorter timer will be started.
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_close - INTEGER (seconds)
+ default 10
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_close_wait - INTEGER (seconds)
+ default 60
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_established - INTEGER (seconds)
+ default 432000 (5 days)
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_fin_wait - INTEGER (seconds)
+ default 120
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_last_ack - INTEGER (seconds)
+ default 30
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_max_retrans - INTEGER (seconds)
+ default 300
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_syn_recv - INTEGER (seconds)
+ default 60
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_syn_sent - INTEGER (seconds)
+ default 120
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_time_wait - INTEGER (seconds)
+ default 120
+
+nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_unacknowledged - INTEGER (seconds)
+ default 300
+
+nf_conntrack_timestamp - BOOLEAN
+ 0 - disabled (default)
+ not 0 - enabled
+
+ Enable connection tracking flow timestamping.
+
+nf_conntrack_udp_timeout - INTEGER (seconds)
+ default 30
+
+nf_conntrack_udp_timeout_stream2 - INTEGER (seconds)
+ default 180
+
+ This extended timeout will be used in case there is an UDP stream
+ detected.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/operstates.txt b/Documentation/networking/operstates.txt
index 1a77a3cfae54..97694572338b 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/operstates.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/operstates.txt
@@ -88,6 +88,10 @@ set this flag. On netif_carrier_off(), the scheduler stops sending
packets. The name 'carrier' and the inversion are historical, think of
it as lower layer.
+Note that for certain kind of soft-devices, which are not managing any
+real hardware, there is possible to set this bit from userpsace.
+One should use TVL IFLA_CARRIER to do so.
+
netif_carrier_ok() can be used to query that bit.
__LINK_STATE_DORMANT, maps to IFF_DORMANT:
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/phy.txt b/Documentation/networking/phy.txt
index 95e5f5985a2a..d5b1a3935245 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/phy.txt
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Letting the PHY Abstraction Layer do Everything
Now, to connect, just call this function:
- phydev = phy_connect(dev, phy_name, &adjust_link, flags, interface);
+ phydev = phy_connect(dev, phy_name, &adjust_link, interface);
phydev is a pointer to the phy_device structure which represents the PHY. If
phy_connect is successful, it will return the pointer. dev, here, is the
@@ -113,7 +113,9 @@ Letting the PHY Abstraction Layer do Everything
current state, though the PHY will not yet be truly operational at this
point.
- flags is a u32 which can optionally contain phy-specific flags.
+ PHY-specific flags should be set in phydev->dev_flags prior to the call
+ to phy_connect() such that the underlying PHY driver can check for flags
+ and perform specific operations based on them.
This is useful if the system has put hardware restrictions on
the PHY/controller, of which the PHY needs to be aware.
@@ -185,11 +187,10 @@ Doing it all yourself
start, or disables then frees them for stop.
struct phy_device * phy_attach(struct net_device *dev, const char *phy_id,
- u32 flags, phy_interface_t interface);
+ phy_interface_t interface);
Attaches a network device to a particular PHY, binding the PHY to a generic
- driver if none was found during bus initialization. Passes in
- any phy-specific flags as needed.
+ driver if none was found during bus initialization.
int phy_start_aneg(struct phy_device *phydev);
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/tuntap.txt b/Documentation/networking/tuntap.txt
index c0aab985bad9..949d5dcdd9a3 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/tuntap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/tuntap.txt
@@ -105,6 +105,83 @@ Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Maxim Krasnyansky <max_mk@yahoo.com>
Proto [2 bytes]
Raw protocol(IP, IPv6, etc) frame.
+ 3.3 Multiqueue tuntap interface:
+
+ From version 3.8, Linux supports multiqueue tuntap which can uses multiple
+ file descriptors (queues) to parallelize packets sending or receiving. The
+ device allocation is the same as before, and if user wants to create multiple
+ queues, TUNSETIFF with the same device name must be called many times with
+ IFF_MULTI_QUEUE flag.
+
+ char *dev should be the name of the device, queues is the number of queues to
+ be created, fds is used to store and return the file descriptors (queues)
+ created to the caller. Each file descriptor were served as the interface of a
+ queue which could be accessed by userspace.
+
+ #include <linux/if.h>
+ #include <linux/if_tun.h>
+
+ int tun_alloc_mq(char *dev, int queues, int *fds)
+ {
+ struct ifreq ifr;
+ int fd, err, i;
+
+ if (!dev)
+ return -1;
+
+ memset(&ifr, 0, sizeof(ifr));
+ /* Flags: IFF_TUN - TUN device (no Ethernet headers)
+ * IFF_TAP - TAP device
+ *
+ * IFF_NO_PI - Do not provide packet information
+ * IFF_MULTI_QUEUE - Create a queue of multiqueue device
+ */
+ ifr.ifr_flags = IFF_TAP | IFF_NO_PI | IFF_MULTI_QUEUE;
+ strcpy(ifr.ifr_name, dev);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < queues; i++) {
+ if ((fd = open("/dev/net/tun", O_RDWR)) < 0)
+ goto err;
+ err = ioctl(fd, TUNSETIFF, (void *)&ifr);
+ if (err) {
+ close(fd);
+ goto err;
+ }
+ fds[i] = fd;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+ err:
+ for (--i; i >= 0; i--)
+ close(fds[i]);
+ return err;
+ }
+
+ A new ioctl(TUNSETQUEUE) were introduced to enable or disable a queue. When
+ calling it with IFF_DETACH_QUEUE flag, the queue were disabled. And when
+ calling it with IFF_ATTACH_QUEUE flag, the queue were enabled. The queue were
+ enabled by default after it was created through TUNSETIFF.
+
+ fd is the file descriptor (queue) that we want to enable or disable, when
+ enable is true we enable it, otherwise we disable it
+
+ #include <linux/if.h>
+ #include <linux/if_tun.h>
+
+ int tun_set_queue(int fd, int enable)
+ {
+ struct ifreq ifr;
+
+ memset(&ifr, 0, sizeof(ifr));
+
+ if (enable)
+ ifr.ifr_flags = IFF_ATTACH_QUEUE;
+ else
+ ifr.ifr_flags = IFF_DETACH_QUEUE;
+
+ return ioctl(fd, TUNSETQUEUE, (void *)&ifr);
+ }
+
Universal TUN/TAP device driver Frequently Asked Question.
1. What platforms are supported by TUN/TAP driver ?
diff --git a/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt b/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt
index 89a339c9b079..0686c9e211c2 100644
--- a/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt
@@ -17,10 +17,12 @@ HCI
HCI registers as an nfc device with NFC Core. Requests coming from userspace are
routed through netlink sockets to NFC Core and then to HCI. From this point,
they are translated in a sequence of HCI commands sent to the HCI layer in the
-host controller (the chip). The sending context blocks while waiting for the
-response to arrive.
+host controller (the chip). Commands can be executed synchronously (the sending
+context blocks waiting for response) or asynchronously (the response is returned
+from HCI Rx context).
HCI events can also be received from the host controller. They will be handled
-and a translation will be forwarded to NFC Core as needed.
+and a translation will be forwarded to NFC Core as needed. There are hooks to
+let the HCI driver handle proprietary events or override standard behavior.
HCI uses 2 execution contexts:
- one for executing commands : nfc_hci_msg_tx_work(). Only one command
can be executing at any given moment.
@@ -33,6 +35,8 @@ The Session initialization is an HCI standard which must unfortunately
support proprietary gates. This is the reason why the driver will pass a list
of proprietary gates that must be part of the session. HCI will ensure all
those gates have pipes connected when the hci device is set up.
+In case the chip supports pre-opened gates and pseudo-static pipes, the driver
+can pass that information to HCI core.
HCI Gates and Pipes
-------------------
@@ -46,6 +50,13 @@ without knowing the pipe connected to it.
Driver interface
----------------
+A driver is generally written in two parts : the physical link management and
+the HCI management. This makes it easier to maintain a driver for a chip that
+can be connected using various phy (i2c, spi, ...)
+
+HCI Management
+--------------
+
A driver would normally register itself with HCI and provide the following
entry points:
@@ -53,58 +64,113 @@ struct nfc_hci_ops {
int (*open)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev);
void (*close)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev);
int (*hci_ready) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev);
- int (*xmit)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, struct sk_buff *skb);
- int (*start_poll)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u32 protocols);
- int (*target_from_gate)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u8 gate,
- struct nfc_target *target);
+ int (*xmit) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, struct sk_buff *skb);
+ int (*start_poll) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev,
+ u32 im_protocols, u32 tm_protocols);
+ int (*dep_link_up)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, struct nfc_target *target,
+ u8 comm_mode, u8 *gb, size_t gb_len);
+ int (*dep_link_down)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev);
+ int (*target_from_gate) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u8 gate,
+ struct nfc_target *target);
int (*complete_target_discovered) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u8 gate,
struct nfc_target *target);
- int (*data_exchange) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev,
- struct nfc_target *target,
- struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff **res_skb);
+ int (*im_transceive) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev,
+ struct nfc_target *target, struct sk_buff *skb,
+ data_exchange_cb_t cb, void *cb_context);
+ int (*tm_send)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, struct sk_buff *skb);
int (*check_presence)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev,
struct nfc_target *target);
+ int (*event_received)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u8 gate, u8 event,
+ struct sk_buff *skb);
};
- open() and close() shall turn the hardware on and off.
- hci_ready() is an optional entry point that is called right after the hci
session has been set up. The driver can use it to do additional initialization
that must be performed using HCI commands.
-- xmit() shall simply write a frame to the chip.
+- xmit() shall simply write a frame to the physical link.
- start_poll() is an optional entrypoint that shall set the hardware in polling
mode. This must be implemented only if the hardware uses proprietary gates or a
mechanism slightly different from the HCI standard.
+- dep_link_up() is called after a p2p target has been detected, to finish
+the p2p connection setup with hardware parameters that need to be passed back
+to nfc core.
+- dep_link_down() is called to bring the p2p link down.
- target_from_gate() is an optional entrypoint to return the nfc protocols
corresponding to a proprietary gate.
- complete_target_discovered() is an optional entry point to let the driver
perform additional proprietary processing necessary to auto activate the
discovered target.
-- data_exchange() must be implemented by the driver if proprietary HCI commands
+- im_transceive() must be implemented by the driver if proprietary HCI commands
are required to send data to the tag. Some tag types will require custom
commands, others can be written to using the standard HCI commands. The driver
can check the tag type and either do proprietary processing, or return 1 to ask
-for standard processing.
+for standard processing. The data exchange command itself must be sent
+asynchronously.
+- tm_send() is called to send data in the case of a p2p connection
- check_presence() is an optional entry point that will be called regularly
by the core to check that an activated tag is still in the field. If this is
not implemented, the core will not be able to push tag_lost events to the user
space
+- event_received() is called to handle an event coming from the chip. Driver
+can handle the event or return 1 to let HCI attempt standard processing.
On the rx path, the driver is responsible to push incoming HCP frames to HCI
using nfc_hci_recv_frame(). HCI will take care of re-aggregation and handling
This must be done from a context that can sleep.
-SHDLC
------
+PHY Management
+--------------
+
+The physical link (i2c, ...) management is defined by the following struture:
+
+struct nfc_phy_ops {
+ int (*write)(void *dev_id, struct sk_buff *skb);
+ int (*enable)(void *dev_id);
+ void (*disable)(void *dev_id);
+};
+
+enable(): turn the phy on (power on), make it ready to transfer data
+disable(): turn the phy off
+write(): Send a data frame to the chip. Note that to enable higher
+layers such as an llc to store the frame for re-emission, this function must
+not alter the skb. It must also not return a positive result (return 0 for
+success, negative for failure).
+
+Data coming from the chip shall be sent directly to nfc_hci_recv_frame().
+
+LLC
+---
+
+Communication between the CPU and the chip often requires some link layer
+protocol. Those are isolated as modules managed by the HCI layer. There are
+currently two modules : nop (raw transfert) and shdlc.
+A new llc must implement the following functions:
+
+struct nfc_llc_ops {
+ void *(*init) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, xmit_to_drv_t xmit_to_drv,
+ rcv_to_hci_t rcv_to_hci, int tx_headroom,
+ int tx_tailroom, int *rx_headroom, int *rx_tailroom,
+ llc_failure_t llc_failure);
+ void (*deinit) (struct nfc_llc *llc);
+ int (*start) (struct nfc_llc *llc);
+ int (*stop) (struct nfc_llc *llc);
+ void (*rcv_from_drv) (struct nfc_llc *llc, struct sk_buff *skb);
+ int (*xmit_from_hci) (struct nfc_llc *llc, struct sk_buff *skb);
+};
+
+- init() : allocate and init your private storage
+- deinit() : cleanup
+- start() : establish the logical connection
+- stop () : terminate the logical connection
+- rcv_from_drv() : handle data coming from the chip, going to HCI
+- xmit_from_hci() : handle data sent by HCI, going to the chip
-Most chips use shdlc to ensure integrity and delivery ordering of the HCP
-frames between the host controller (the chip) and hosts (entities connected
-to the chip, like the cpu). In order to simplify writing the driver, an shdlc
-layer is available for use by the driver.
-When used, the driver actually registers with shdlc, and shdlc will register
-with HCI. HCI sees shdlc as the driver and thus send its HCP frames
-through shdlc->xmit.
-SHDLC adds a new execution context (nfc_shdlc_sm_work()) to run its state
-machine and handle both its rx and tx path.
+The llc must be registered with nfc before it can be used. Do that by
+calling nfc_llc_register(const char *name, struct nfc_llc_ops *ops);
+
+Again, note that the llc does not handle the physical link. It is thus very
+easy to mix any physical link with any llc for a given chip driver.
Included Drivers
----------------
@@ -117,10 +183,12 @@ Execution Contexts
The execution contexts are the following:
- IRQ handler (IRQH):
-fast, cannot sleep. stores incoming frames into an shdlc rx queue
+fast, cannot sleep. sends incoming frames to HCI where they are passed to
+the current llc. In case of shdlc, the frame is queued in shdlc rx queue.
- SHDLC State Machine worker (SMW)
-handles shdlc rx & tx queues. Dispatches HCI cmd responses.
+Only when llc_shdlc is used: handles shdlc rx & tx queues.
+Dispatches HCI cmd responses.
- HCI Tx Cmd worker (MSGTXWQ)
Serializes execution of HCI commands. Completes execution in case of response
@@ -166,6 +234,15 @@ waiting command execution. Response processing involves invoking the completion
callback that was provided by nfc_hci_msg_tx_work() when it sent the command.
The completion callback will then wake the syscall context.
+It is also possible to execute the command asynchronously using this API:
+
+static int nfc_hci_execute_cmd_async(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u8 pipe, u8 cmd,
+ const u8 *param, size_t param_len,
+ data_exchange_cb_t cb, void *cb_context)
+
+The workflow is the same, except that the API call returns immediately, and
+the callback will be called with the result from the SMW context.
+
Workflow receiving an HCI event or command
------------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/nfc/nfc-pn544.txt b/Documentation/nfc/nfc-pn544.txt
index 2fcac9f5996e..b36ca14ca2d6 100644
--- a/Documentation/nfc/nfc-pn544.txt
+++ b/Documentation/nfc/nfc-pn544.txt
@@ -1,32 +1,15 @@
Kernel driver for the NXP Semiconductors PN544 Near Field
Communication chip
-Author: Jari Vanhala
-Contact: Matti Aaltonen (matti.j.aaltonen at nokia.com)
-
General
-------
The PN544 is an integrated transmission module for contactless
communication. The driver goes under drives/nfc/ and is compiled as a
-module named "pn544". It registers a misc device and creates a device
-file named "/dev/pn544".
+module named "pn544".
Host Interfaces: I2C, SPI and HSU, this driver supports currently only I2C.
-The Interface
--------------
-
-The driver offers a sysfs interface for a hardware test and an IOCTL
-interface for selecting between two operating modes. There are read,
-write and poll functions for transferring messages. The two operating
-modes are the normal (HCI) mode and the firmware update mode.
-
-PN544 is controlled by sending messages from the userspace to the
-chip. The main function of the driver is just to pass those messages
-without caring about the message content.
-
-
Protocols
---------
@@ -47,68 +30,3 @@ and third (LSB) bytes of the message. The maximum FW message length is
For the ETSI HCI specification see
http://www.etsi.org/WebSite/Technologies/ProtocolSpecification.aspx
-
-The Hardware Test
------------------
-
-The idea of the test is that it can performed by reading from the
-corresponding sysfs file. The test is implemented in the board file
-and it should test that PN544 can be put into the firmware update
-mode. If the test is not implemented the sysfs file does not get
-created.
-
-Example:
-> cat /sys/module/pn544/drivers/i2c\:pn544/3-002b/nfc_test
-1
-
-Normal Operation
-----------------
-
-PN544 is powered up when the device file is opened, otherwise it's
-turned off. Only one instance can use the device at a time.
-
-Userspace applications control PN544 with HCI messages. The hardware
-sends an interrupt when data is available for reading. Data is
-physically read when the read function is called by a userspace
-application. Poll() checks the read interrupt state. Configuration and
-self testing are also done from the userspace using read and write.
-
-Example platform data:
-
-static int rx71_pn544_nfc_request_resources(struct i2c_client *client)
-{
- /* Get and setup the HW resources for the device */
-}
-
-static void rx71_pn544_nfc_free_resources(void)
-{
- /* Release the HW resources */
-}
-
-static void rx71_pn544_nfc_enable(int fw)
-{
- /* Turn the device on */
-}
-
-static int rx71_pn544_nfc_test(void)
-{
- /*
- * Put the device into the FW update mode
- * and then back to the normal mode.
- * Check the behavior and return one on success,
- * zero on failure.
- */
-}
-
-static void rx71_pn544_nfc_disable(void)
-{
- /* turn the power off */
-}
-
-static struct pn544_nfc_platform_data rx71_nfc_data = {
- .request_resources = rx71_pn544_nfc_request_resources,
- .free_resources = rx71_pn544_nfc_free_resources,
- .enable = rx71_pn544_nfc_enable,
- .test = rx71_pn544_nfc_test,
- .disable = rx71_pn544_nfc_disable,
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/pinctrl.txt
index da40efbef6ec..a2b57e0a1db0 100644
--- a/Documentation/pinctrl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/pinctrl.txt
@@ -972,6 +972,18 @@ pinmux core.
Pin control requests from drivers
=================================
+When a device driver is about to probe the device core will automatically
+attempt to issue pinctrl_get_select_default() on these devices.
+This way driver writers do not need to add any of the boilerplate code
+of the type found below. However when doing fine-grained state selection
+and not using the "default" state, you may have to do some device driver
+handling of the pinctrl handles and states.
+
+So if you just want to put the pins for a certain device into the default
+state and be done with it, there is nothing you need to do besides
+providing the proper mapping table. The device core will take care of
+the rest.
+
Generally it is discouraged to let individual drivers get and enable pin
control. So if possible, handle the pin control in platform code or some other
place where you have access to all the affected struct device * pointers. In
@@ -1097,9 +1109,9 @@ situations that can be electrically unpleasant, you will certainly want to
mux in and bias pins in a certain way before the GPIO subsystems starts to
deal with them.
-The above can be hidden: using pinctrl hogs, the pin control driver may be
-setting up the config and muxing for the pins when it is probing,
-nevertheless orthogonal to the GPIO subsystem.
+The above can be hidden: using the device core, the pinctrl core may be
+setting up the config and muxing for the pins right before the device is
+probing, nevertheless orthogonal to the GPIO subsystem.
But there are also situations where it makes sense for the GPIO subsystem
to communicate directly with with the pinctrl subsystem, using the latter
diff --git a/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt b/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt
index 6ec291ea1c78..85894d83b352 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt
@@ -223,3 +223,8 @@ since they ask the freezer to skip freezing this task, since it is anyway
only after the entire suspend/hibernation sequence is complete.
So, to summarize, use [un]lock_system_sleep() instead of directly using
mutex_[un]lock(&pm_mutex). That would prevent freezing failures.
+
+V. Miscellaneous
+/sys/power/pm_freeze_timeout controls how long it will cost at most to freeze
+all user space processes or all freezable kernel threads, in unit of millisecond.
+The default value is 20000, with range of unsigned integer.
diff --git a/Documentation/power/opp.txt b/Documentation/power/opp.txt
index 3035d00757ad..425c51d56aef 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/opp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/opp.txt
@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
-*=============*
-* OPP Library *
-*=============*
+Operating Performance Points (OPP) Library
+==========================================
(C) 2009-2010 Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>, Texas Instruments Incorporated
@@ -16,15 +15,31 @@ Contents
1. Introduction
===============
+1.1 What is an Operating Performance Point (OPP)?
+
Complex SoCs of today consists of a multiple sub-modules working in conjunction.
In an operational system executing varied use cases, not all modules in the SoC
need to function at their highest performing frequency all the time. To
facilitate this, sub-modules in a SoC are grouped into domains, allowing some
-domains to run at lower voltage and frequency while other domains are loaded
-more. The set of discrete tuples consisting of frequency and voltage pairs that
+domains to run at lower voltage and frequency while other domains run at
+voltage/frequency pairs that are higher.
+
+The set of discrete tuples consisting of frequency and voltage pairs that
the device will support per domain are called Operating Performance Points or
OPPs.
+As an example:
+Let us consider an MPU device which supports the following:
+{300MHz at minimum voltage of 1V}, {800MHz at minimum voltage of 1.2V},
+{1GHz at minimum voltage of 1.3V}
+
+We can represent these as three OPPs as the following {Hz, uV} tuples:
+{300000000, 1000000}
+{800000000, 1200000}
+{1000000000, 1300000}
+
+1.2 Operating Performance Points Library
+
OPP library provides a set of helper functions to organize and query the OPP
information. The library is located in drivers/base/power/opp.c and the header
is located in include/linux/opp.h. OPP library can be enabled by enabling
diff --git a/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt b/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt
index 03591a750f99..6c9f5d9aa115 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt
@@ -426,6 +426,10 @@ drivers/base/power/runtime.c and include/linux/pm_runtime.h:
'power.runtime_error' is set or 'power.disable_depth' is greater than
zero)
+ bool pm_runtime_active(struct device *dev);
+ - return true if the device's runtime PM status is 'active' or its
+ 'power.disable_depth' field is not equal to zero, or false otherwise
+
bool pm_runtime_suspended(struct device *dev);
- return true if the device's runtime PM status is 'suspended' and its
'power.disable_depth' field is equal to zero, or false otherwise
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.txt
index ffa4183fdb8b..ae09df8722c8 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.txt
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.txt
@@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ split instruction and data caches, and if the CPU supports the DOZE and NAP
sleep modes.
Detection of the feature set is simple. A list of processors can be found in
-arch/ppc/kernel/cputable.c. The PVR register is masked and compared with each
-value in the list. If a match is found, the cpu_features of cur_cpu_spec is
-assigned to the feature bitmask for this processor and a __setup_cpu function
-is called.
+arch/powerpc/kernel/cputable.c. The PVR register is masked and compared with
+each value in the list. If a match is found, the cpu_features of cur_cpu_spec
+is assigned to the feature bitmask for this processor and a __setup_cpu
+function is called.
C code may test 'cur_cpu_spec[smp_processor_id()]->cpu_features' for a
particular feature bit. This is done in quite a few places, for example
@@ -51,6 +51,6 @@ should be used in the majority of cases.
The END_FTR_SECTION macros are implemented by storing information about this
code in the '__ftr_fixup' ELF section. When do_cpu_ftr_fixups
-(arch/ppc/kernel/misc.S) is invoked, it will iterate over the records in
+(arch/powerpc/kernel/misc.S) is invoked, it will iterate over the records in
__ftr_fixup, and if the required feature is not present it will loop writing
nop's from each BEGIN_FTR_SECTION to END_FTR_SECTION.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c907be41d60f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+Transactional Memory support
+============================
+
+POWER kernel support for this feature is currently limited to supporting
+its use by user programs. It is not currently used by the kernel itself.
+
+This file aims to sum up how it is supported by Linux and what behaviour you
+can expect from your user programs.
+
+
+Basic overview
+==============
+
+Hardware Transactional Memory is supported on POWER8 processors, and is a
+feature that enables a different form of atomic memory access. Several new
+instructions are presented to delimit transactions; transactions are
+guaranteed to either complete atomically or roll back and undo any partial
+changes.
+
+A simple transaction looks like this:
+
+begin_move_money:
+ tbegin
+ beq abort_handler
+
+ ld r4, SAVINGS_ACCT(r3)
+ ld r5, CURRENT_ACCT(r3)
+ subi r5, r5, 1
+ addi r4, r4, 1
+ std r4, SAVINGS_ACCT(r3)
+ std r5, CURRENT_ACCT(r3)
+
+ tend
+
+ b continue
+
+abort_handler:
+ ... test for odd failures ...
+
+ /* Retry the transaction if it failed because it conflicted with
+ * someone else: */
+ b begin_move_money
+
+
+The 'tbegin' instruction denotes the start point, and 'tend' the end point.
+Between these points the processor is in 'Transactional' state; any memory
+references will complete in one go if there are no conflicts with other
+transactional or non-transactional accesses within the system. In this
+example, the transaction completes as though it were normal straight-line code
+IF no other processor has touched SAVINGS_ACCT(r3) or CURRENT_ACCT(r3); an
+atomic move of money from the current account to the savings account has been
+performed. Even though the normal ld/std instructions are used (note no
+lwarx/stwcx), either *both* SAVINGS_ACCT(r3) and CURRENT_ACCT(r3) will be
+updated, or neither will be updated.
+
+If, in the meantime, there is a conflict with the locations accessed by the
+transaction, the transaction will be aborted by the CPU. Register and memory
+state will roll back to that at the 'tbegin', and control will continue from
+'tbegin+4'. The branch to abort_handler will be taken this second time; the
+abort handler can check the cause of the failure, and retry.
+
+Checkpointed registers include all GPRs, FPRs, VRs/VSRs, LR, CCR/CR, CTR, FPCSR
+and a few other status/flag regs; see the ISA for details.
+
+Causes of transaction aborts
+============================
+
+- Conflicts with cache lines used by other processors
+- Signals
+- Context switches
+- See the ISA for full documentation of everything that will abort transactions.
+
+
+Syscalls
+========
+
+Performing syscalls from within transaction is not recommended, and can lead
+to unpredictable results.
+
+Syscalls do not by design abort transactions, but beware: The kernel code will
+not be running in transactional state. The effect of syscalls will always
+remain visible, but depending on the call they may abort your transaction as a
+side-effect, read soon-to-be-aborted transactional data that should not remain
+invisible, etc. If you constantly retry a transaction that constantly aborts
+itself by calling a syscall, you'll have a livelock & make no progress.
+
+Simple syscalls (e.g. sigprocmask()) "could" be OK. Even things like write()
+from, say, printf() should be OK as long as the kernel does not access any
+memory that was accessed transactionally.
+
+Consider any syscalls that happen to work as debug-only -- not recommended for
+production use. Best to queue them up till after the transaction is over.
+
+
+Signals
+=======
+
+Delivery of signals (both sync and async) during transactions provides a second
+thread state (ucontext/mcontext) to represent the second transactional register
+state. Signal delivery 'treclaim's to capture both register states, so signals
+abort transactions. The usual ucontext_t passed to the signal handler
+represents the checkpointed/original register state; the signal appears to have
+arisen at 'tbegin+4'.
+
+If the sighandler ucontext has uc_link set, a second ucontext has been
+delivered. For future compatibility the MSR.TS field should be checked to
+determine the transactional state -- if so, the second ucontext in uc->uc_link
+represents the active transactional registers at the point of the signal.
+
+For 64-bit processes, uc->uc_mcontext.regs->msr is a full 64-bit MSR and its TS
+field shows the transactional mode.
+
+For 32-bit processes, the mcontext's MSR register is only 32 bits; the top 32
+bits are stored in the MSR of the second ucontext, i.e. in
+uc->uc_link->uc_mcontext.regs->msr. The top word contains the transactional
+state TS.
+
+However, basic signal handlers don't need to be aware of transactions
+and simply returning from the handler will deal with things correctly:
+
+Transaction-aware signal handlers can read the transactional register state
+from the second ucontext. This will be necessary for crash handlers to
+determine, for example, the address of the instruction causing the SIGSEGV.
+
+Example signal handler:
+
+ void crash_handler(int sig, siginfo_t *si, void *uc)
+ {
+ ucontext_t *ucp = uc;
+ ucontext_t *transactional_ucp = ucp->uc_link;
+
+ if (ucp_link) {
+ u64 msr = ucp->uc_mcontext.regs->msr;
+ /* May have transactional ucontext! */
+#ifndef __powerpc64__
+ msr |= ((u64)transactional_ucp->uc_mcontext.regs->msr) << 32;
+#endif
+ if (MSR_TM_ACTIVE(msr)) {
+ /* Yes, we crashed during a transaction. Oops. */
+ fprintf(stderr, "Transaction to be restarted at 0x%llx, but "
+ "crashy instruction was at 0x%llx\n",
+ ucp->uc_mcontext.regs->nip,
+ transactional_ucp->uc_mcontext.regs->nip);
+ }
+ }
+
+ fix_the_problem(ucp->dar);
+ }
+
+
+Failure cause codes used by kernel
+==================================
+
+These are defined in <asm/reg.h>, and distinguish different reasons why the
+kernel aborted a transaction:
+
+ TM_CAUSE_RESCHED Thread was rescheduled.
+ TM_CAUSE_FAC_UNAV FP/VEC/VSX unavailable trap.
+ TM_CAUSE_SYSCALL Currently unused; future syscalls that must abort
+ transactions for consistency will use this.
+ TM_CAUSE_SIGNAL Signal delivered.
+ TM_CAUSE_MISC Currently unused.
+
+These can be checked by the user program's abort handler as TEXASR[0:7].
+
+
+GDB
+===
+
+GDB and ptrace are not currently TM-aware. If one stops during a transaction,
+it looks like the transaction has just started (the checkpointed state is
+presented). The transaction cannot then be continued and will take the failure
+handler route. Furthermore, the transactional 2nd register state will be
+inaccessible. GDB can currently be used on programs using TM, but not sensibly
+in parts within transactions.
diff --git a/Documentation/printk-formats.txt b/Documentation/printk-formats.txt
index 8ffb274367c7..6e953564de03 100644
--- a/Documentation/printk-formats.txt
+++ b/Documentation/printk-formats.txt
@@ -53,6 +53,14 @@ Struct Resources:
For printing struct resources. The 'R' and 'r' specifiers result in a
printed resource with ('R') or without ('r') a decoded flags member.
+Physical addresses:
+
+ %pa 0x01234567 or 0x0123456789abcdef
+
+ For printing a phys_addr_t type (and its derivatives, such as
+ resource_size_t) which can vary based on build options, regardless of
+ the width of the CPU data path. Passed by reference.
+
Raw buffer as a hex string:
%*ph 00 01 02 ... 3f
%*phC 00:01:02: ... :3f
@@ -150,9 +158,9 @@ s64 SHOULD be printed with %lld/%llx, (long long):
printk("%lld", (long long)s64_var);
If <type> is dependent on a config option for its size (e.g., sector_t,
-blkcnt_t, phys_addr_t, resource_size_t) or is architecture-dependent
-for its size (e.g., tcflag_t), use a format specifier of its largest
-possible type and explicitly cast to it. Example:
+blkcnt_t) or is architecture-dependent for its size (e.g., tcflag_t), use a
+format specifier of its largest possible type and explicitly cast to it.
+Example:
printk("test: sector number/total blocks: %llu/%llu\n",
(unsigned long long)sector, (unsigned long long)blockcount);
@@ -162,5 +170,5 @@ Reminder: sizeof() result is of type size_t.
Thank you for your cooperation and attention.
-By Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net> and
+By Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> and
Andrew Murray <amurray@mpc-data.co.uk>
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas
index da03146c182a..09673c7fc8ee 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas
@@ -1,3 +1,12 @@
+Release Date : Sat. Feb 9, 2013 17:00:00 PST 2013 -
+ (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com)
+ Adam Radford
+Current Version : 06.506.00.00-rc1
+Old Version : 06.504.01.00-rc1
+ 1. Add 4k FastPath DIF support.
+ 2. Dont load DevHandle unless FastPath enabled.
+ 3. Version and Changelog update.
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Release Date : Mon. Oct 1, 2012 17:00:00 PST 2012 -
(emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com)
Adam Radford
diff --git a/Documentation/serial/driver b/Documentation/serial/driver
index 0a25a9191864..067c47d46917 100644
--- a/Documentation/serial/driver
+++ b/Documentation/serial/driver
@@ -133,6 +133,16 @@ hardware.
Interrupts: locally disabled.
This call must not sleep
+ send_xchar(port,ch)
+ Transmit a high priority character, even if the port is stopped.
+ This is used to implement XON/XOFF flow control and tcflow(). If
+ the serial driver does not implement this function, the tty core
+ will append the character to the circular buffer and then call
+ start_tx() / stop_tx() to flush the data out.
+
+ Locking: none.
+ Interrupts: caller dependent.
+
stop_rx(port)
Stop receiving characters; the port is in the process of
being closed.
@@ -242,9 +252,8 @@ hardware.
pm(port,state,oldstate)
Perform any power management related activities on the specified
- port. State indicates the new state (defined by ACPI D0-D3),
- oldstate indicates the previous state. Essentially, D0 means
- fully on, D3 means powered down.
+ port. State indicates the new state (defined by
+ enum uart_pm_state), oldstate indicates the previous state.
This function should not be used to grab any resources.
@@ -255,6 +264,10 @@ hardware.
Locking: none.
Interrupts: caller dependent.
+ set_wake(port,state)
+ Enable/disable power management wakeup on serial activity. Not
+ currently implemented.
+
type(port)
Return a pointer to a string constant describing the specified
port, or return NULL, in which case the string 'unknown' is
@@ -307,6 +320,31 @@ hardware.
Locking: none.
Interrupts: caller dependent.
+ poll_init(port)
+ Called by kgdb to perform the minimal hardware initialization needed
+ to support poll_put_char() and poll_get_char(). Unlike ->startup()
+ this should not request interrupts.
+
+ Locking: tty_mutex and tty_port->mutex taken.
+ Interrupts: n/a.
+
+ poll_put_char(port,ch)
+ Called by kgdb to write a single character directly to the serial
+ port. It can and should block until there is space in the TX FIFO.
+
+ Locking: none.
+ Interrupts: caller dependent.
+ This call must not sleep
+
+ poll_get_char(port)
+ Called by kgdb to read a single character directly from the serial
+ port. If data is available, it should be returned; otherwise
+ the function should return NO_POLL_CHAR immediately.
+
+ Locking: none.
+ Interrupts: caller dependent.
+ This call must not sleep
+
Other functions
---------------
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
index b9cfd339a6fa..ce6581c8ca26 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
@@ -890,8 +890,9 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
enable_msi - Enable Message Signaled Interrupt (MSI) (default = off)
power_save - Automatic power-saving timeout (in second, 0 =
disable)
- power_save_controller - Reset HD-audio controller in power-saving mode
- (default = on)
+ power_save_controller - Support runtime D3 of HD-audio controller
+ (-1 = on for supported chip (default), false = off,
+ true = force to on even for unsupported hardware)
align_buffer_size - Force rounding of buffer/period sizes to multiples
of 128 bytes. This is more efficient in terms of memory
access but isn't required by the HDA spec and prevents
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt
index 16dfe57f1731..bb8b0dc532b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ ALC882/883/885/888/889
acer-aspire-8930g Acer Aspire 8330G/6935G
acer-aspire Acer Aspire others
inv-dmic Inverted internal mic workaround
- no-primary-hp VAIO Z workaround (for fixed speaker DAC)
+ no-primary-hp VAIO Z/VGC-LN51JGB workaround (for fixed speaker DAC)
ALC861/660
==========
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt
index 7813c06a5c71..d4faa63ff352 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt
@@ -176,14 +176,14 @@ support the automatic probing (yet as of 2.6.28). And, BIOS is often,
yes, pretty often broken. It sets up wrong values and screws up the
driver.
-The preset model is provided basically to overcome such a situation.
-When the matching preset model is found in the white-list, the driver
-assumes the static configuration of that preset and builds the mixer
-elements and PCM streams based on the static information. Thus, if
-you have a newer machine with a slightly different PCI SSID from the
-existing one, you may have a good chance to re-use the same model.
-You can pass the `model` option to specify the preset model instead of
-PCI SSID look-up.
+The preset model (or recently called as "fix-up") is provided
+basically to overcome such a situation. When the matching preset
+model is found in the white-list, the driver assumes the static
+configuration of that preset with the correct pin setup, etc.
+Thus, if you have a newer machine with a slightly different PCI SSID
+(or codec SSID) from the existing one, you may have a good chance to
+re-use the same model. You can pass the `model` option to specify the
+preset model instead of PCI (and codec-) SSID look-up.
What `model` option values are available depends on the codec chip.
Check your codec chip from the codec proc file (see "Codec Proc-File"
@@ -199,17 +199,12 @@ non-working HD-audio hardware is to check HD-audio codec and several
different `model` option values. If you have any luck, some of them
might suit with your device well.
-Some codecs such as ALC880 have a special model option `model=test`.
-This configures the driver to provide as many mixer controls as
-possible for every single pin feature except for the unsolicited
-events (and maybe some other specials). Adjust each mixer element and
-try the I/O in the way of trial-and-error until figuring out the whole
-I/O pin mappings.
+There are a few special model option values:
+- when 'nofixup' is passed, the device-specific fixups in the codec
+ parser are skipped.
+- when `generic` is passed, the codec-specific parser is skipped and
+ only the generic parser is used.
-Note that `model=generic` has a special meaning. It means to use the
-generic parser regardless of the codec. Usually the codec-specific
-parser is much better than the generic parser (as now). Thus this
-option is more about the debugging purpose.
Speaker and Headphone Output
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -387,9 +382,8 @@ init_verbs::
(separated with a space).
hints::
Shows / stores hint strings for codec parsers for any use.
- Its format is `key = value`. For example, passing `hp_detect = yes`
- to IDT/STAC codec parser will result in the disablement of the
- headphone detection.
+ Its format is `key = value`. For example, passing `jack_detect = no`
+ will disable the jack detection of the machine completely.
init_pin_configs::
Shows the initial pin default config values set by BIOS.
driver_pin_configs::
@@ -421,6 +415,61 @@ re-configure based on that state, run like below:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Hint Strings
+~~~~~~~~~~~~
+The codec parser have several switches and adjustment knobs for
+matching better with the actual codec or device behavior. Many of
+them can be adjusted dynamically via "hints" strings as mentioned in
+the section above. For example, by passing `jack_detect = no` string
+via sysfs or a patch file, you can disable the jack detection, thus
+the codec parser will skip the features like auto-mute or mic
+auto-switch. As a boolean value, either `yes`, `no`, `true`, `false`,
+`1` or `0` can be passed.
+
+The generic parser supports the following hints:
+
+- jack_detect (bool): specify whether the jack detection is available
+ at all on this machine; default true
+- inv_jack_detect (bool): indicates that the jack detection logic is
+ inverted
+- trigger_sense (bool): indicates that the jack detection needs the
+ explicit call of AC_VERB_SET_PIN_SENSE verb
+- inv_eapd (bool): indicates that the EAPD is implemented in the
+ inverted logic
+- pcm_format_first (bool): sets the PCM format before the stream tag
+ and channel ID
+- sticky_stream (bool): keep the PCM format, stream tag and ID as long
+ as possible; default true
+- spdif_status_reset (bool): reset the SPDIF status bits at each time
+ the SPDIF stream is set up
+- pin_amp_workaround (bool): the output pin may have multiple amp
+ values
+- single_adc_amp (bool): ADCs can have only single input amps
+- auto_mute (bool): enable/disable the headphone auto-mute feature;
+ default true
+- auto_mic (bool): enable/disable the mic auto-switch feature; default
+ true
+- line_in_auto_switch (bool): enable/disable the line-in auto-switch
+ feature; default false
+- need_dac_fix (bool): limits the DACs depending on the channel count
+- primary_hp (bool): probe headphone jacks as the primary outputs;
+ default true
+- multi_cap_vol (bool): provide multiple capture volumes
+- inv_dmic_split (bool): provide split internal mic volume/switch for
+ phase-inverted digital mics
+- indep_hp (bool): provide the independent headphone PCM stream and
+ the corresponding mixer control, if available
+- add_stereo_mix_input (bool): add the stereo mix (analog-loopback
+ mix) to the input mux if available
+- add_out_jack_modes (bool): add "xxx Jack Mode" enum controls to each
+ output jack for allowing to change the headphone amp capability
+- add_in_jack_modes (bool): add "xxx Jack Mode" enum controls to each
+ input jack for allowing to change the mic bias vref
+- power_down_unused (bool): power down the unused widgets
+- mixer_nid (int): specifies the widget NID of the analog-loopback
+ mixer
+
+
Early Patching
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
When CONFIG_SND_HDA_PATCH_LOADER=y is set, you can pass a "patch" as a
@@ -445,7 +494,7 @@ A patch file is a plain text file which looks like below:
0x20 0x400 0xff
[hint]
- hp_detect = yes
+ jack_detect = no
------------------------------------------------------------------------
The file needs to have a line `[codec]`. The next line should contain
@@ -531,6 +580,13 @@ cable is unplugged. Thus, if you hear noises, suspect first the
power-saving. See /sys/module/snd_hda_intel/parameters/power_save to
check the current value. If it's non-zero, the feature is turned on.
+The recent kernel supports the runtime PM for the HD-audio controller
+chip, too. It means that the HD-audio controller is also powered up /
+down dynamically. The feature is enabled only for certain controller
+chips like Intel LynxPoint. You can enable/disable this feature
+forcibly by setting `power_save_controller` option, which is also
+available at /sys/module/snd_hda_intel/parameters directory.
+
Tracepoints
~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -587,8 +643,9 @@ The latest development codes for HD-audio are found on sound git tree:
- git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tiwai/sound.git
The master branch or for-next branches can be used as the main
-development branches in general while the HD-audio specific patches
-are committed in topic/hda branch.
+development branches in general while the development for the current
+and next kernels are found in for-linus and for-next branches,
+respectively.
If you are using the latest Linus tree, it'd be better to pull the
above GIT tree onto it. If you are using the older kernels, an easy
@@ -699,7 +756,11 @@ won't be always updated. For example, the volume values are usually
cached in the driver, and thus changing the widget amp value directly
via hda-verb won't change the mixer value.
-The hda-verb program is found in the ftp directory:
+The hda-verb program is included now in alsa-tools:
+
+- git://git.alsa-project.org/alsa-tools.git
+
+Also, the old stand-alone package is found in the ftp directory:
- ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/tiwai/misc/
@@ -777,3 +838,18 @@ A git repository is available:
See README file in the tarball for more details about hda-emu
program.
+
+
+hda-jack-retask
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+hda-jack-retask is a user-friendly GUI program to manipulate the
+HD-audio pin control for jack retasking. If you have a problem about
+the jack assignment, try this program and check whether you can get
+useful results. Once when you figure out the proper pin assignment,
+it can be fixed either in the driver code statically or via passing a
+firmware patch file (see "Early Patching" section).
+
+The program is included in alsa-tools now:
+
+- git://git.alsa-project.org/alsa-tools.git
+
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt
index 90e9b3a11abc..0bcc55155911 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt
@@ -145,6 +145,52 @@ Modifications include:
- Addition of encoding options when required (derived from OpenMAX IL)
- Addition of rateControlSupported (missing in OpenMAX AL)
+Gapless Playback
+================
+When playing thru an album, the decoders have the ability to skip the encoder
+delay and padding and directly move from one track content to another. The end
+user can perceive this as gapless playback as we dont have silence while
+switching from one track to another
+
+Also, there might be low-intensity noises due to encoding. Perfect gapless is
+difficult to reach with all types of compressed data, but works fine with most
+music content. The decoder needs to know the encoder delay and encoder padding.
+So we need to pass this to DSP. This metadata is extracted from ID3/MP4 headers
+and are not present by default in the bitstream, hence the need for a new
+interface to pass this information to the DSP. Also DSP and userspace needs to
+switch from one track to another and start using data for second track.
+
+The main additions are:
+
+- set_metadata
+This routine sets the encoder delay and encoder padding. This can be used by
+decoder to strip the silence. This needs to be set before the data in the track
+is written.
+
+- set_next_track
+This routine tells DSP that metadata and write operation sent after this would
+correspond to subsequent track
+
+- partial drain
+This is called when end of file is reached. The userspace can inform DSP that
+EOF is reached and now DSP can start skipping padding delay. Also next write
+data would belong to next track
+
+Sequence flow for gapless would be:
+- Open
+- Get caps / codec caps
+- Set params
+- Set metadata of the first track
+- Fill data of the first track
+- Trigger start
+- User-space finished sending all,
+- Indicaite next track data by sending set_next_track
+- Set metadata of the next track
+- then call partial_drain to flush most of buffer in DSP
+- Fill data of the next track
+- DSP switches to second track
+(note: order for partial_drain and write for next track can be reversed as well)
+
Not supported:
- Support for VoIP/circuit-switched calls is not the target of this
diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal_emulation b/Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal_emulation
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b73bbfb697bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal_emulation
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+EXYNOS EMULATION MODE
+========================
+
+Copyright (C) 2012 Samsung Electronics
+
+Written by Jonghwa Lee <jonghwa3.lee@samsung.com>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+Exynos 4x12 (4212, 4412) and 5 series provide emulation mode for thermal management unit.
+Thermal emulation mode supports software debug for TMU's operation. User can set temperature
+manually with software code and TMU will read current temperature from user value not from
+sensor's value.
+
+Enabling CONFIG_EXYNOS_THERMAL_EMUL option will make this support in available.
+When it's enabled, sysfs node will be created under
+/sys/bus/platform/devices/'exynos device name'/ with name of 'emulation'.
+
+The sysfs node, 'emulation', will contain value 0 for the initial state. When you input any
+temperature you want to update to sysfs node, it automatically enable emulation mode and
+current temperature will be changed into it.
+(Exynos also supports user changable delay time which would be used to delay of
+ changing temperature. However, this node only uses same delay of real sensing time, 938us.)
+
+Exynos emulation mode requires synchronous of value changing and enabling. It means when you
+want to update the any value of delay or next temperature, then you have to enable emulation
+mode at the same time. (Or you have to keep the mode enabling.) If you don't, it fails to
+change the value to updated one and just use last succeessful value repeatedly. That's why
+this node gives users the right to change termerpature only. Just one interface makes it more
+simply to use.
+
+Disabling emulation mode only requires writing value 0 to sysfs node.
+
+
+TEMP 120 |
+ |
+ 100 |
+ |
+ 80 |
+ | +-----------
+ 60 | | |
+ | +-------------| |
+ 40 | | | |
+ | | | |
+ 20 | | | +----------
+ | | | | |
+ 0 |______________|_____________|__________|__________|_________
+ A A A A TIME
+ |<----->| |<----->| |<----->| |
+ | 938us | | | | | |
+emulation : 0 50 | 70 | 20 | 0
+current temp : sensor 50 70 20 sensor
diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/intel_powerclamp.txt b/Documentation/thermal/intel_powerclamp.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..332de4a39b5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/thermal/intel_powerclamp.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
+ =======================
+ INTEL POWERCLAMP DRIVER
+ =======================
+By: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
+ Jacob Pan <jacob.jun.pan@linux.intel.com>
+
+Contents:
+ (*) Introduction
+ - Goals and Objectives
+
+ (*) Theory of Operation
+ - Idle Injection
+ - Calibration
+
+ (*) Performance Analysis
+ - Effectiveness and Limitations
+ - Power vs Performance
+ - Scalability
+ - Calibration
+ - Comparison with Alternative Techniques
+
+ (*) Usage and Interfaces
+ - Generic Thermal Layer (sysfs)
+ - Kernel APIs (TBD)
+
+============
+INTRODUCTION
+============
+
+Consider the situation where a system’s power consumption must be
+reduced at runtime, due to power budget, thermal constraint, or noise
+level, and where active cooling is not preferred. Software managed
+passive power reduction must be performed to prevent the hardware
+actions that are designed for catastrophic scenarios.
+
+Currently, P-states, T-states (clock modulation), and CPU offlining
+are used for CPU throttling.
+
+On Intel CPUs, C-states provide effective power reduction, but so far
+they’re only used opportunistically, based on workload. With the
+development of intel_powerclamp driver, the method of synchronizing
+idle injection across all online CPU threads was introduced. The goal
+is to achieve forced and controllable C-state re